Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest College"

See other formats


BULLETIN OF 
WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



CATALOG ISSUE 



WINSTON-SALEM 



NORTH CAROLINA 



JANUARY 1963 



FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN 
ACADEMIC YEAR 1963-1964 



CORRESPONDENCE 

Inquiries to the College should be addressed as indi- 
cated below: 

Admissions Director of Admissions 

Alumni Affairs Director of Alumni Ac- 
tivities 

Athletics Director of Athletics 

Business Administration . . . Dean of School of Business 

Administration 

Catalogs Director of Admissions 

Financial Matters Treasurer 

General Policy of the College . President 

Gifts and Bequests President 

Graduate Studies Director of Graduate Stud- 
ies 
Housing — 

Men Director of Residences 

Women Dean of Women 

Law Dean of School of Law 

Medicine Director of Admissions 

Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
N.C- 
Placement Director of Placement 

Bureau 
Public Relations and De- 
velopment Program President 

Scholarships Committee on Scholarships 

Student Affairs Dean of the College 

Summer Session Dean of Summer Session 

Transcripts Registrar 

All addresses, except Medicine, are: 

Wake Forest College, Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, N. C. 



~ -.'■' _.\ 










Air view of a part of the Campus 




Plaza with Wait Chapel in the distance 




The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 




Entrance to one of the women's dormitories 




A court of one of the men's dormitories 




Winston Hall (Biology and Psychology) 




Reynolda Hall 




School of Law 



New Series January 1963 Vol. LVIII, No.l 



BULLETIN OF 



Wake Forest College 




GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE 

ONE HUNDRED TWENTY-NINTH YEAR 
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1963-1964 



The Bulletin of Wake Forest College is published seven times annually at Winston- 
Salem, North Carolina, and includes announcements of the School of Arts 
and Sciences, Graduate Studies, Summer Session, Bowman Gray 
School of Medicine, Evening Classes, and the School of Law. 

Second-class postage paid at Winston-Salem, N. C. 





1963 






JANUARY 


APRIL 


JULY 


OCTOBER 




8MTWTFS 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 91011 12 
13 1415 16 1718 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

1415 16 1718 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 1011 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 1718 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 31 


FEBRUARY 


MAY 


AUGUST 


NOVEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 1213 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 


12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

12 13 1415 16 1718 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
1011 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


MARCH 


JUNE 


SEPTEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
1011 12 13 1415 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 1011 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 1718 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 




1964 




JANUARY 


APRIL 


JULY 


OCTOBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 910 11 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

12 13 14 15 16 1718 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 


12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 910 11 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


FEBRUARY 


MAY 


AUGUST 


NOVEMBER 


S M TWTFS 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 


MARCH 


JUNE 


SEPTEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 






, . .. 



EDWARDS h BROUGHTON CO., RALEIGH 



COLLEGE CALENDAR 

Summer Session 1963 



June 


10 


Monday 




Registration First Term 


June 


11 


Tuesday 




Classes begin 


July 


16 


Tuesday 




First Term ends 


July 


18 


Thursday 




Registration Second Term 


July 


19 


Friday 




Classes begin 


August 


23 


Friday 




Second Term ends 






Fall Term 1963 


Sept. 

Sept. 
Sept. 


17 

17 
22 


Tuesday 

] 
Tuesday 
Sunday 


9:00 
1:00 
6:45/ 


Dormitories open for student 
Cafeteria open 

Orientation for freshmen and 
transfer students 


Sept. 
Sept. 


20 
21 


Friday 
Saturday 


8:00) 
4:30 \ 


* Registration 


Sept. 


23 


Monday 


8:00 


Classes begin 


Oct. 
Nov. 


7 
1 


Monday 
Friday 




Last day for dropping a class 

without penalty 
Last day for settlement of tuition 

for first semester 


Nov. 


13 


Wednesday 




Mid-term reports due 


Nov. 
Dec. 


28 
1 


Thursday ) 
Sunday ) 




Thanksgiving recess 


Dec. 


2 


Monday 


8:00 


Classes resumed 


Dec. 
Jan. 


20 
2 


Friday ) 
Thursday \ 




Christmas recess 


Jan. 


3 


Friday 


8:00 


Classes resumed 


Jan. 


21 


Tuesday 




Reading Day 


Jan. 


22 


Wednesday 




Examinations begin 


Jan. 


30 


Thursday 




Examinations end 



* Registration in the School of Law will be held Sept. 16-17. 







Spring Term 1964 


Feb. 
Feb. 


3 
4 


Monday 
Tuesday 


8:00) 
4:30 \ 


Registration 


Feb. 


5 


Wednesday 


8:00 


Classes begin 


Feb. 


6 


Thursday 




Founders' Day Convocation 


Feb. 
March 


19 
2 


Wednesday 
Monday 




Last day for dropping a class 

without penalty 
Last day for settlement of tuition 

for second semester 


March 


26 


Thursday 




Mid-term reports due 


March 
April 


29 
5 


Sunday ) 
Sunday ) 




Spring recess 


April 


6 


Monday 


8:00 


Classes resumed 


May 


26 


Tuesday 




Reading Day 


May 


27 


Wednesday 




Examinations begin 


June 


4 


Thursday 




Examinations end 


June 


6 


Saturday 




Alumni Day 


June 


7 


Sunday 




Baccalaureate Sermon 


June 


8 


Monday 




Graduation 



CONTENTS 

Page 

Introductory 7 

Administration and Instruction 9 

The College and Its Equipment 32 

Admission 47 

College Charges and Financial Arrangements... 51 

Scholarships, Concessions and Loan Funds 67 

Activities 78 

General Information 92 

Requirements for Degrees 104 

Courses in Arts and Sciences 121 

School of Business Administration 233 

Division of Graduate Studies 252 

School of Law 253 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 261 

Evening Classes 266 

Summer Session 268 

Degrees Conferred 271 

Summaries 283 

Index 287 



INTRODUCING THE COLLEGE 

Location 
Wake Forest College is located at Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina, just off North Carolina Highway 67 
(which follows Reynold a Road at this point), on the 
western outskirts of the city. The College consists of the 
following divisions: the School of Arts and Sciences, 
the School of Law, the School of Business Administra- 
tration, the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, and 
the Division of Graduate Studies. 

Recognition 

Wake Forest College is a member of the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and the 
Association of American Colleges. The College has 
chapters of the principal national social fraternities, 
professional fraternities and honor societies, including 
Phi Beta Kappa. 

The School of Law is a member of the Association of 
American Law Schools, and is on the approved list 
of the Council on Legal Education of the American 
Bar Association. 

The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, a four-year 
medical college, is a member of the Association of Ameri- 
can Medical Colleges, and is on the approved list of the 
Council on Medical Education of the American Medical 
Association. 

The School of Business Administration is a Member 
of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of 
Business. 

Although Wake Forest was primarily a college for 
men for more than 100 years, women have been regu- 
larly admitted to all classes and to the professional 
schools since 1942. 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



Terms Expire December 31, 1963 

L. Y. Ballentine, Raleigh Marion J. Davis, Winston-Salem 

Henby L. Bridges, Raleigh Johnson J. Hates, Wilkesboro 

1 3. E. Bro thill, Lenoir G. Maurice Hill, Drexel 

William J. Conrad, Winston-Salem Sam Holbrook, Statesville 

2 0. Jack Murphy, Hickory 



Terms Expire December 31, 1964 

'David Britt, Fairmont C. Rush Hamrick, Shelby 

Botce Brooks, Boone Carl McCraw, Charlotte 

Mrs. Rot B. Culler, Sr., High Point James W. Mason, Laurinburg 

Wendell G. Davis, Charlotte Robert H. Owen, Canton 

<William L. Wyatt, Raleigh 



Terms Expire December 31, 1965 

A. Douglas Aldbich, Raleigh Alton Lennon, Wilmington 

Claude U. Broach, Charlotte Claude A. McNeill, Jr., Elkin 

Irving E. Carlyle, Winston-Salem J. Everette Miller, Raleigh 

Guy Carswell, Charlotte Hubert E. Olive, Lexington 

Ronald E. Wall, Greensboro 

Terms Expire December 31, 1966 

Thomas H. Davis, Winston-Salem George T. Noel, Jr., Kannapolis 

Tom M. Freeman, Dunn Jack R. Noffsinger, Winston-Salem 

Walter E. Geeeb, Jr.. Greensboro Carlton S. Prickett, Burlington 

Mrs. Earl Meacham, Shelby Robert L. Pugh, New Bern 

William W. Staton, Sanford 



Officers 
For One-Year Term Beginning January 1, 1963 
William J. Conrad, Winston-Salem, President 
G. Maurice Hill, Drexel, Vice-President 
Talcott W. Brewer, Box 267, Raleigh, Treasurer Emeritus 
Worth H. Copeland, Box 7201, Winston-Salem, Secretary and 

Treasurer 
James B. Cook, Jr., Box 7201, Winston-Salem, Assistant Secretary 
J. Wilbur Bunn, Box 527, Raleigh, General Counsel 



'To fill unexpired term of Woodrow W. Hill, resigned June 15, 1960. 
! To fill unexpired term of O. V. Hamrick, died October 25, 1960. 
•To fill unexpired term of V. Ward Barr, died September 16. 1962. 
<To fill unexpired term of H. Cloyd Philpott, died August 19, 1961. 



*ADMINISTRATION 



Harold Wayland Tribble (1950) President 

B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., 
Louisville; Ph.D., Edinburgh; D.D., Stetson; LL.D., Union University, Wake 
Forest, Richmond, Duke, North Carolina. 

Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) Dean of the College 

and Professor of English 
B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Robert Allen Dyer (1956), Assistant Dean of the College and Associate 

Professor of Religion 
B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962), Assistant to the Dean and Assistant Professor 

of Educational and Counseling Psychology 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Mark H. Reece (1956) Director of Student Affairs 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Gaines M. Rogers (1948), Dean of the School of Business Administration 

and Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Clemson; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Carroll W. Weathers (1950), Dean of the School of Law and Professor 

of Law 
B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Coy C. Carpenter (1926), Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

and Professor of Pathology 
B.A. in Medicine, Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine. 

Manson Meads (1947), Executive Dean of the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine and Professor of Preventive Medicine 
B.A., California; M.D., D.Sc, Temple. 

Robert L. Tuttle (1948), Assistant Dean of the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine and Associate Professor of Microbiology and Immunology 
B.S., New Hampshire; M.D., Rochester. 

Jeanne Owen (1956), Acting Dean of Women and Associate Professor of 

Business Law 
B.S., J.D., North Carolina; M.C.S., Indiana. 

* Date following name indicates year of appointment. 

9 



Administration 



Jane G. Freeman (1962), Assistant Dean of Women and Instructor in 

Philosophy 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke. 

Percival Perry (1939, 1947), Dean of the Summer Session and Professor 

of History 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A. Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke. 

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Director of Graduate Studies and 

Professor of History 
B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 

J. Robert Johnson, Jr. (1957), Director of Evening Classes and As- 
sociate Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Paul F. Rake (1962) Director of Development 

A.B., Indiana; M.A., Chicago. 

Worth H. Copeland (1941), Secretary and Treasurer of The Trustees of 

Wake Forest College; Secretary of the Faculty; Superintendent of 

the College Hospital 
B.S., M.A., Wake Forest. 

James B. Cook, Jr. (1944, 1947), Assistant Treasurer and Assistant 

Secretary of the Board of Trustees 
B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., North Carolina; M.B.A., Harvard. 

John G. Williard (1958) Assistant Treasurer 

B.S., University of North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. 

Harry O. Parker (1947), Controller of the Bowman Gray School of 

Medicine of Wake Forest College 
B.S., University of North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. 

Grady S. Patterson (1926) Registrar 

B.A., Wake Forest. 
Mrs. Margaret R. Perry (1947) Assistant Registrar 

B.S., South Carolina. 

William G. Starling (1958) Director of Admissions 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Shirley P. Hamrick (1957) Associate Director of Admissions 

B.A., North Carolina. 

10 



Administration 



Joe D. Creech (1961) Assistant Director of Admissions 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A.T., Duke. 

Romulus T. Weatherman (1962) Director of Alumni Activities 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Russell H. Brantley, Jr. (1953) Director of Communications 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Marvin A. Francis (1955) Director of Sports Publicity 

Leon H. Hollingsworth (1959) Chaplain 

B.A., D.D., Wake Forest. 

Edgar D. Christman (1956, 1961), Assistant to the Chaplain and 

Director of the Baptist Student Union 

B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary. 

Paul L. Garrison, M.D. (1962) Medical Director 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Hugh Altvater (1962), Assistant Medical Director and Instructor in 

Preventive Medicine 
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine. 

Mary Ann Hampton (1961), Assistant Medical Director and Assistant 

in Preventive Medicine 
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Carlton P. West (1928) Librarian 

B.A., Boston University; M.A., Yale; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina. 

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson (1960) Law Librarian 

A.B., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody. 

Jasper L. Memory, Jr. (1929), Director of the Placement Bureau and 

Professor of Education 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia. 

Charles M. Allen (1941) Director of Concerts and Lectures and 

Professor of Biology 
B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 

William H. Gibson (1956) Director of Athletics 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

11 



Administration 



Jesse I. Haddock (1952, 1954) Assistant Director of Athletics 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Richard T. Clay (1956) Manager of the College Book Store 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

Harold S. Moore (1953) Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds 

B.M.E., Virginia. 

Royce R. Weatherly (1947), Assistant Superintendent of Buildings and 

Grounds 

Melvin Q. Layton (1951), Assistant Superintendent of Buildings and 

Grounds 
B.S., Wake Forest. 

Thomas P. Griffin (1956) Director of Residences 

Harry F. Smith (1954) Manager of Central Duplicating Service 



12 



Emeriti 



♦Professors Emeriti 

Ora C. Bradbury (1925-1961) Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S.j Ottawa; M.A., Ph.D., Nebraska. 

Daniel Bun yan Bryan (1921-1957) Prof essor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., New York University 

Mrs. Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita 

Willis R. Cullom (1896-1938) Professor Emeritus of the Bible 

M.A., Wake Forest; Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; D.D., Rich- 
mond. 

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita 

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina. 

Hubert A. Jones (1908-1959) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Henry Broadus Jones (1924-1959) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago. 

Eugene I. Olive (1940-1961), Director Emeritus of Alumni Activities 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926-1961), Associate Professor Emeritus of 

Mathematics 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke. 



* Dates following names indicate period of service. 



13 



Faculty 



♦Instruction 



Charles M. Allen (1941) Professor of Biology and Director of Concerts 

and Lectures 
(See Administration) 

James B. Allen, Jr. (1961) Captain, Infantry, U. S. Army; Assistant 

Professor of Military Science 
A.B., Presbyterian College. 

Judson B. Allen (1962) Instructor in English 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Vanderbilt. 

Ralph D. Amen (1962) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., Colorado State; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado. 

James E. Anderson (1959) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.S., Southwest Texas State Teachers College; Ph.D., Texas. 

John William Angell ( 1 955) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., An- 
dover Newton Theological School; Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Semi- 
nary. 

Ailene Corry Arensbach (1962) Instructor in French 

B.A., Oglethorpe. 

Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane. 

Eugene Pendleton Banks (1954) Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Richard Chambers Barnett (1961) Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Myrlin Barron (1961) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.A., Mary Hardin-Baylor; M.A., Columbia. 

Harold M. Barrow (1948) Professor of Physical Education 

A.B., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana. 

Robert Clarence Beck (1959) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Illinois. 



* Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following name indicates year of appoint- 
ment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. 

14 



Faculty 



Charles S. Black (1919, 1925) Professor oj Chemistry 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Virginia; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

James Carey Blalock (1950) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Florida. 

Robert W. Brehme (1959) Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

H. Grady Britt (1938, 1947) Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Virginia. 

John C. Broderick (1957) Associate Professor of English 

A.B., Southwestern (Memphis); A.M., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Dalma Adolph Brown (1941) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., North Carolina. 

George McLeod Bryan (1956) Professor of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale. 

Julian C. Burroughs, Jr. (1958) Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan. 

Ruth F. Campbell (1962) Assistant Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

D. Allen Carroll (1962) Instructor in English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Claremont Graduate School. 

John A. Carter, Jr. (1961) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Dorothy Casey (1949) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina. 

Changboh Chee (1959) Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Chosun Christian University, Seoul, Korea; B.A., North Central College; 
M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Forrest W. Clonts (1922, 1925) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State. 

Norman G. Clyne, Jr. (1962), Captain, Artillery, U. S. Army; As- 
sistant Professor of Military Science. 
B.S., The Citadel. 

15 



Faculty 



William Small Cobb, Jr. (1961) Instructor in Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. 

Elton C. Cocke (1938) Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Leon P. Cook, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accounting, School of 

Business Administration 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Tennessee; C.P.A., Arkansas. 

Marjorie Crisp (1947) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Appalachian State Teachers College; M.A., George Peabody. 

John Edward Davis, Jr. (1956) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 
Marcel E. Delgado (1947) Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., Carson- Newman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

John F. Dimmick (1961) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Hugh William Divine ( 1 954) Professor of Law 

B.S., Georgia State College for Mem; M.A., Louisiana State; J.D., Emory; LL.M., 
S.J.D., Michigan. 

N. Taylor Dodson (1957) Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Dir. P.E., P.E.D., Indiana. 

Justus C. Drake (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Robert H. Dufort (1961) Associate Professor of Psychology 

Bi.., Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert Allen Dyer Associate Professor of Religion and Assistant Dean 

(See Administration.) 

Cronje B. Earp (1940) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia. 

J. Allen Easley (1928) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; D.D., Furman. 

Richard Bozman Eaton, Jr. (1960) Instructor in English 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., North Carolina. 

16 



Faculty 



Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Instructor in Physical Education; Swimming 

Coach 
B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962), Assistant to the Dean, Assistant Professor of 

Educational and Counseling Psychology 
(See Administration) 

Esron McGruder Faris, Jr. (1957) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Washington and Lee; LL.M., Duke. 

Edgar Estes Folk (1936) Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody. 

Ralph S. Fraser (1962) Associate Professor of German 

B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Jane Gilbert Freeman (1962), Instructor in Philosophy and Assistant 

Dean of Women 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke. 

Nathaniel Howell Furman (1961) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., A.M., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Clarke W. Garrett (1961) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Carleton; M.S., Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Douglas Stuart Gatlin (1961) Instructor in Political Science 

B.A., M.A., Florida. 

Roland L. Gay (1933) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State. 

Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Bynum C. Gibson (1962), Sergeant First Class, U. S. Army; Assistant in 

Instruction in Military Science. 

C. N. Giles, Jr. (1951) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody. 

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale (1960) Professor of History and Asian 

Studies 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay. 

Dorothy Anne Greene (1962) Instructor in Secretarial Studies 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Appalachian. 

17 



Faculty 



**Robert W. Gregg (1959) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Cornell. 

*Robert G. Gregory (1957) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles. 

George J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; B.D., Yale; 
Ph.D., Edinburgh. 

Paul M. Gross, Jr. (1959) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown. 
Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) Professor of Religion 

A.B., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr. (1956) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke. 

Carl V. Harris (1956) Associate Professor of Classical Languages and 

Literature 
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke. 

William Oliver Harris (1957) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954) Professor of Marketing, School of Business 

Administration 

A.B., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana. 

Robert Meredith Helm, Jr. (1940) Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 
J. Edwin Hendricks, Jr. (1961) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Philip M. Hendricks, Jr. (1961) Instructor in Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., North CarolinalState. 

Emily L. Herring (1962) Instructor in English 

B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., Wake Forest. 

Owen F. Herring (1946) Professor of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D.,' Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
D.D., Georgetown College, Ky. 



' Absent on leave, 1962-63. 
' Absent on leave, Fall 1962. 



18 



Faculty 



Robert P. Higgins (1961) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., Colorado; Ph.D., Duke. 

Benjamin J. Hillman (1962) Instructor in History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., North Carolina. 

David Allen Hills (1960) Assistant Professor of Psychology and As- 
sociate Director of the Center for Psychological Services 
A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., State University of Iowa. 

Keith A. Hitchins (1958) Instructor in History 

A.B., Union College; A.M., Harvard. 

G. E. Hooks (1956) Associate Prof essor of Physical Education 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Bruce F. Hopper (1961) Instructor in Speech 

B.A., M.A., Arkansas. 

Calvin R. Huber (1962) Instructor in Music 

B.M., M.M., Wisconsin. 

Binnie E. Humphrey (1962) Instructor in French and Spanish 

B.A., M.A., Emory. 

Delmer P. Hylton (1949) Professor of Accounting, School of Business 

Administration 
B.S., M.B.A., Indiana University; C.PA., Indiana. 

Robert Nevill Isbell (1926, 1957) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., William Jewell; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

James Lindsey Ivey (1962) Instructor in French 

B.A., M.Ed., North Carolina. 

J. Robert Johnson, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

David W. Johnston (1959) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Georgia; Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 

Edgar W. Jordan (1955), Instructor in Physical Education; Track Coach 

B.A., Richmond; M.Ed., North Carolina. 

*Roy Jumper (1956) Associate Professor of Political Science 

A.B., M.A., South Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 
* Absent on leave, 1962-83. 

19 



Faculty 



Alonzo W. Kenion (1956) Assistant Professor of English 

A.B., M.A., Duke. 

Harry Lee King, Jr. (1960) Assistant Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Leon H. Lee (1962) Instructor in English 

B.A., High Point; M.A., Wake Forest. 

Robert E. Lee (1946) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M.A., in Public Law, Columbia; LL.M., S.J.D., Duke. 

Oscar J. Lewis (1956) Associate Professor of Accounting, School of 

Business Administration 
B.A., Baylor; M.B.A., Mississippi; C.P.A., Tennessee. 

James B. Linder (1961) Instructor in Mathematics 

B.S., M.A., North Carolina. 

W. Ross Livingston (1962) Visiting Professor of History 

A.B., Knox; A.M., Missouri; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Robert W. Lovett (1962) Instructor in English 

B.A., Oglethorpe; M.A., Emory. 

James C. McDonald (1960) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.A., Washington University, St. Louis; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 

Thane McDonald (1941) Professor of Music 

Mus.B., Mus.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia. 

J. Gaylord May (1961) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

W. Graham May (1961) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Jan P. Melvin (1961) Instructor in German 

B.A., Manchester; M.A., Indiana University. 

Jasper L. Memory, Jr. Professor of Education and Director of Placement 

Bureau 
(See Administration.) 

Harry B. Miller (1947) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

20 



Faculty 



Jewel B. Mintz (1962), Staff Sergeant, U. S. Army; Assistant in Military 

Science 

Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, New York! 
Ph.D., New York University. 

Daniel C. Mooney (1956) Master Sergeant, U. S. Army; Assistant in 

Military Science 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory University. 

John W. Nowell (1945) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

James C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago. 

Aulsey Thomas Olive (1961) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Jeanne Owen (1956) Associate Professor of Business Law, School of 

Business Administration; Acting Dean of Women 

B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., North Carolina. 

Robert E. Pace (1960) Instructor in Sociology 

A.B., William and Mary; M.A., North Carolina. 

Harold Dawes Parcell (1935) Professor of French 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

John Ernest Parker, Jr. (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

and Education 
B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Clarence H. Patrick (1946) Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke. 

Percival Perry Professor of History and Dean of Summer Session 

(See Administration.) 

♦Elizabeth Phillips (1957) Assistant Professor of English 

A.B., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania. 



* Absent on leave, 1962-63. 

21 



Faculty 



Herman J. Preseren (1953) Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, 
Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Keith W. Prichard (1961) Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S., Indiana; M.A., Columbia; Ed.D., Harvard. 

Earl V. Quesinberry (1957, 1960), Sergeant First Class, U. S. Army; 

Assistant in Military Science 

Charles M. Ramsey (1953), Professor of Economics, School of Business 

Administration 
A.B., Duke; M.A., Cornell; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Frithjof A. Raven (1962) Visiting Professor of German 

B.A., M.A., Washington; Ph.D., George Washington. 

Mrs. Beulah Lassiter Raynor (1946) Instructor in English 

B.A., East Carolina Teachers College; M.A., Wake Forest. 

John F. Reed (1959), Colonel, Infantry, U. S. Army; Professor of Military 

Science 
A.B., Pennsylvania State; M.A., Washington and Jefferson. 

Albert C. Reid (1917, 1920) Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell. 

Claud Henry Richards, Jr. (1952) Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

John Ewing Roberts (1962), Instructor in Classical Languages and 

Literature 
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale. 

Leon Spurgeon Robertson (1962) Instructor in Sociology 

B.A., Carson-Newman. 

Mrs. Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson (1952), Associate Professor 

of French 
B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Paul S. Robinson (1952) Associate Professor of Music 

B.A., Westminster College; Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac. 
Mus. School of Sacred Music, Union Theological Seminary. 

Gaines M. Rogers, Professor of Finance and Dean of the School of Business 

Administration 
(See Administration.) 

22 



Faculty 



Joseph G. Runner (1962) Instructor in French and Spanish 

B.A., Drury; M.A., Indiana. 

John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 

John Donald Scarlett (1955) Professor of Law 

B.A., Catawba; LL.B., Harvard. 

Karl Myron Scott (1955), Professor of Management, School of Business 

Administration 
B.A., Arkansas; M.S., Iowa State College; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Paul B. Sears (1962) Professor of Biology 

B.S., Ohio Weslyan; M.A., Nebraska; Ph.D., Chicago. 

Warren A. Seavey (1960) Visiting Prof essor of Law 

A.B., LL.B., Harvard. 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Mississippi Delta State College; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Golden Shell (1962), Staff Sergeant, U. S. Army; Assistant in Mili- 
tary Science 
Howard William Shields (1958) Associate Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke. 

Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Associate Professor of Speech 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida. 

Richard Lee Shoemaker (1950), Associate Professor of Romance 

Languages 
B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Robert N. Shorter (1958) Instructor in English 

B.A., Union College; M.A., Duke. 

Reid B. Sinclair (1961) Instructor in English 

B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.A., Vanderbilt. 

James E. Sizemore (1953) Professor of Law 

B.S., East Tennessee State; LL.B., Wake Forest. 

David L. Smiley (1950) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

23 



Faculty 



Gilbert Smith (1962) Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane. 

Henry Lawrence Snuggs (1945) Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Ann B. Snyder (1959) Instructor in German 

B.A., Whitman. 

Jack T. Stallings (1958), Instructor in Physical Education; Head Base- 
ball Coach 
B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina. 

Albert C. Stillson (1962), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Oberlin; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia. 

Henry Smith Stroupe, Professor of History and Director of the Division 

of Graduate Studies 

(See Administration.) 

Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Jivan Tabibian ( 1 962) Instructor in Political Science 

B.A., American University of Beirut; M.A., Princeton. 

Lyell Jerome Thomas (1953) Associate Professor of Economics, School 

of Business Administration 
A.B., Berea; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Mrs. Anne S. Tillett (1956) Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Carson- New man; M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern University. 

Lowell R. Tillett (1956) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Carson- Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Thomas J. Turner (1952) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Dan Otto Via, Jr. (1956) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.S., Davidson; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Duke. 

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh. 

Jennings L. Wagoner Jr. (1962) Instructor in Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A.T., Duke. 

24 



Faculty 



James H. Walton (1956) Instructor in Speech 

B.S., M.A., Nebraska. 

Robert H. Wheeler (1960) Instructor in English 

B.A., Cornell; M.A., Boston University. 

Carroll W. Weathers Professor of Law and Dean of the School of Law 

(See Administration.) 

James A. Webster, Jr. (1951, 1954) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Norman A. Wiggins (1956) Professor of Law 

B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest; LL.M., Columbia. 

George P. Williams, Jr. (1958) Associate Professor of Physics 

B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

John Edwin Williams (1959) Professor of Psychology and Director of 

the Center for Psychological Services 
B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. 

Edwin Graves Wilson Professor of English and Dean of the College 

( See Administration.) 

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Kenneth E. Yancey (1961) Instructor in Physics 

B.S., Southwestern, Tennessee. 

Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr. (1945) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Richard L. Zuber (1962) Assistant Professor of History 

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D., Duke. 



25 



PART TIME STAFF MEMBERS 



Miss Winnifred Andrew (1962) 

B.A., Duke. 

Thomas Diener (1960) 

B.M.E., Murray State. 

Ray Dempsey (1960) 

B.A., Vanderbilt; M.A., Georgia. 

Mrs. Madge Easley (1962) 

Diploma in Piano, Meredith. 



Mrs. Lucille S. Harris (1957) 

B.A., B.M., Meredith. 

Mrs. Barbara B. Hills (1962) 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

George H. Hobart (1957) 

A.B., Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Mrs. Andrea S. Hocutt (1962) 

B.M., Westminster Choir College. 

H. Gardner Hudson 

B.A., North Carolina; LL.B., Harvard. 



Visiting Teacher of Flute 

Visiting Teacher of Oboe and Bassoon 

Instructor in English 

Visiting Teacher of Piano 

Visiting Teacher of Piano 

Instructor in Psychology 

Visiting Professor of Economics 

Visiting Teacher of Piano 

Lecturer in Law 



Eugene Jacobowsky (1960) Visiting Teacher of Violin 

B.S., Julliard School of Music; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia. 



Mrs. Ethel Lashmit Kalter (1960) 

Certificate, Westminster Choir College. 



Calvin Knobeloch (1962) 

A.B., Indiana; Ph.D., Florida. 

John T. McDowell (1958) 

B.A., Furman; M.S.W., North Carolina. 



Artist in Residence, Voice 

Visiting Lecturer in Speech 

Lecturer in Sociology 

Visiting Teacher of Cello 



Charles Medlin (1960) 

Certificate in Performance, Julliard School of Music. 



Miss Ruby Woolf (1960) Visiting Teacher of Viola and Double Bass 

B.M., Oklahoma; M.A., in Music Education, George Peabody. 



26 



COACHING STAFF 



William H. Gibson (1956) 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Jesse I. Haddock (1954) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

C. William Hildebrand (1956) 

B.S., Mississippi State. 

Horace A. McKinney (1952) 



Director of Athletics 

Assistant Director of Athletics 

Football Coach 

Basketball Coach 



Jack T. Stallings (1958) Baseball Coach; Instructor in Physical Education 
B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina. 

Edgar W. Jordan (1956) Track Coach; Instructor in Physical Education 

B.A., Richmond; M.Ed., North Carolina. 

Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Swimming Coach; Instructor in Physical Education 
B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 



William Beattie Feathers (1961) 

B.S., Tennessee. 

Boris Dimancheff (1962) 

B.S., Purdue University. 

Albert P. Peppler (1962) 

B.S., Michigan State University. 

Ray Thornton (1960) 

B.A., Mississippi. 

Kenneth M. Bryant (1957) 

B.A., Wofford. 

William DeBerry Fesperman (1960) 

B.A., Duke. 



Freshman Football Coach 
Assistant Football Coach 
Assistant Football Coach 
Assistant Football Coach 
Assistant Basketball Coach 

Freshman Football Coach 



Jack Murdock (1960) Freshman Basketball Coach; Freshman Baseball 

Coach 
B.A., Wake Forest. 



James H. Leighton, Jr. (1962) 

A.B., Presbyterian College. 

Lewis Martin (1958) 



Tennis Coach 
Athletic Trainer 



27 



STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES 



The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
(General Library) 

Carlton P. West, M.A., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Frederick R. Darkis, Jr., M.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian 

Minnie S. Kallam, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Reference Librarian 

Mrs. Ernestine P. Howe, B.S. in L.S., Catalog Librarian 

Mrs. Dorothy Rowley, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Periodicals Librarian 

James M. Nicholson, M.A., M.S. in L.S., Director of the Baptist 
Collection 

Marjorie Keith, M.A.L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Mrs. Margaret V. Shoemaker, A.B. in L.S., Assistant Catalog 
Librarian 

Mrs. Anne M. Nicholson, B.S. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Mary Harriet White, B.M., M.L., Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Emily Flowers, B.A., M.S.L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Mrs. Elsa H. Williams, B.S.L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Mrs. Isabel E. Zuber, B.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Minnie Morris Huggins, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Documents Librarian 

Library of the School of Law 

Mrs. Vivian L. Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Nell Benton, B.A., Librarian 

Mrs. Anita F. Monroe, A.B., Assistant Librarian 



28 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 

1963-64 

Effective September 1, 1963 

The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire on 
August 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selectes its own 
chairman except where the chairman is designated. All members of 
a committee vote except as otherwise indicated. 

Absences 

Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women. 
Voting. 1966 C. V. Harris; 1965 Scott; 1964 Wyatt. 

Admissions 

Non-Voting. Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women> 
Director of Admissions. 

Voting. 1966 Carter, Scott; 1965 Angell, Turner; 1964 Johnson, 
G. P. Williams. 

Advisory Council to Lower Division 

Johnson, Chairman; Angell, Aycock, Banks, Barnett, Blalock, 
Brehme, Britt, Burroughs, Campbell, Carter, Chee, Cook, Davis, 
Dimmick, Dodson, Dyer, Fraser, Garrett, Gregg, Gregory, E. W. 
Hamrick, P. J. Hamrick, C. V. Harris, J. E. Hendricks, Higgins, 
Hitchins, Hooks, Johnston, Kenion, Lewis, J. G. May, W. G. May, 
Miller, Mitchell, Olive, Parker, Phillips, Prichard, Raynor, M. F. 
Robinson, P. S. Robinson, Scott, Smiley, Thomas, A. S. Tillett, 
Via, Waddill, G. P. Williams, Wyatt. 

Athletics 

Administrative: Dean of the College, Treasurer, Faculty Chairman 
Sawyer; 1966 Parker, Shirley; 1965 Broderick, Helm; 1964 Cook, 
Dodson. 

Buildings and Grounds 

Administrative Officials: Copeland, Moore, Patterson, Wilson; 
1968 O'Flaherty, 1967 Black, 1966 C. M. Allen, 1965 Miller, 1964 
Heath. 

Calendar 

Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women. 

Curriculum 

Dean of the College, Chairman; President, Dean of the School of 
Business Administration, Registrar, and the chairman of each de- 

29 



Committees 



partment of the School of Arts and Sciences as follows; Biology, 
Chemistry, Classical Languages, Education, English, German, His- 
tory, Mathematics, Military Science, Music, Philosophy, Physical 
Education, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, Romance 
Languages, Sociology and Anthropology, Speech. 

Executive 

Non-Voting. President, Dean of Women. 

Voting. Dean of the College, Chairman; Dean of the School of 
Business Administration, and the following faculty members: 1966 
Helm, M. F. Robinson; 1965 Aycock, E. W. Hamrick; 1964 Gross, 
J. E. Williams. 

Graduate Council 

Director of Graduate Studies, Chairman; Dean of the College; 
1967 Gentry; 1966 Burt, Mullen; 1965 Goodman, Shields; 1964 
Gross; 1963 Johnston. 

Honors 

Dean of the College, Chairman; 1967 Seelbinder; 1966 Gross; 1965 
Broderick; 1964 Mullen. 

Library 

Librarian and the following faculty members: 1966 Drake, Fraser, 
P. J. Hamrick, Hylton, J. C. McDonald, Mitchell, Shirley; 1965 
J. E. Hendricks, J. G. May, Patrick, Prichard, Shoemaker; 1964 
Brehme, Dufort, Earp, Gregg, Hooks, Reid, P. S. Robinson. 

Nominations 
1966 Barrow, Gentry; 1965 Banks, Britt; 1964 Hylton, Mullen. 

Orientation 

Dean of the College, Chairman; Dean of Women, President of the 
Student Government or his designated representative. 

Publications 

Folk, Chairman; Burroughs, Carter, Copeland, W. O. Harris, 
Parker, A. S. Tillett, Wilson, Yearns. 

ROTC Board 

Co-ordinator Black, Professor of Military Science, and the following 
faculty members: 1966 Heath, 1965 Banks, 1964 Hooks. 



30 



Committees 



Schedule 

Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar. 

Voting. 1968 Olive; 1967 Davis; 1966 Ramsey; 1965 Johnson; 

1964 Drake. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

Dean of the College, Dean of Women, and the following faculty 
members: 1966 Burroughs, Crisp; 1965 Bryan, Cook; 1964 Gregory, 
Johnston. 

Student Affairs 

Non-voting. President, Dean of the College, Dean of Women, 
Chaplain, Director of Concerts and Lectures. 

Voting. 1966 Barnett, Dimmick, Prichard; 1965 Garrett, Hooks, 
Jordan; 1964 Preseren, Ramsey, P. S. Robinson. 

Faculty Marshals 
1966 P. J. Hamrick; 1965 Barrow. 

Faculty Council 

President of the College, Chairman; Dean of the College, Dean of 
the School of Law, Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 
Dean of the School of Business Administration, and the following, 
whose terms expire on December 31 of the year indicated: 

Representatives of the School of Arts and Sciences: 1965 Clonts, L. R. 
Tillett; 1964 Memory, P. S. Robinson; 1963 E. W. Hamrick, Parcell. 

Representatives of the School of Law: 1965 Faris; 1964 Wiggins. 

Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1965 R. L. Tutde; 
1964 R. W. Prichard. 

Representatives of the School of Business Administration: 1965 Heath; 
1964 Ramsey. 



31 



THE COLLEGE AND ITS EQUIPMENT 

Historical Sketch 

Historical Background. The history of the founding 
of Wake Forest College is inseparable from the his- 
tory of the formation of the Baptist State Convention. 
One of the two main purposes which led to the organ- 
zation of the convention in 1830 was to establish an edu- 
cational institution that would give training under 
Christian influences and provide educated ministers. 

Immediately after the formation of the Baptist State 
Convention, Dr. Samuel Wait, serving as agent for the 
Convention, began an intensive four-year educational 
campaign among the Baptists of the State. Two years 
later, in 1832, the Convention purchased from Dr. 
Calvin Jones a 600-acre farm sixteen miles north of 
Raleigh, to be used as a site for the proposed school. 

Wake Forest Institute. Under the authorization of 
a charter granted by the State Legislature in December 
1833, the school was opened as Wake Forest Institute 
on February 3, 1834, with Dr. Wait as principal. Al- 
though the primary purpose was to give collegiate in- 
struction in the arts and sciences, for five years the Wake 
Forest Institute operated as a manual labor school, 
attracting liberal patronage from the large planters of 
the State, who wished their sons to receive practical 
training in agriculture, along with education in the 
liberal arts. In 1836 the enrollment had increased from 
the original 16 to 141. 

The College. The annual labor feature was aban- 
doned at the close of the year 1838, and the institution 
was rechartered, in December 1838, as Wake Forest 
College. 

With teachers who were graduates of Columbia 

32 



Historical Sketch 



College, Brown University, and Dartmouth College, 
and with a liberal arts curriculum that was standard 
for the time, Wake Forest College conferred the degree 
of Bachelor of Arts upon four young men in June 1839. 

From 1839 to 1894 the College operated exclusively 
as a college of liberal arts; the School of Law was estab- 
lished in June 1894, the School of Medicine in May 1902, 
the School of Business Administration in 1948, the 
Division of Evening Classes in 1957, and the Division 
of Graduate Studies in 1961. In 1942 the College be- 
came co-educational. 

The College has given instruction to many thousands 
of students and has sent them out into varied fields of 
service. Among these have been a large number of minis- 
ters, missionaries, lawyers, physicians, educators, writers, 
scientists, businessmen, farmers, and influential leaders 
in governmental affairs. From the beginning the College 
has made marked contributions to Christianity, to cul- 
ture, and to a higher type of citizenship generally, in 
accordance with the original purpose of the founders of 
the institution. 

In 1946 the Trustees of the College and the Baptist 
State Convention accepted an offer made by the 
Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation to give the College 
$350,000 annually in perpetuity for operation of the 
school on condition that it be moved to Winston- 
Salem and that other friends of the College provide a 
campus site and buildings. This decision was made 
three years after the College had undertaken an En- 
largement Program to provide much needed buildings 
and other physical facilities on the old campus. 

Mr. Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late Mary 
Reynolds Babcock, contributed a part of the beautiful 
Reynolda Estate for the new campus. Ground-breaking 
ceremonies were held on October 15, 1951, with the 

33 



Historical Sketch 



President of the United States delivering the principal 
address. The following spring actual construction began. 
Accompanying the construction was intensive fund- 
raising. In 1955 the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation 
increased its annual payments to the College to $500,000. 
The actual move from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem 
took place in May and June of 1956. The Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine of the College had been moved 
to Winston-Salem in 1941 when it received the resources 
of the Bowman Gray Foundation. 

Summer school opened on the new campus on June 
18, 1956, the fall term on September 11 and formal 
dedication exercises were held on October 18. The 
old campus and buildings at Wake Forest were sold 
to the Southern Baptist Convention for use of the 
Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary which now 
occupies the campus. 

Administration and Instruction. The College is governed 
by a Board of Trustees which is elected by the North 
Carolina Baptist Convention. The Board has thirty-six 
members who serve four-year terms, with nine being 
chosen each year at the annual convention. 

During its history of 129 years the College has been 
headed by a total of ten presidents, the administrations 
of four of these (Dr. Washington Manly Wingate, Dr. 
Charles E. Taylor, Dr. William Louis Poteat and Dr. 
Thurman D. Kitchin) covering a total of 88 years. The 
complete list of presidents,* with the dates of their 
administrations, follows : 

Samuel Wait, D.D 1834-45 

William Hooper, D.D., LL.D 1845-49 

John Brown White, M.A 1849-54 

•During the years 1882-84, William Bailey Royall, B.A., M.A., D.D. (Professor of 
Greek), served as chairman of the Faculty. 

34 



Historical Sketch 



Washington Manly Wingate, D.D 1854-79 

Thomas Henderson Pritchard, D.D 1879-82 

Charles Elisha Taylor, D.D., LL.D 1884-1905 

William Louis Poteat, LL.D., Litt.D 1905-27 

Francis Pendleton Gaines, Ph.D., Litt.D., 

LL.D 1927-30 

Thurman D. Kitchin, M.D., LL.D., F.A.C.P. . 1930-50 
Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M., 

Th.D., Ph.D., D.D., LL.D 1950- 

The growth and progress of the College are due in no 
small degree to the leadership of its presidents* and to 
the faculty of instruction, many of whom have rendered 
distinguished service for thirty years or more. These 
include: Dr. William Bailey Royall, professor of Greek, 
62 years: Dr. William Louis Poteat, Biology, 55 years; 
Dr. Benjamin F. Sledd, English, 50 years; Prof. Edgar 
W. Timberlake, Law, 50 years; Dr. J. Hendren Gorrell, 
Modern Languages, 45 years; Dr. Hubert McNeill 
Poteat, Latin, 44 years; Dr. Needham Y. Gulley, Law, 
44 years, and Dr. George W. Paschal, Classical Lan- 
guages, 43 years. Mr. Elliott B. Earnshaw served as 
Bursar for 45 years. Of the present faculty, sixteen 
have served more than thirty years, including the fol- 
lowing who became emeriti after serving thirty-five years 
or more: Dr. W. R. Cullom, professor emeritus in 
1938, after completing his forty-second year, and 
Dr. D. B. Bryan who was Professor of Education for 
thirty-six years and Dean of the College for thirty- 
four years. Prof. Hubert A. Jones taught Mathematics 
for fifty-one years; Dr. Henry Broad us Jones, English, 
thirty-five years; Dr. Ora C. Bradbury, Biology, thirty- 
six years; and Prof. Kenneth T. Raynor, Mathematics, 
thirtv-five years. Mrs. Ethel Taylor Crittenden retired in 

•Those interested in more specific information are referred to the three-volume 
History of Wake Forest College by Dr. George W. Paschal. 

35 



Endowment 



1946 after thirty-one years as Librarian. In a word, the 
College has enlisted and retained throughout their 
teaching careers men who have devoted themselves to 
the College and to its ideals of culture and Christian 
leadership. 

Endowment 

In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest Col- 
lege was $11,700, the remnant from the wreck of war. 
In 1876, through the efforts of Dr. C. E. Taylor and Mr. 
James S. Purefoy, about $20,000 was added to the 
endowment. By January 1, 1884, Dr. Taylor had in- 
creased the endowment to $100,000 and had raised 
up a generous friend of the College in Mr. Jabez A. 
Bostwick, of New York City. In 1885 Mr. Bostwick 
created the Bostwick Loan Fund by a gift of $12,000 
and in 1886 made a further gift of $50,000. In 1891 
Dr. Taylor raised, by subscription and still another 
gift of Mr. Bostwick, the sum of $40,000. Under the 
terms of the will of Mr. Bostwick, dating from February 
1, 1892, the endowment was increased, in 1923, by stock 
valued at about $1,500,000. From 1906 to 1910 Pro- 
fessor J. B. Carlyle undertook to raise $150,000. Of 
this sum $117,798.56 was realized, of which the Gen- 
eral Education Board of New York contributed a 
fourth. More than $100,000 was added by receipts 
from the Seventy-five Million Campaign and the pro 
rata contribution of the General Education Board. On 
November 20, 1925, Mr. B. N. Duke, of New York City, 
made a generous donation to the endowment of 1,000 
shares of Duke Power Company stock valued at $150,- 
000. On August 3, 1939, the resources of the Bowman 
Gray Foundation were awarded to Wake Forest Col- 
lege, to be used exclusively by the School of Medicine. 

The Chair of the Bible, known as the Albritton Chair 

36 



Endowment 

of the Bible, is provided by a gift of $25,000.00 con- 
tributed in 1919 by the children of the Reverend John 
T. Albritton and $25,000.00 by the Eastern Baptist 
Association. 

On December 21, 1946, eighteen-thirty-fifths of the 
income from the James A. Gray Trust Fund was made 
available to the School of Medicine for the general 
furtherance of teaching and research. 

The total endowment funds now controlled by the 
College amount to approximately $7,480,000 (book 
value as of June 30, 1962). 

The Trustees of The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, 
Inc., and The Trustees of Wake Forest College entered 
into a contract on November 16, 1946, whereby the 
Foundation made available to the College income of 
the Foundation up to $350,000 per year in perpetuity, 
this sum being increased to $500,000 in 1955. The in- 
come so received was applied to the costs of construction 
on the new campus prior to the time of removal in 1956 
and thereafter to the cost of operations. 

The College holds a beneficial interest of one-fourth 
of the income of the Mary K. Fassett Trust Fund 
established by Dr. Burton W. Fassett of Durham, N. C, 
this interest to increase when the principal of the fund 
reaches a specified amount. 

The College holds a beneficial interest of 41% of the 
income of the Lucy Teague Fassett Memorial Trust 
Fund, also established by Dr. Fassett, this interest to 
increase when the principal of the fund reaches a speci- 
fied amount. 

Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster 
Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina, who died in 
1954, The George Foster Hankins Foundation was 
established, to be managed and controlled by The 
Trustees of Wake Forest College. The income of the 

37 



Buildings 

Foundation is to be used for scholarships and loan 
funds in aid of worthy and deserving students displaying 
promise and ability who might be denied a college 
education because of lack of means, with preference in 
the award of scholarships and loans to be given to 
applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. The 
assets of the Foundation on June 30, 1962, at book value 
amounted to approximately $1,234,000. 

R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company Professorships 

In 1958 the R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company made 
a grant of $125,000 to the College for the purpose of 
establishing one or more distinguished professorships in 
chemistry. Under the provisions of this grant Dr. Paul M. 
Gross, Jr., Associate Professor of Chemistry, and Dr. 
N. Howell Furman, Professor of Chemistry, have been 
appointed as R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company 
Professors. 

Babcock Professorship of Botany 

The Babcock Professorship of Botany is endowed by 
the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation through a grant 
made in 1958. Under the provisions of this grant, Dr. 
Paul B. Sears was appointed the first Babcock Profes- 
sor of Botany effective with the school year 1962-1963. 

Buildings and Grounds 

The physical equipment of the College includes about 
411 acres of land and 16 buildings. There are, in ad- 
dition, a president's home, ten faculty apartment build- 
ings housing seventy-two separate families, and two 
buildings containing fifty-six apartments for married 
students. Construction on the campus was begun in 

38 



Buildings 

1952 and it was occupied for the first time beginning 
with the summer session of 1956. The buildings are of 
modified Georgian architecture, constructed of Old 
Virginia brick and trimmed in granite and limestone. 
Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the campus is 
one of the most attractive in the South. 

The Reynolda Gardens, consisting of a tract of ap- 
proximately 95 acres, is situated south of the campus. 
This tract includes a formal garden, greenhouses, park- 
ing areas, a lake, and a wooded area with trails. The 
formal garden features one of the finest collections of 
Japanese cherry trees in the United States. This area 
of natural beauty was a gift to the College from the 
Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation through transfers 
made in 1958 and 1961. 

Academic Buildings 

Wait Chapel. Located at the head of the campus 
plaza is Wait Chapel, so designated in memory of the 
first President of Wake Forest College, Samuel Wait. 
Its spire towers two hundred and thirty feet into the 
air and its auditorium has a seating capacity of twenty- 
five hundred. A four-manual pipe organ and choir 
space for one hundred members are a part of the equip- 
ment. Wait Chapel faces toward the south, overlooking 
the plaza, with Reynolda Hall in the foreground and 
four large dormitories for men at right and left. 

Wingate Hall. Attached to Wait Chapel on the 
northern end is a four-story building for the Department 
of Religion and for educational purposes of a campus 
church. This part of the building has been named in 
honor of Washington Manly Wingate, President of 
Wake Forest College, 1854-1879. In addition to class- 
rooms and offices for professors, there is the Paul Price 

39 



Buildings 

Davis Meditation Chapel, equipped with pews and 
other facilities, for the use of small groups. There is also 
in the basement an assembly room accommodating 
about three hundred people and equipped with stage 
and dressing rooms. 

Reynolda Hall. Located at the southern end of the 
plaza area and facing Wait Chapel is Reynolda Hall, 
administration and student center. A wing on the 
west end accommodates administrative offices of the 
College; a wing of similar size on the east end fur- 
nishes facilities for student organizations and activities. 
On the ground floor, facing south, is the cafeteria, 
equipped for seating at one time one thousand people 
and for serving four lines. Behind the cafeteria are 
kitchens, refrigeration units, and storage rooms. On the 
floor above are lounges and conference rooms. On the 
third floor are a large banquet room and space which 
will be used temporarily for classrooms and offices for 
professors. A fourth floor contains a number of class- 
rooms. 

The £. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center 
of the academic campus, this building contains space 
for eight tiers of book stacks, with a capacity for about 
one million volumes. Surrounding the book stacks are 
four floors of rooms for reading, reference, and various 
other uses of a modern library. Some of the space in 
this building is to be used for a few years for classrooms 
and offices. 

Salem Hall. Directly west of the Library, this three- 
story building housed the three basic sciences of biology, 
chemistry, and physics for the first five years on the new 
campus, with the departments of Biology and Psychol- 
ogy occupying Winston Hall beginning in September 

40 



Buildings 

1961. Salem Hall contains laboratories, classrooms, and 
offices, as well as a large lecture room and ample storage 
space, for the departments of Chemistry and Physics. 

Winston Hall. This three-story building, just west of 
Salem Hall, was completed and occupied in September 
1961. It provides classrooms, laboratories, faculty of- 
fices, seminar rooms, and a small auditorium for the 
departments of Biology and Psychology. 

The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of 
Reynolda Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms 
for instruction in physical education, courts for basketball 
and other indoor sports, a swimming pool, offices for 
members of the faculty of the Department of Physical 
Education and of the Department of Athletics. Here 
also, is housed the Department of Military Science 
and Tactics. No provision is made in this building for 
large spectator facilities, since the near-by Memorial 
Coliseum will be used for intercollegiate basketball 
games and other indoor sports. On either side of the 
Gymnasium are sports fields and courts for tennis, 
handball, and volleyball. 

Law Building. At the opposite end of the campus 
from Winston Hall is located the building for the 
School of Law. It is a four-story structure, containing 
classrooms, offices, a moot court, an assembly room, a 
library, a seminar room, a law review room, and a 
student lounge. 

Residence Buildings 

Dormitories for Men. Bordering the plaza area on the 
east and the west are four quadrangles of dormitories for 
men, with accommodations for fifteen hundred students. 
The dormitories are named in honor of Charles Elisha 
Taylor, William Louis Poteat, and Thurman Delna 

41 



Buildings 

Kitchin, former Presidents of Wake Forest College, and 
Egbert Lawrence Davis, a benefactor of the College. 
Each quadrangle contains three main floors with open 
galleries overlooking the quadrangles. From these gal- 
leries are entrances to the suites of rooms each of which 
is occupied by a small group of students. Connecting 
the Poteat and Taylor Dormitories with the Chapel 
entrance are two wings, equipped to accommodate 
about one hundred students each. One of these wings is 
Efird Hall, in honor of Mr. J. B. Efird of Charlotte, and 
another, Huffman Hall, in honor of Mr. Frank Huffman 
of Morgan ton. Facing the plaza are a post office, a 
bank, a drug store, a book store, and a number of shops, 
all housed in these dormitories. 

Dormitories for Women. At the southern end of the 
campus, facing Reynolda Hall, are three dormitories for 
women accommodating six hundred and fifty students, 
that on the east being named in honor of Mr. Jabez A. 
Bostwick, one of the chief benefactors of the College, 
that in the center being named Lois Johnson Dormitory 
in honor of Miss Lois Johnson, first Dean of Women 
of Wake Forest College, and that on the west being 
named Mary Reynolds Babcock Dormitory, in honor 
of the late Mrs. Charles H. Babcock, a chief benefactor 
of the College. 

Both double and single rooms are available for stu- 
dents. A kitchen is located in each building, and a 
launderette is provided on each floor of each building. 
A large lounge is located on the first floor of each build- 
ing. 

The Power Plant, connected by tunnels with all 
buildings on the campus, is located on a lower level 
northwest of the athletic fields. Attractive and modern 
in design, it is equipped with two massive boilers that 

42 



Libraries 

furnish heat and hot water for all buildings, including 
the faculty apartments, and is the basis of the air-con- 
ditioning system installed in Wait Chapel, Reynolda 
Hall, the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, Winston Hall, 
Salem Hall, the Law Building, and the Gymnasium. 

The Maintenance Building. Located in close proximity 
to the power plant to the south is the maintenance 
building for the purpose of making repairs and con- 
structing many things essential to the operation of the 
various departments of the College. 

Libraries 

In its several libraries the College possesses a total of 
223,014 volumes, not including several thousand United 
States Government publications. These volumes are dis- 
tributed as follows: the Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
(general), 156,292; the Library of the School of Law, 
31,000; and the Library of the Bowman Gray School 
of Medicine, 35,722. 

The books which constitute the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Library have been chosen principally to serve three 
basic purposes. It is considered essential, in the first 
place, to develop and service a library which will be 
adequate to the instructional program of a liberal arts 
college and which will provide fundamental reference 
works. Furthermore, in keeping with the position of the 
College as an integral part of the North Carolina 
Baptist organization, a Baptist Collection, now including 
more than 5,000 items, is maintained. Substantial files 
of Baptist newspapers and periodicals, and manuscript 
records of many individual churches are included. Fi- 
nally, to provide material for the study of North Carolina 
and the Southeastern region, a workable collection of 
North Caroliniana and materials concerning neighbor- 
ing states has been promoted. The generosity of certain 

43 



Libraries 

individuals has made possible the special collections 
mentioned below. 

The late Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh, an 
alumnus and life-long bibliophile, bequeathed his per- 
sonal library to the College. It is a collection of more 
than 7,000 volumes rich in first editions and important 
association items. Funds from a bequest of his brother, 
the late Oscar T. Smith of Baltimore, are used for the 
purchase of similar materials, although such acquisitions 
are shelved apart from the Charles Lee Smith library 
itself. 

The Paschal Collection was established Christmas 
1950 by George W. Paschal, Jr., 1927, Raleigh surgeon, 
in recognition of the interest in the Library manifested 
by his father, George Washington Paschal, and also in 
memory of his father's twin brother, Robert Lee Paschal. 
The Collection is regularly enlarged and, although 
heterogeneous in nature, primarily contains material 
relating to the humanities. The aim of the founder of the 
Collection is to add to the working efficiency of the 
Library. While this collection is principally supported 
by the donor, it has also received and welcomes contri- 
butions from interested friends. A special bookplate is 
used for items acquired for the Collection. 

To acquire the more important editions of the works 
of Edmund Spenser, together with significant back- 
ground titles, a sum of money has been contributed 
by Dr. Charles G. Smith of Baylor University in honor 
of his wife, Cornelia Marschall Smith. A fund established 
by the late Dr. Herman Harrell Home of New York 
University is applied to the purchase of general titles 
of particular value to undergraduate instruction. 

Other groups of books, smaller but no less significant 
than those mentioned above, may be found in the 



44 



Libraries 

Library. The late Dr. B. W. Spilman both financed 
and otherwise encouraged the collection of books 
whose authors are alumni of the College. Through 
participation in the McGregor Plan, an arrange- 
ment whereby funds provided by the late Mr. Tracy 
McGregor were made available to a selected group 
of colleges and universities for the purchase of rare 
Americana, the Library has acquired a valuable col- 
lection of works belonging to the colonial and early 
national periods of American history. As a United 
States Government depository the Library has avail- 
able the more important documents issued by the 
various governmental agencies. As the result of a gift 
from the Carnegie Corporation the Library contains 
about 2,500 excellent photographs and many books 
pertaining to the history of painting, sculpture, and 
architecture. A group of more than a thousand book- 
plates was contributed by Mrs. Clara T. Evans of New 
York City. 

The Library of the School of Law contains 31,000 
volumes, including not only the reports, statutes, and 
digests required by the American Association of Law 
Schools but also the leading textbooks, encyclopedias, 
and periodicals. 

The Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
is a collection of 35,722 volumes which provides the 
books, periodicals, and monographs necessary to in- 
struction and research in medical theory and practice. 
More than 900 current periodicals, both domestic and 
foreign, are received. 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar contains a carefully 
selected group of books for the use of advanced students 
in philosophy. Although not supported by Library funds 
but based upon an endowment given by the late Dr. 



45 



Art Museum 



B. W. Spilman and upon the newly established A. C. 
Reid Philosophy Fund, it forms a valuable part of the 
book resources of the College. 

Art Museum 

The Museum of Art is made up mainly of the T. J. 
Simmons Collection, presented to the College by the 
late Dr. Thomas Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., 
and formally opened to the public on June 2, 1941. 
Including some additions, there are about sixty paint- 
ings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, five pieces of 
sculpture, and several other art objects in the collection. 

The Museum was enriched in 1957 by three paint- 
ings from the Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold 
Kirkeby, and in 1960 by two paintings given by Mr. 
Clark Hartwell and three by Mrs. April Ruth Akston. 
Nearly all of the paintings are hung in public areas of 
various buildings on the campus. 



46 



ADMISSION 

A candidate for admission to Wake Forest College 
must furnish testimonials of good moral character, 
must present evidences of educational achievement 
represented by graduation from an accredited public 
high school or an accredited private secondary school, 
and must present a senior year score on the Scholastic 
Aptitude (Morning) Test of the College Entrance Ex- 
amination Board. The record of the work done by the 
applicant in high school or in a private secondary school 
and the recommendations of the school official must be 
sent direct to the Director of Admissions of Wake 
Forest College by an official of the school, and the test 
scores must be sent from the test center. They may not 
be submitted by the applicant. 

Information about the times and places at which the 
College Board test may be taken and an application for 
taking the test may be secured from the high school or 
from College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, 
Princeton, New Jersey. 

Careful consideration will be given to the applicant's 
academic records, scores on tests, and evidences of 
character, purpose in life, and general fitness for college 
life at Wake Forest College. The College reserves the 
right to reject any application without explanation. 

A student who wishes to be considered for transfer 
from another college must be a graduate of a standard 
junior college or must furnish a certificate of honorable 
dismissal stating that the applicant is eligible in all re- 
spects to re-enter the college last attended, and have 
an overall average of at least C on all college work 
attempted. 

The applicant should fill out and return as early as 
practical the student's part of the application, and should 
then give to the high school principal, superintendent, 

47 



Admission 

or other appropriate school official the other parts to 
be completed and sent to the Director of Admissions of 
Wake Forest College for the attention of the Committee 
on Admissions. 

An application fee of $10.00 to cover the cost of 
processing the application is required. This should 
accompany the application and will not be applied to 
later charges or refunded, in the event of failure to be 
admitted or of cancellation of the application. 

If possible, the completed application should be sent 
at least seven months prior to the date on which the ap- 
plicant hopes to enroll in Wake Forest College, but not 
before September 15 of the applicant's senior year in 
high school. Except in case of emergency, the final date 
for making application for the spring semester is Jan- 
uary 15; for the fall semester, August 15. 

The minimum prescribed requirements for admission 
to all degrees are as follows: 

English 4 units 

One Foreign Language 2 units 

History (Social Studies) 2 units 

Mathematics: 

Algebra 1 3^ or 2 units 

Geometry 1 unit 

Electives to bring the total to 16 units 

A student who is admitted from another college be- 
fore fully meeting the minimum prescribed require- 
ments outlined above for entering freshmen must re- 
move the entrance conditions during the first year at 
Wake Forest. 

A student who transfers from another college must 
have an overall average of at least C on all college work 
attempted.* 

•Please see academic requirements for graduation, especially for one who has at- 
tended more than one college before applying for admission to Wake Forest College. 

48 



Advanced Placement 



When an applicant has received notice of acceptance 
for admission or re-admission to Wake Forest College, an 
admission deposit of $50.00 must be sent to the Director 
of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later than 
three weeks after the notice of acceptance is mailed. 
(Make checks payable to Wake Forest College.) Failure 
to pay this deposit within three weeks will be considered 
as indicating that the applicant does not intend to enter 
Wake Forest College. This deposit will be credited 
toward the applicant's college fees. It will be refunded, 
if the application for admission or re-admission is 
cancelled by the applicant and a written request for 
refund is received by the Director of Admissions of 
Wake Forest College not later than June 1 for the fall 
semester or November 1 for the spring semester. Re- 
funds will not be made after these dates. 

If a student is accepted for admission or re-admission 
after June 1 for the fall semester or after November 1 
for the spring semester, the admission deposit is due 
within two weeks of the date of acceptance. Deposits 
made after June 1 and November 1 are not refundable. 

No deposit is required of a student who expects to 
enroll for the summer session only. 

Advanced Placement 

Wake Forest College recognizes college-level work 
done in high school by giving credit and placement on 
the basis of Advanced Placement Examinations of the 
College Entrance Examination Board and such pertinent 
supplementary information as may be available. 

Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced stand- 
ing may receive exemption from some basic courses 
with credit on the authorization of the department con- 
cerned. For the purposes of computing quality point 
ratios, etc., credit gained by advanced standing exami- 

49 



Advanced Standing 



nation is treated as credit transferred to Wake Forest 
College from another college. 

Admission to Advanced Standing 

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited 
colleges are accepted under the regulations that have 
been adopted by the faculty for the approval of such 
courses. In general, however, no credit is allowed for 
courses not found in the curriculum of Wake Forest 
College. All credits allowed for advanced standing 
are held in suspense until the candidate has spent one 
term in residence. The minimum residence requirement 
for a baccalaureate degree is two academic years — the 
senior year and one other. 



50 



COLLEGE CHARGES AND FINANCIAL 
ARRANGEMENTS 

(Veterans: See statement on page 102) 

General Statement. Statements in this Bulletin con- 
cerning expenses are not to be regarded as forming an 
irrevocable contract between the student and the Col- 
lege. The College reserves the right to change without 
notice the cost of instruction at any time within the 
student's term of residence. 

Payment and Settlement of Accounts. Each student is 
responsible for the settlement of his own account. Begin- 
ning on page 53, statements of charges made are listed, 
and the student is expected to meet the schedules of 
payment therefor and to settle promptly all bills ren- 
dered. 

The College does not extend credit or make arrange- 
ments for payments of charges other than those set out 
in this Bulletin. Plans for financing college charges are 
offered by the First-Citizens Bank and Trust Company, 
Raleigh, North Carolina; The Tuition Plan, Inc., 1 
Park Avenue, New York 16, New York. Information 
may be obtained by writing directly to these organiza- 
tions or to the Treasurer of the College. 

The College expects students to pay tuition and other 
charges when due or to arrange financing of charges as 
explained in the preceding paragraph. 

Faculty regulations require that a student's College 
account must be settled in full before he is entitled to 
receive his grades, a transcript of his record, a diploma, 
or to register for the succeeding semester. 

Withdrawal. Students withdrawing must follow the 
procedure set forth on page 96 and must present their 
student activity books to the Treasurer before any claim 
for refund may be considered, In general, the refund is on 

51 



Charges 

a pro rata basis if withdrawal occurs within 30 days from the 
first day of registration as indicated in the College calendar on 
page 3. 

Bank Accounts and Check-Cashing. Students will greatly 
facilitate their financial arrangements by opening a 
checking account with the Wake Forest office of the 
Wachovia Bank and Trust Company, located on the 
campus, since the College cannot undertake to cash 
checks. 

Checks and money orders presented in payment of 
accounts should be made payable to WAKE FOREST 
COLLEGE. 

A cafeteria is located on the campus. Meals may be 
purchased individually or under an optional board 
plan. A student obtaining meals individually may ex- 
pect to pay about $400-$450 for the school year. Slater 
Food Service Management, which serves Wake Forest's 
dining needs, has recently announced a contractual 
Board Plan arrangement whereby a student may cut 
his food expense at college by one-third. This is a pre- 
payment plan of one or three installments each se- 
mester to insure the student a well rounded diet of his 
own choosing. Both cafeteria and table service are 
available on this plan with a free choice of menu. For 
further details write to Slater Food Service Manage- 
ment, Box 7393, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina. 

Books and supplies are available at the College Book 
Store, located on the campus. The estimated cost is 
$75-$ 100 for the school year, depending on the courses 
for which the student is enrolled. 

Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry oper- 
ated by a Winston-Salem firm is located in Charles E. 
Taylor Dormitory. 

52 



Charges 

School of Arts and Sciences and School of Business 
Administration 

Charges for the Regular School Tear 

All charges are due and payable at registration un- 
less otherwise indicated. 

Fall Spring Total 

Semester Semester for Tear 

Tuition 1 $350. 00 2 $350. 00 3 $700.00 

Dormitory Room Rental 100. 00 4 100.00 4 200.00 

College Union Fee 3.00 3.00 6.00 



$453.00 $453.00 $906.00 

Deduct admission deposit ($50.00) or reservation deposit ($25.00) 
from above charges, if such deposits are paid. See Pages 49, 56 

Tuition is intended to bear in part the total cost of op- 
erations of the College. It specifically includes such 
items as would normally require the payment of a fee, 
namely, libraries, laboratories, admission to all inter- 
collegiate athletic contests at Wake Forest College (when 
student activity book is presented), and to certain 
student activities, including religious and dramatic 
organizations, cost of student publications, consisting of 
the yearbook, The Howler, and the subscription price 
of $2.50 annually for the student newspaper, Old 
Gold & Black. It further provides for the attendance of 
the College physician and nurses in the College hospital 
for temporary emergencies. 

The College Union fee is required of all students at 
registration. It is intended to bear in part the total cost 
of the operation of the College Union (see page 88). 

1 Part-time students (those enrolled for less than 12 semester hours) pay a flat charge 
of §20.00 per semester hour in lieu of tuition and general fee. Part-time students are not 
entitled to claim the concessions listed on page 73 nor are they entitled to admission to 
athletic contests and receipt of publications as are full-time students. 

2 S175.00 may be deferred until November 1. 

•S175.00 may be deferred until March 1. 

4 S125.00 for single room and S150.00 for double room occupied as single room. 

53 



Charges 

Charges for the Summer Session 

A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in 
March of each year and may be obtained by writing 
Dean of the Summer Session, Wake Forest College, 
Winston-Salem, North Carolina. This bulletin should 
be consulted for detailed information concerning charges 
and courses. 

All charges are due and payable at registration. 

First Second 

Session Session Total 

Summer School Fee 1 .... $ 60. 00 2 $ 60. 00 2 $120.00 
Dormitory Room Rental. 20.00 20.00 40.00 



TOTAL $80.00 $80.00 $160.00 

School of Law 
Charges for the Regular School Tear 

The Bulletin of the School of Law should be consulted 
for detailed information. A copy may be obtained by 
addressing the Dean of the School of Law, Wake Forest 
College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina. 

All charges are due and payable at registration. 

Fall Spring Total 

Semester Semester for Tear 

Tuition 3 $275.00 $275.00 $550.00 

Dormitory Room Rental. 100. 00 4 100. 00 4 200.00 

Student Bar Association 

Dues 2.75 2.75 5.50 



$377.75 $377.75 $755.50 

Deduct admission deposit or reservation deposit from above charge, 
if such deposits are paid. See pages 49, 56. 

1 Part-time students (those enrolled for 3 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of 
$12.50 per semester hour. 

J No concessions or scholarships are available in the summer session, except that 
the charge to public school teachers is $45.00 per session when duly authorized by the 
Dean of the Summer Session. 

■Part-time students (those enrolled for 7 semester hours or less) pay a fiat ohargo of 
$137.50. 

<$125.00 for single room and $150.00 for double room occupied as single room. 

54 



Charges 

No general fee is charged, but students in the School 
of Law have the same privileges described on page 53 
as do students in the School of Arts and Sciences and 
the School of Business Administration. 

Charges for the Summer Session 

The summer term in the School of Law consists of 
one nine-week session. 

Tuition 1 $137.50 

Dormitory Room Rental 30 . 00 

TOTAL $167.50 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

The Bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
should be consulted for information as to expenses. Re- 
quests therefor should be addressed to the Dean of the 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest 
College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina. 

Division of Graduate Studies 

The Bulletin of the Division of Graduate Studies 
should be consulted for information as to expenses. Re- 
quests therefor should be addressed to the Director of 
Graduate Studies, Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina. 

Other College Charges 

Information concerning the charges listed below will 
be found immediately following the table. 

*Admission Application Fee $10.00 

*Admission Deposit 50.00 



1 Part-time students (those enrolled for 3 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of 
S68.75. 

•Not required in the Summer Session. 

55 



Charges 

Applied Music. 

(Amounts shown are per semester): 
One hour lesson per week .... $72 . 00 
One half hour lesson per week 40 . 00 
Class instruction (maximum fee 

per student) 30 . 00 

Practice studio (with piano) rental 

per semester (one hour daily) $ 6 . 00 
Practice studio (with piano) rental 

per semester (two hours daily) 1 . 00 
Organ practice per semester 

(one hour daily) 10. 00 

Organ practice per semester 

(two hours daily) 14. 00 

Other instrument rental per 

semester 5 . 00 

Dormitory Damage and Repairs 

As charged by Director of Residences 
Graduation Fee (Arts and Sci- 
ences, Business Administra- 
tion, Law) 10.00 

Graduation Fee (Graduate 

Studies) 25.00 

Hospital Bed and Board Charge. 3.00 daily 

Key 3.00 each 

Library Fines As charged by Library 

*Reservation Deposit 25.00 

Room Change Fees: 

Authorized Changes 5.00 

Unauthorized Changes 20.00 

ROTC Deposit 20.00 

Special Examination 2.50 

Student Apartment Rental 60.00 monthly 



•Not required in the summer. 

56 



Charges 

Traffic Fines: 

Vehicle Registration Fee $ 2.00 

Unregistered Vehicle 10.00 per violation 

Illegal Parking 2.00 per violation 

Trailer Park Rental: 

Per Semester 30.00 

Per Summer Term 10.00 

Transcripts (first copy is free) ... 1 .00 each 

Admission Application Fee. Required with each appli- 
cation for admission to the School of Arts and Sciences 
to cover costs of processing. Non-refundable. 

Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering 
for the first time, or re-entering after a period of non- 
attendance, the School of Arts and Sciences and the 
School of Law. Must be sent to the Director of Admis- 
sions (or to the Treasurer, in the case of law students) 
within three weeks after acceptance for admission or 
readmission. The deposit is credited to the student's 
college charges for the semester for which he has been 
accepted for admission. It is refunded if the Director of 
Admissions (or the Dean of the School of Law in the 
case of law students) is notified in writing prior to June 
1 for the fall semester and November 1 for the spring 
semester, of cancellation of plans to enter. No officer of 
the College has authority to modify these refund dates. 

Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of 
students enrolling for individual or class study in ap- 
plied music as described in the offering of the Depart- 
ment of Music (p. 191). Payable in the Treasurer's office 
not later than November 1 and March 1, respectively, 
for the fall and spring semesters. 

Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged 

57 



Charges 

for damage to his room or college property in accordance 
with Dormitory Rule 4 appearing on page 63. These 
charges may be appealed to the Board of Dormitory 
Damage Appeals if the student feels they are not merited. 

Graduation Fee. Required of all students who are 
candidates for degrees, whether or not they are present 
for the graduation exercises, and must be paid prior to 
the date of graduation. Covers the cost of diploma, 
academic costume, and other expenses pertaining to 
graduation. 

Hospital Bed and Board Charge. Charged to students 
when confined to the College Hospital. An additional 
charge is made for special surgeon or special nurse, 
when their services are required, and for special and 
expensive drugs. The provision for hospital service and 
the attendance of a physician applies to the student only 
and cannot be extended to members of his family. 

Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormi- 
tory room or student apartment. Refunded when key 
is returned to the Director of Residences. 

Library Fines. Charges for overdue and lost books 
and for violation of other Library regulations. Payable 
in the Library. 

Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring 
semester who expect to return for the next regular ses- 
sion beginning in September are required to pay a 
reservation deposit at a date set by the Treasurer. It is 
credited to the student's college charges and will be 
refunded under the same conditions specified for the 
admission deposit, except that refunds will be made if 
requested prior to June 30. 

An undergraduate student who fails to pay the $25 

58 



Charges 

reservation deposit at the required time during the 
spring semester shall not be eligible to register for the 
next fall semester. 

Room Change Fees. A charge of $5.00 is incurred for 
authorized room changes made after October 1 in the 
fall semester, after February 15 in the spring semester, 
and after the first week of each summer session. An 
authorized room change is one which has been made 
with the permission of the Director of Residences or the 
Dean of Women, as appropriate. A fine of $20.00 is in- 
curred for any unauthorized change. 

ROTC Deposit. Required of each student enrolled 
in an ROTC course before equipment may be issued to 
him. Refunded at the end of the school year or upon 
withdrawal from the course, less a cleaning charge and 
less any loss or damage, fair wear and tear excepted. If 
loss or damage exceeds $20.00 the deposit is forfeited, 
and the student is responsible for the excess over $20.00. 

Special Examination. Required for each special ex- 
amination taken to remove a course condition. 

Student Apartment Rental. Required to be paid monthly 
in accordance with written lease executed for the apart- 
ment between the student and the Director of Residences 
acting on behalf of the College. 

Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating 
parking regulations, copies of which are obtainable from 
the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds. May be 
appealed to the Board of Traffic Appeals. 

Trailer Park Rental. Required to be paid in accord- 
ance with written lease executed for college trailer park 
space between the student and the Director of Resi- 
dences acting on behalf of the College. 

59 



Housing 

Transcripts. The first copy of a student's record is 
issued free of charge. Subsequent copies cost $1 each. 
Transcripts are requested from the Registrar. 

Food Services 

Three types of food services are offered to the students 
of Wake Forest College — cafeteria, grill, and table 
service. The cafeteria menus feature a multiple choice 
planned and supervised by a trained home economist. 
The grill with its soda shop operates until 10:30 p.m. 
week nights and is a favorite spot for students to gather. 
The Magnolia Room is the table service dining room 
giving the students a quiet place to enjoy eating and 
offering a menu with greater variety, as well as foods 
prepared to order. The average student spends from 
$1.65-$2.00 per day for food, exclusive of soda shop 
purchases, but a board plan is available (page 52). 

Housing 

All unmarried undergraduate students who do not 
live in Winston-Salem or near Winston-Salem with their 
parents must live on the campus unless given permission 
in writing to the contrary by the Dean of the College 
or the Dean of Women. 

Student Apartments and Trailer Park 

An apartment building containing fifty-six apart- 
ments is located on the northwest edge of the campus. A 
trailer park containing fifty-five spaces is located on 
the east side of the campus. The apartment and trailer 
park are available for married couples, who must actu- 
ally reside therein. 

Application for apartment and trailer space must be 

60 



Dormitory Rules 



made to the Director of Residences, who maintains a 
waiting list. Assignment is made in order of priority of 
application, and a lease is executed by the student and 
the College. 

Apartment and trailer space is available only to bona 
fide students of Wake Forest College. 



Rooms — Men 

The rent is $100.00 per semester per student due 
and payable at registration and may not be deferred. 
Room rental is not refunded upon withdrawal. 

See below for the rules governing the use of dormi- 
tory rooms. 

Rooms — Women 

Married women students are not ordinarily permitted 
to live in the dormitories. Single women students in the 
professional schools may live in quarters approved by 
the Dean of Women. 

The assignment of rooms to women students is made 
by the Dean of Women after admission requirements 
have been completed. Notification of assignments is 
generally made in the summer preceding the opening 
of the session in September. 

The rent is $100.00 per semester per student, due 
and payable at registration, and may not be deferred. 
Room rental is not refunded upon withdrawal. 

See below for the rules governing the use of dormi- 
tory rooms. 

Dormitory Rules 

The following rules apply to the use of dormitory 
rooms: 

61 



Dormitory Rules 



1. The period for which rooms are rented is one 
semester; however, any student remaining in the same 
room for the second semester will not need to sign a 
new room contract as the contract provides for auto- 
matic renewal to cover the room assignment for the 
second semester. The College reserves the right to change 
or cancel room assignments in the interest of order, 
health, discipline, or other urgent reasons. 

Each student, in accepting his/her assignment, agrees 
to abide by the room contract, the Constitution of the 
Student Body, and the dormitory regulations printed 
on the reverse side of the contract, and to permit, in his 
presence, duly authorized personnel to inspect his room 
and any effects in such room. Authorized personnel 
may enter rooms at any time to check for cleanliness or 
to make necessary repairs, or when it appears to the 
College that the safety of the students is endangered or 
where property damage is involved. 

2. All payments for room rent are made at registra- 
tion. Room rental is not refunded upon withdrawal. 
The occupant may not sublet the room to another 
student. 

3. A woman student may exchange her room only 
with the advance written approval of the Dean of 
Women. A non-fraternity man may exchange his room 
only with the advance written approval of the Director 
of Residences. A fraternity man living in a fraternity 
section must follow the procedure outlined in the 
fraternity contract. 

A charge of $5.00 will be incurred for authorized 
room changes made after October 1 in the fall semester 
and after February 15 in the spring semester. (A charge 
of $5.00 will be incurred for all authorized changes 
made after the first week of summer school.) 

62 



Dormitory Rules 



A fine of $20.00 will be incurred for an exchange 
made otherwise. 

4. The student will be charged for any damages 
which occur to his room or furnishings, for any damages 
on a pro rata basis which may occur to his suite, and 
for all damages caused by his neglect, misuse, or abuse 
of any part of the college property. Any student may 
appeal his dormitory damage charge to the Board of 
Dormitory Damage Appeals. 

5. College furniture or furnishings are not to be 
moved from the room in which they have been placed 
by the College. 

6. All residents must secure keys for dormitory rooms 
at the Office of the Director of Residences. All issues and 
exchanges must be made at the office. The use or pos- 
session of an unauthorized key is forbidden. A deposit of 
$3.00 is required for a key, and this may be recovered by 
returning the key to the Director of Residences when 
leaving college. All keys must be returned, even though 
the student plans to occupy the same room for the 
summer session or for the ensuing fall semester. Failure 
to return a room key under these circumstances leaves 
the student liable for any damages which may occur 
to the room or suite. 

7. The dormitories will open at 9:00 a.m. on the first 
day of the fall semester. The dormitories will be closed 
at noon on the first day of the Christmas holidays and 
will reopen at noon on the last day of the Christmas 
holidays. The dormitories will close at noon on the day 
after Commencement Day. Dormitories will be open at 
2:00 p.m. on the day prior to the opening of the summer 
session and will close at 6 p. m. on the day the summer 
session ends. Occupancy of a room otherwise may be 

63 



Regulations 

permitted only in an extreme emergency and must have 
the written approval of the Director of Residences or the 
Dean of Women, as appropriate, for which a charge of 
$1.00 will be made for each day or fraction thereof. 

8. The College assumes no liability for loss or damage 
to personal property. 

Regulations 

1. Only bona fide students of Wake Forest College 
may reside in the dormitories. 

2. The College furnishes the principal articles of 
furniture. One additional small chest, table or chair 
may be allowed. Rugs are not allowed. Lamps and 
curtains or draperies (installed according to College 
regulations) are permissible. Furnishings are not to be 
used for other than the intended purpose and beds are 
not to be disassembled. Each student will supply his 
own linen (for single beds), desk lamp and bulbs, and 
wastebasket. 

3. Curtains, draperies, pictures, pennants and clip- 
pings must be hung from the picture molding and not 
tacked or pasted on walls or woodwork. 

4. Trunks and heavy luggage should be stored in 
trunk rooms. 

5. No electrical or other type of equipment may be 
kept or used in a room which will in any way damage 
the room or its furnishings or which will interfere with 
the normal operation of lights, outlets, etc., which 
operate on the same circuit. No window fans or air 
conditioning units may be installed without the written 
permission of the Director of Residences. No cooking 
or refrigerating equipment or electric irons may be 
kept or used in a room. 

64 



Regulations 

6. It is forbidden to possess or use on the campus of 
this College any intoxicating liquors, wines or beer or 
any fire crackers or other explosives. Contraband will 
be confiscated. Any form of gambling is forbidden. 
Animals or fowl are not allowed in the dormitories. 

7. Firearms are prohibited in the dormitories or on 
the campus except for instructional purposes connected 
with the ROTC unit. 

8. Playing football, baseball, softball, golf, or any 
other sport is forbidden in the dormitory areas and 
must be confined to designated areas. 

9. Women are not permitted in the dormitory section 
of men's dormitories. 

10. The use of dormitory rooms as sales offices or 
storerooms, or the solicitation of sales or gifts within 
the buildings or grounds, is prohibited without per- 
mission of the Dean's office. 

11. No aerials of any type may be installed on any 
College buildings without the prior written permission 
of the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds. 

12. Students are expected to cooperate with the 
campus guards and to identify themselves upon the 
request of a guard. Failure to do so will be construed as 
misconduct. 

13. Each student is expected to display his name in 
the cardholder on the door. 

14. Application for repairs should be made to the 
Housekeepers or at the office of the Director of Resi- 
dences. 

15. Any student who moves from any dormitory 
room relinquishes all rights to any further use of the 
room. 

65 



Regulations 

16. Students are expected to refrain at all times from 
making excessive noise, either in person or by radios, 
record players or other instruments capable of causing 
noise. Students shall not in any way interfere with the 
comfort or rights of other students. 

17. Students who fail to comply with these regula- 
tions may forfeit their right to live in the dormitory. 



66 



SCHOLARSHIPS, CONCESSIONS 
AND LOAN FUNDS 

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all scholar- 
ships and concessions (remitted tuition) must be ap- 
proved by the Committee on Scholarships and Student 
Aid. The Committee requires that applications for 
scholarships and concessions be made on forms obtain- 
able by addressing the Committee at Box 7305, Winston- 
Salem, N. C. 

Concessions and scholarships supported by funds of 
the College are not granted to students enrolled in the 
professional schools of law and medicine. 

Only one scholarship or concession supported by 
College funds may be granted to any one person. No 
student may receive a concession for more than eight 
semesters 

To receive consideration for a scholarship or con- 
cession, the applicant must either be a registered, full- 
time student in Wake Forest College or have been ac- 
cepted for admission. 

Need is a factor in the award of virtually all scholar- 
ships, and each applicant must file a financial statement 
as part of his application for the scholarship. 

The Committee reserves the right to revoke any 
scholarship or concession for unworthy achievement. 

No scholarship or concession is automatically renew- 
able. Application must be made each year. 

Applicants should submit applications sufficiently 
early so that final action will have been taken before 
the beginning of the school year. 

Special regulations govern the use of the Ministerial 
Aid Fund. 

Scholarships 
Junius Calvin Brown Scholarship. Donated by Mr. 
Junius Calvin Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in 

67 



Scholarships 

honor of his wife, Eliza Pratt Brown. The fund shall 
be used to assist needy, worthy, and deserving students 
from North Carolina, with preference being given to 
students from the town of Madison and Rockingham 
County. There is approximately $1,000 available for 
1963-1964. 

Burlington Industries Scholarship. Donated by Bur- 
lington Industries Foundation, this scholarship is avail- 
able to one who will have junior standing in September 
1963, has done all previous work at Wake Forest and 
has an average of 2.0 or better. Leadership, scholarship, 
and need are considered in making the award. The 
value of the scholarship is $1,000.00, with half of this 
amount available in each of the junior and senior years. 

The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund 
donated in memory of Professor J. G. "Pop" Carroll, 
former Associate Professor of Mathematics. The award 
will be made to some deserving athlete who is not on a 
regular athletic scholarship. Approximately $200 is 
available for 1963-1964. 

College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts 
of $100 to $700 each, are available to freshmen and 
upperclassmen presenting satisfactory academic records 
and evidence of need. 

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship. 
Donated by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh, 
North Carolina, in memory of the parents of Mrs. 
Singleton. One scholarship is available to a student 
who may be a freshman, sophomore, or junior, and 
whose home is within the West Chowan Baptist Associ- 
ation of North Carolina with preference to Bertie 
County students, on the basis of need and ability. If 
no qualified applicant appears from the West Chowan 

68 



Scholarships 

Association, then residents of the Roanoke Association 
may be considered. The scholarship is renewable on the 
basis of need and ability for all school years except the 
senior year. Approximately $200 will be available for 
1963-1964. 

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Freshmen. These 
scholarships were made possible by the late Colonel 
George Foster Hankins of Lexington, N. C. Applicants 
must be residents of North Carolina or children of Wake 
Forest alumni residing in other states. Preference will 
be given to residents of Davidson County, North Caro- 
lina. Only high school seniors are eligible to compete 
and must request the necessary application forms before 
December 1 of their senior year. The value of these 
scholarships will range up to $1,200. 

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Upperclassmen. Up- 
perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships. 
However, they must have been enrolled in Wake Forest 
College for at least one semester before they may apply 
as upperclassmen. Applications must be on file with 
the Scholarships Committee no later than May 1 of 
each year for the following school year, and preference 
will be given to applicants from Davidson County, 
North Carolina. The amount of the award will vary 
according to the student's need as determined from 
the financial statement required to be submitted with his 
application. 

Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship. This scholarship, do- 
nated by Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North 
Carolina, in memory of her husband, is available to 
those who qualify on "the basis of character, purpose, 
intelligence, and need, with preference being given to 
those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious work, 
become teachers, or become lawyers, the preference 

69 



Scholarships 

being in the order named." Applicants must be legal 
residents of the city of Reidsville or live within 10 miles 
of that city and must be recommended by the deacons of 
the First Baptist Church of Reidsville. For 1963-1964, 
$500 will be available. 

Junior College Scholarships. One scholarship is available 
each year to a graduate of each of the junior colleges of 
the North Carolina Baptist State Convention, in the 
amount of $150. The recipient must rank in the upper 
one-fourth of the junior college graduating class. 
Awarded only on the recommendation of the president 
of the junior college. 

Thurman D. Kitchin Scholarship. Donated by the 
Interfraternity Council in memory of the late Thur- 
man D. Kitchin, President of Wake Forest College 
from 1930 to 1950, it is available to a male freshman 
student presenting a high school record of superior 
grade and evidence of need. The amount of $300 is 
available for 1963-1964. 

Roy A. Miller, III, Scholarship. Donated by Dr. and 
Mrs. Roy A. Miller of New Bern, North Carolina, in 
memory of Roy A. Miller, III, the amount of $70 is 
available each semester to a ministerial student selected 
on the basis of merit and need. 

Music Scholarships. These awards, with renewal pro- 
visions, are available annually to qualified orchestral 
string players wishing to matriculte at Wake Forest 
College. These grants are made jointly by the Winston- 
Salem Symphony Association and Wake Forest Col- 
lege. Grants are awarded on the basis of audition. Re- 
cipients agree as a condition of acceptance to perform 
with the Winston-Salem symphony and the Wake 

70 



Scholarships 

Forest College Little Symphony. There are 6 awards, 
each valued at $480 for 1963-64. 

Norfleet Scholarship. Donated by Mr. Eustace Norfleet 
of Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his 
parents, John A. and Mary Pope Norfleet, four scholar- 
ships are available in the amount of $200 each to 
"deserving and promising students desiring to attend 
Wake Forest College and needing financial assistance." 

Dorothea van Deusen Opdyke Fund. This fund is a 
bequest left to the Southern Baptist Convention by 
Mrs. Ida Reed Opdyke of Jamestown, New York, as 
a memorial to her daughter, Dorothea van Deusen 
Opdyke, and is to be used for the education of mountain 
people. Awards are made by the Opdyke Scholarship 
Committee of the Southern Baptist Convention upon 
the recommendation of the College. Ordinarily, two 
scholarships in the amount of $150 each are available 
each school year. 

Benjamin Wingate Par ham Scholarship. This fund was 
donated by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North 
Carolina, in memory of her husband. One scholarship 
shall be awarded in each school year on the basis of both 
ability and need. It may be renewed for succeeding 
years. The amount of $1,500 is available for 1963-1964. 

William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will 
be awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist 
junior colleges in North Carolina. Applicants must re- 
quest the necessary application forms before December 
15 of their sophomore year. The winners will be selected 
from applicants who will be invited to the campus 
in early spring for competitive tests and interviews. 
Each scholarship will range up to $500 depending on 
need as determined from a financial statement submitted 

71 



Scholarships 

by each applicant with the application. It may be re- 
newed for the senior year. 

Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship 
Fund. Created under the will of the late Oliver D. 
Revell of Buncombe County, North Carolina, this fund 
makes available $100 per year to one person preparing 
for the ministry or full-time religious work. 

Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in 
memory of the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants 
must be residents of Forsyth County, North Carolina, 
who without financial aid would be unable to obtain 
education beyond high school. Preference will be given 
to men. Four scholarships of $500 each will be awarded 
for the 1963-1964 school year. 

A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship. The A. M. 
Pullen and Company, Certified Public Accountants, 
grants to an outstanding upper division accounting 
major an annual tuition scholarship of $600. The 
recipient, to be designated by the Dean of the School 
of Business, is selected on the basis of merit, financial 
need, and interest in public accounting. 

The Saddye Stephenson Sykes Scholarship. Donated by 
Dr. Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes in memory 
of their mother, Mrs. Saddye Stephenson Sykes, one 
scholarship will be awarded each year on the basis of 
Christian character, academic proficiency, and financial 
need. Preference will be given to freshmen from the 
State of North Carolina. It may be renewable each 
year. Approximately $600 will be available for 1963- 
1964. 

Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will 
of the late Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North 
Carolina, this fund provides scholarships in amounts 

72 



Concessions 

of up to $1,200 per year. Preference will be given to 
deserving students of Union County. 

Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the 
will of Mrs. Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her 
husband, the late Charles Littell Wilson, this fund makes 
available one freshman scholarship each year ranging 
from $200 to $600. 

Concessions 
Minsterial Students. Granted on the following con- 
ditions: (1) Written recommendation or license to 
preach authorized by the applicant's own church body 
and (2) signature by the applicant of an agreement to 
pay the amount of the concession, with interest, in the 
event that he does not serve five years in the ministry 
within twelve years from the last date of attendance at 
Wake Forest, subject to cancellation in the event of 
death. Value, $300.00. 

Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers 
make their living chiefly by the ministry. The concession 
may be granted for not more than four school years. 
Value, $150.00. 

Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to physically handi- 
capped students who have (1) secured the necessary 
letter of approval from the North Carolina Division of 
Vocational Rehabilitation, Raleigh, and (2) field ap- 
plication for the concession on tuition. The general fee 
is paid by the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. 
Value, $300.00. 

Students' Wives. Awarded to wives of students in 
Wake Forest College for not more than four school 
years or the equivalent. Becomes void if the husband 
ceases to be enrolled. Value, $150.00. 

73 



Loan Funds 

Loan Funds 

Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in 
1945 with funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist 
Church of Fontana Dam, North Carolina, for needy 
students. 

Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T. 
Council of Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of 
senior students. 

James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was origi- 
nated by the late James William Denmark of Dudley, 
North Carolina, in 1875, and is available to qualified 
students after at least one semester's work in the College. 
Preference is given to students from North Carolina. 
The amount available does not exceed $500 each year 
and $1,500 during the entire period of enrollment. 

Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the 
will of Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North 
Carolina, in memory of her mother, to be used as a 
loan fund for worthy students. 

Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated 
in 1942 by friends of the College who wish to remain 
anonymous and is limited to students from Duplin 
County, North Carolina. 

Elliott B. Eamshaw Loan Fund. Established by the 
Board of Trustees of Wake Forest College as a memorial 
to the late E. B. Eamshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest 
College. 

Friendly Student Loan Fund. The fund was established 
in 1948 by Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North 
Carolina, in memory of her sister, Mary Belle Stinson 
Michael, for the benefit of worthy students who need 

74 



Loan Funds 

financial aid. Not more than $100.00 is available to 
any one student in the same school year. 

Or over Carroll Loan Fund. Donated by Lt. Col. and 
Mrs. Robert C. Wells in memory of the late James 
Grover Carroll, Associate Professor of Mathematics at 
Wake Forest College, the sum of $1,000 is available, the 
principal and interest of which may be loaned at 4% 
interest to worthy students who would otherwise be 
unable to completely finance a college education. 

George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under 
the will of the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of 
Lexington, North Carolina, with preference to be given 
to applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. 

Harris Memorial Loan Fund. Established by the late 
J. P. Harris of Bethel, North Carolina, in memory of 
his first wife, Lucy Shearon Harris, and his second 
wife, Lucy Jones Harris, for students who have demon- 
strated ability to apply educational advantages to the 
rendition of enrichened and greater Christian service 
in life and whose circumstances require financial as- 
sistance in order to prevent disruption in their educa- 
tional program. Preference is given first to seniors, 
thereafter to juniors, sophomores, and freshmen in 
that order. The sum of not to exceed $250 is available 
to any one student, at interest not to exceed z /± of the 
maximum legal rate. 

Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Estab- 
lished in 1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of 
Fayetteville, North Carolina, as a loan scholarship in 
memory of their son. The loan scholarship is available 
for students enrolled in the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine of Wake Forest College who are preparing 
to become medical missionaries. 

75 



Loan Funds 

Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in 
1942 by Dr. Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia, 
in memory of his wife, is available to a student agreed 
upon by the donor and the college. 

The National Defense Student Loan Program. This fund, 
created under the National Defense Education Act of 
1958, makes available loans up to $1,000 per year for 
students in need of financial assistance. The law further 
provides that special consideration in the selection of 
loan recipients be given to students with a superior aca- 
demic background who express a desire to teach in ele- 
mentary or secondary schools, and whose academic 
background indicates a superior capacity or preparation 
in science, mathematics, engineering, or a modern 
foreign language. 

Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr. 
L. Watts Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the 
benefit of worthy young people attending the School of 
Religion who need financial assistance. 

The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr. 
Frank P. Powers of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944 
as a memorial to his parents, Frank P. and Effie Reade 
Powers, and is for the benefit of needy students, with 
preference given to orphans. 

Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945 
by Dr. J. G. Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in 
memory of his parents. Preference is given to applicants 
from the First Baptist Church of Tarboro. 

James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by 
the late J. F. Slate of Stokes County, North Carolina, 
and is available for ministerial students who have been 
licensed to preach. 

76 



Ministerial Aid Fund 



Ministerial Aid Fund 

The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897 
through a bequest from the estate of the late J. A. 
Melke and has been added to from time to time. 

Funds are available to ministerial students on either 
a loan or a grant basis. Written application must be 
made to the Committee on Scholarships and Student 
Aid on form obtainable from that committee. Awards 
are made on the basis of merit and need, and particularly 
in the case of grants, academic achievement. Five annual 
grants in the amount of $200 each are regularly available, 
in addition to such others as the Committee may award. 

German Exchange Scholarship 
In 1959 a student exchange program was established 
between Wake Forest College and the Free University 
of Berlin. At present two scholarships are available to 
eligible Wake Forest College students. They provide: 
(1) 400 German marks a month for ten months at the 
Free University of Berlin; (2) remission of all registration 
and insurance fees; (3) 100 German marks a semester 
for the purchase of books necessary in the pursuance 
of studies at the university; (4) payment of transportation 
costs from the German border or a European port to 
Berlin and return. Candidates must have had at least 
two years of German at the college level or equivalent 
and must have acquired junior standing by the end of 
the semester in which they apply. Candidates may 
major in any of the fields offered at Wake Forest College 
with the permission of the chairman of the department 
in question. 

Students in the Graduate Division, the School of Law, 
and the School of Medicine are eligible to apply for 
one of the scholarships. Successful candidates in these 
schools are also eligible to apply for Fulbright travel 
grants to and from Germany. 

77 



ACTIVITIES 

Student Government 

The two chief agencies of student government are 
the Student Legislature and the Student Honor Council. 

The Student Legislature is composed of twenty-five 
representatives of the four classes, the vice-president of 
the student body serving as Speaker. It is the duty of 
the Student Legislature to perform all acts necessary 
in the exercise of its powers as the legislative branch of 
student government. The Legislature also sets up stu- 
dent committees to work parallel with faculty committees 
on matters concerning students. 

The Student Honor Council, which tries violators of 
the Honor System, is composed of sixteen members from 
the senior, junior, and sophomore classes. 

The Honor System 

The Honor System is an expression of the concern of 
Wake Forest College that its students shall be domi- 
nated by ideals of honor and integrity. The Honor 
System is an integral part of the Student Government of 
the College as adopted by the students and approved 
by the Administration. The essence of the Honor Sys- 
tem is that each student's word can be trusted implicitly 
and that any violation of a student's word is an offense 
against the whole student community. The Honor Sys- 
tem binds the students in such matters as the following: 
He must neither give nor receive aid upon any exami- 
nation, quiz or other pledge work; he must have com- 
plete respect for the property rights of others; he must 
not give false testimony or pass a worthless check know- 
ing it to be such; he must report to the Student Council 
any violation of the Honor System that comes under 
his observation. 

A student accused of violating the Honor System will 

78 



Senior Orations 



be given a hearing before the Student Council. If he is 
found guilty of cheating, he may be suspended from the 
College. Such student shall be re-admitted to the College 
only on the approval of the Faculty or its Executive 
Committee, and during the period of suspension his 
record shall not be subject to transfer to another college 
without a notation of his suspension. The penalty for 
stealing, giving false testimony, or knowingly passing a 
worthless check may also be suspension. The penalty for 
failing to report to the Student Council all violations of 
the Honor System which may come to a student's 
knowledge shall be in the discretion of the Student 
Council. 

Students in enforcing the Honor System are protect- 
ing the integrity of their student community and their 
own individual rights and reputation. They thereby 
enjoy the confidence of one another, the Faculty, the 
Administration and the public. 

Literary Societies 

There are two literary societies — the Philomathesian 
and the Euzelian. These literary societies are regarded 
as important aids in the work of education, especially 
in giving training in parliamentary procedure, in culti- 
vating and directing the taste for reading, and in the 
formation of correct habits of public speaking. 

Society Day, an annual celebration of the literary 
societies, occurs in the autumn of each year, with a de- 
bate, orations, and other features. 

Representatives of the literary societies participate 
in the Founder's Day programs on or near February 
3 every year. 

Senior Orations 

On the second Monday in April the faculty selects 
four members of the senior class as speakers for com- 

79 



Debate Tournaments 



mencement day. The nominations are made by a com- 
mittee of the faculty from those who have spoken 
either before the committee or on some public occasion 
in college. The speakers selected are required to pre- 
sent their commencement addresses, limited to one 
thousand words, to the committee for approval before 
May 16. 

Forensic Activities 

Wake Forest has always stressed participation in 
debating and allied speech activities, and the College 
holds membership in a number of state and national 
speech organizations, including Tau Kappa Alpha, na- 
tional honorary forensic fraternity. Representatives 
of the College engage in state, regional, and national 
tournaments, and take part in debates, oratorical con- 
tests, and many other forms of competitive speaking. 

All undergraduate students in good standing are 
eligible to participate in forensics and to represent the 
College in intercollegiate competition. 

Debate and Speech Tournaments 

A. North Carolina High School Speech Festival 

In the spring of each year, the College sponsors a 
speech festival, to which are invited the high schools 
of North Carolina. Trophies, medals, and certificates 
are given to the winning schools, and awards are 
made to individuals in debate, oral interpretation, 
radio announcing, extemporaneous speaking, ora- 
tory, after-dinner speaking and drama. 

B. Novice Tournament 

In the fall of each year the College sponsors a 
debate tournament to which are invited novice de- 
baters from the colleges and universities of the 

80 



Radio Stations 



Southeastern United States. Awards are given to the 
winning schools at the end of the tournament. The 
tournament is open to college students who have 
never previously participated in intercollegiate de- 
bating. 

C. Intercollegiate Tournament 

During the school year, the College sponsors a 
national debate tournament to which are invited 
colleges and universities which excel in debate. 
Trophies are given to the winning schools. 

Speech Institute 

High school students are invited to participate in the 
Summer Speech Institute, which is held for four weeks 
during the regular summer session, and which is open 
to students from all states. Specialized training in debate 
and public speaking is offered, and students are given 
an opportunity to debate the National Forensic League 
query in advance of the regular debate season. 

College Theater 

The Wake Forest College Theater presents five major 
productions annually. One of these productions is 
presented during the Magnolia Festival. Any student 
enrolled in the College is eligible to try out for the casts 
or to become affiliated with the production staffs. 

College Radio Station 

The college radio station presents approximately 
thirty hours of programs every week during the school 
year. Programs include music, news, sports, lectures, 
discussions, interviews, and dramas. The station pro- 
vides an opportunity for students to learn all phases of 

81 



Medals 

radio production while actually participating as an- 
nouncers, interviewers, directors, newscasters, sports- 
casters, actors, and writers. 

Medals 

The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the 
senior making the best address on commencement day. 

The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by 
Dean S. Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to 
the senior who has obtained the highest average grade 
on the courses taken by him in the School of Business 
Administration . 

The J. B. Currin Medal is awarded annually for the 
best oration on the general topic of Christ in Modern 
Life. 

The Carolina Award is presented to the major in 
Biology who writes the best paper on a subject selected 
by the National Biology Society. Given by the Carolina 
Biological Supply Company of Elon College, N. C. 

The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in 
Biology who does the best piece of original research 
during the year. Given by the Beta Rho Chapter of 
Beta Beta Beta of Wake Forest College. 

The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology 
1-2 who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans 
to major in the department. Given by the Will Cor- 
poration of Georgia, and sponsored by Beta Beta Beta. 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is presented to the 
graduating senior in the School of Business Administra- 
tion who has earned the highest average during the 

82 



Fraternities 



seven semesters prior to the semester in which graduation 
occurs. 

The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key is awarded an- 
nually during the graduation exercises to the graduating 
senior in the School of Business Administration who has 
the highest average for the first three years. 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each 
year during commencement to the graduating ac- 
counting major who has reached the highest achieve- 
ment in accounting studies. 

The North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account- 
ants Medal is awarded each spring to the outstanding 
senior accounting major. 

The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's sub- 
scription to the Journal are received each year by the 
graduating senior who has been most outstanding in 
finance courses. 

Delta Kappa Nu's Business Woman Student Award is 
presented annually during the graduation exercises to 
the most outstanding senior business woman who is 
seeking a B.B.A. degree or a B.A. degree in Economics 
or Commercial Education. 

Medals and awards offered by the Department of 
Military Science are listed on pages 175-178. 

Fraternities 

The following social fraternities have been established : 
Alpha Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, 
Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, 
Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. 

The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision 

83 



Honor Societies 



of the Faculty Committee on Student Affairs, is the gov- 
erning body of the social fraternities. The Council en- 
deavors to maintain a high standard of conduct and 
scholarship. The Council offers a cup to the fraternity 
whose members made the highest class grades. By 
order of the faculty, students who are on probation for 
any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity 
until the end of their probationary period. 

The following professional fraternities have been 
established: Alpha Kappa Psi (business), Delta Sigma 
Pi (business), Phi Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta Phi 
(law), Phi Epsilon Kappa (physical education). There 
is also a chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, national service 
fraternity. 

Honor Societies 

The following honor societies have been established: 
Alpha Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta 
(biology), Delta Kappa Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi 
Alpha (German), Eta Sigma Phi (classics), Gamma 
Sigma Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu Epsilon (mathe- 
matics), Pershing Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta 
(history), Phi Sigma Iota (Romance languages), Pi 
Gamma Mu (social science), Rho Tau Sigma (radio), 
Scabbard and Blade (military), Tau Kappa Alpha 
(forensic), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, 
and Tassels. There is also a Wake Forest College Stu- 
dent Section of the American Institute of Physics. 

Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the 
College of William and Mary in 1776 and having 
chapters in many American colleges and universities, 
each year invites to membership a limited number of 
students who have displayed personal qualities of high 
character and who particularly have distinguished them- 
selves in fields of liberal scholarship. 

84 



Religious Program 



Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor 
society which has as its purpose the recognition and 
encouragement "of intelligent, democratic leadership 
among college men," elects semiannually on the basis 
of character and eminence in one or more of the following 
five phases of campus life:"scholarship; athletics; student 
government, social and religious activities ; publications ; 
and forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural 
activities." 

Tassels is a local honor society for women, with 
standards and purposes similar to those of Omicron 
Delta Kappa. Its membership is made up of women 
students who have shown qualities of scholarship, 
character, and leadership in some phase of college life. 

Religious Program 

Wake Forest College is, by heritage and by choice, 
a Christian College, affiliated with the Baptist State 
Convention of North Carolina. The College recognizes 
that to call itself Christian is to declare a purpose and 
express an ideal more than it is to claim an accom- 
plishment. Nevertheless, it will never let its failure to 
achieve perfection in this ideal be any other than a 
challenge to intensify its effort. 

Traditionally, the student body has been cosmopoli- 
tan, not only in terms of the communities and states 
from which the students come, but also in terms of back- 
ground, outlook and religious affiliation. Wake Forest 
believes in individual freedom, not as a right, but as a 
responsibility . . . freedom to be and, more important, 
to become. Attendance at Wake Forest is a privilege, 
not a right. The College's traditions and principles, 
accepted by each student in his act of voluntary registra- 
tion, evolve from the core of this concept of freedom 

85 



Religious Program 



and responsibility that are indivisible. Therefore, it is 
presumed that the student who elects to come to Wake 
Forest does so with the intent of being, in fact and spirit, 
a cooperating member of this community. 

Wake Forest attempts to maintain a wholesome 
Christian atmosphere in which students are given every 
encouragement to develop their spiritual lives to the 
highest possible potential. Wait Chapel, named for the 
first President, who led the students in prayers and 
devotions twice daily from the beginning of the life of 
the College, is the center of the campus both physically 
and symbolically. It is a beautiful and inspiring testi- 
mony to the place of religion in the well-balanced life. 
Its beautiful sanctuary is the scene for twice-weekly 
chapel programs which are under the direction of the 
Chaplain of the College, assisted by a committee of 
students who are selected for the task by their fellow 
students. These programs provide worship opportunities 
for students and faculty, the presentation of great ideas 
within the context of spiritual values and, in a very 
real sense, constitute one way in which the College 
keeps constantly before itself and its constituency its 
own proclamation of faith in and commitment to the 
Christian Gospel. While students are in no sense re- 
quired to embrace the ideas and beliefs which may be 
presented in these Chapel programs, attendance is 
required of all students and their respectful and courteous 
attention is expected. 

In keeping with a tradition dating back to 1835, 
there is a Baptist Church on the campus which meets 
in regular services each Sunday in the Chapel. This 
church provides all the ministries and services common 
to Baptist Churches and, though not officially con- 
nected with the College, offers a most cordial welcome 



86 



Recreational Activities 



to faculty and students alike. In addition, every en- 
couragement is given to students to avail themselves of 
the ministries and opportunities provided by the churches 
of Winston-Salem. 

Academically, the College has a Department of Re- 
ligion, full information concerning which may be found 
elsewhere in this catalogue. A minimum of six hours in 
Religion is required of all students for graduation. 

The Chaplain of the College seeks to interpret the 
place of religion in culture and society and, particularly, 
the significance of Christian Education. He seeks to 
minister to students and faculty in all ways. In ad- 
dition, he serves the College in helping to develop ef- 
fective communication with its constituency. The 
Chaplain's office also encourages students to translate 
their worship into effective Christian living. A rich pro- 
gram of activities is offered to challenge their interests 
and meet their needs. These activities are developed 
both in terms of campus-wide emphases, such as Re- 
ligion in Life Week, and in terms of group organizations 
and programs. Students of various faiths and denomina- 
tions are organized and assisted by their own chaplains 
or advisers. The Chaplain seeks to coordinate these 
groups and encourage them both individually and 
collectively to promote a vital religious experience. 

In short, Wake Forest College believes that because 
men may they must "... increase in wisdom and 
stature and in favor with God and man!" and its con- 
stantly developing efforts in the area of religion are 
designed to encourage and assist this growth. 

Recreational Activities 

Recognizing the importance of physical recreation in 
maintaining the well-being of students, the College 



87 



College Union 

provides extensive athletic and recreational facilities and 
a faculty of trained supervisors to direct activities in 
these fields. Each student is given the opportunity to 
develop his individual interest and skill in physical edu- 
cation and recreational classes. In addition to these 
classes, the Department of Physical Education under- 
takes a broad intramural sports program consisting of 
tournaments and organized club activities. 

In order to provide for a recreational program for 
all students, the College maintains athletic fields, tennis 
courts, and a combination athletic, physical education 
and recreation building which includes a swimming 
pool, handball and squash racquet courts, rhythm studio, 
arts and crafts room, recreational area, corrective rooms, 
a gymnastic and wrestling room, and four separate 
gymnasiums including a women's gym, a varsity basket- 
ball gym, and two men's intramural gyms. 

The College Union 

The College Union at Wake Forest College is a union 
of all the students. Its purpose is to coordinate, increase 
and develop social, recreational, and educational ac- 
tivities available to Wake Forest College students, both 
on and off campus. 

Realizing that such a program would require financial 
support, the students have voted to assess themselves 
S3. 00 a student each semester to underwrite the cost of 
the program. 

The program of the College Union can best be pre- 
sented by listing its eight committees: (1) Lecture Com- 
mittee, (2) Recreation Committee, (3) Small Socials 
Committee, (4) Major Functions Committee, (5) Pub- 
licity Committee, (6) Movies Committee, (7) Travel 
Committee, (8) Music and Arts Committee. 

88 



Intercollegiate Athletics 



Intercollegiate Athletics 

The Director of Athletics has general supervision of 
intercollegiate athletic activities. 

The College is a member of the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference. 
Rules and Regulations of the N.C.A.A. and of the 
Conference apply to all intercollegiate sports and eligi- 
bility of players. 

In order to become a member or a subordinate mem- 
ber of any athletic team, the student must conform 
to the following requirements: 

1. He must be a bona fide student. 

2. In order to represent the College in any inter- 
collegiate activity, the student must have completed 
without condition the minimum of twenty-four hours 
within the past year of residence work, including at 
least twelve hours with grades of "C" or better as 
recorded at the close of his last term. 

The eligibility of all candidates accompanying the 
team as representatives of the College in intercollegiate 
contests must be certified to the Director of Athletics 
by the Dean of the College. 

Any student may be declared ineligible at any time 
by the faculty or by its Executive Committee because 
of poor work or improper spirit. 

An athletic team may not be absent from the Col- 
lege for a total of more than ten weekdays during any 
term. Freshman teams are allowed only five absences 
in any one term. 

No student is allowed to represent the College on 
more than one intercollegiate team or club in any 
semester without special permission from the faculty 
or from its Executive Committee. 



89 



Automobiles 



Automobile Regulations 

Having an automobile on the campus is a privilege which 
must be earned rather than a right which under certain cir- 
cumstances is taken away. Only after a student has demon- 
strated his ability to maintain an acceptable academic average 
is he allowed to have an automobile, and only when his over-all 
average is satisfactory is he allowed to retain this privilege. 
For administrative convenience a review of a student's status 
in this respect occurs only at the end of an academic year ; that is, 
he neither loses nor acquires automobile privileges at the end 
of the fall term. If at the end of any academic year a student 
becomes entitled under these regulations to have an automobile, 
he may then apply to the Dean's office for this permission, using 
an application form which this office will provide. 

During his first two semesters in college a freshman 
male student living in a dormitory is not allowed to 
have an automobile. If he makes a C average during 
these first two semesters, he earns the privilege of having 
an automobile during his sophomore year. In order to 
have a car during his junior year he must have an over- 
all C average at the end of his sophomore year. A senior 
may have an automobile if he has an over-all C average 
at the end of his junior year. (For the purposes of these 
regulations, the summer session is regarded as part of 
the preceding academic year.) 

No woman student except a junior or a senior with 
an over-all C average and otherwise in good standing 
is allowed to have an automobile without receiving the 
permission of the Executive Committee of the faculty. 
These women who have cars must make arragements 
for them with the Dean of Women. 

A student automatically loses the privilege of having 
an automobile at any time that he is placed on social 
or conduct probation. 

90 



Automobiles 



A student prevented by College regulations from hav- 
ing an automobile is not allowed to maintain or operate 
a motor vehicle in Forsyth County or vicinity. Storing 
or otherwise keeping a motor vehicle in other places in 
this area for occasional use is a violation of this regula- 
tion. Registering an automobile on behalf of another 
student who is not qualified to register a car in his own 
name is a violation of this regulation. Otherwise aiding 
or abetting in the violation of this regulation is a viola- 
tion of the regulation. 

A first semester freshman who arrives on the campus 
with an automobile must have it returned to his home 
before 6:00 p.m. on the day preceding the first day of 
classes for that semester. 

Students will be required to show the state vehicle 
registration of the automobile to be registered and their 
state operator's license on registration of an automobile. 

Students who violate any of these regulations will be 
placed on conduct probation by the Dean's office and 
will be subject to suspension from the College or such 
other penalty as the Executive Committee may pre- 
scribe. Exceptions to these regulations may be made 
only by written permission from the Dean's office. 

See the section in the student handbook on "Parking 
Regulations" for instructions as to the proper registration 
of motor vehicles. 



91 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

Classification 

The requirements for classification after the fresh- 
man year are as follows: 

Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions 
and the completion of not fewer than 25 hours of work 
toward a degree, with a minimum of 25 quality points; 
Junior — the completion of not fewer than 54 hours of 
work toward a degree, with a minimum of 54 quality 
points; Senior — not fewer than 95 hours of work to- 
ward a degree, with a minimum of 95 quality points. 

Registration After the Freshman Year 

An undergraduate student who fails to pay the $25 
reservation deposit at the required time during the spring 
semester shall not be eligible to register for the next 
fall semester. 

Procedure in Registering 

There are five steps in registration: (1) Securing from 
the Registrar's Office a permit to register and a sum- 
mary of prior record; (2) the payment of fees to the 
Treasurer; (3) consultation with an adviser, who gives 
such assistance as may be necessary in regard to the 
program of work; (4) sectioning of classes by depart- 
mental representatives; (5) appearance before the 
Registrar for approval of program and assignment to 
classes. 

No student is allowed to enter any class until he has 
completed his registration. 

Recitations per Week: Maximum and Minimum 
Requirements 

Sixteen credit hours a week, counting two hours of 
laboratory or field work as equal to one hour of reci- 

92 



Regulations 

tation, are the maximum normally allowed freshmen. 
Seventeen credit hours a week are the maximum which 
sophomores, juniors and seniors may normally take. A 
student may register for as much as nineteen credit 
hours per semester provided that the additional hours 
over the normal maximum include only hours in the 
following courses: a one-hour physical education course, 
one music ensemble course, and Military Science. Ad- 
ditional work over the maximum is not otherwise allowed 
except by permission of the Dean, and then only to 
students whose records are superior. 

The minimum number of hours for which a student 
may register is twelve for the term unless he is given 
special permission because of exceptional conditions or 
because he is doing outside work to support himself in 
college. 

Enforcement of Regulations 

The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to 
academic matters is regarded as a function of the fac- 
ulty, or representatives of the faculty. A well-organized 
Student Government assumes responsibility, in co- 
operation with the Dean of the College, for the regu- 
lations of the honor system and various other matters 
involving personal conduct. In general, the regulations 
of the College are adapted to and intended for those 
who have reached such maturity that they may exer- 
cise self-control. All students are expected to be faith- 
ful in work, to be prompt and regular in attendance 
upon all their college duties, and to refrain from practices 
injurious to others. Those who neglect their work, 
or engage in conduct that brings reproach upon them- 
selves and upon the College, or disregard the rights 
and the welfare of their fellow students are required 
to withdraw from the College. 



93 



Absences 

Absences From Classes 

A student is responsible for all the work of all class 
and laboratory meetings of any course in which he is 
enrolled. Work missed because of absence may be made 
up only at the discretion of the instructor. 

Absences are reported at the end of the semester by 
the instructor to the Office of the Dean. The instructor 
also reports during the semester to the Office of the 
Dean students who have already missed three con- 
secutive class meetings, 25 per cent of the class meetings, 
or more classes then the instructor deems advisable. 
Absences are reported from the first meeting of the 
class, those who register late to be reported as absent 
from any previous class meetings which they have 
missed. 

When any student has been absent regardless of 
reason in any course as many as 25 per cent of the 
total class periods in that course, he shall lose all credit 
for the course and shall be assigned a grade of F, except 
that if all his absences are considered by the Dean to 
be excused or otherwise permissible, he may be as- 
signed a grade of WP or WF as appropriate. 

Any student who demonstrates irresponsibility with 
regard to class attendance is subject to such disciplinary 
action as the Executive Committee may prescribe, in- 
cluding immediate suspension from college. 

A student who is on academic or conduct probation is 
not allowed any absences from class until notified other- 
wise by the Office of the Dean. 

For students not on probation, absence from any 
class at the last meeting before or the first meeting after 
any holiday recess shall count for freshmen two absences 
and for upperclassmen three absences in a class which 
meets twice a week and four absences in all other courses. 
If such absence is excused, it shall count as one absence. 

94 



Course Drops 

Any student who has been absent from an announced 
quiz may, if he follows proper procedure, secure from 
the Office of the Dean by the next meeting of the class 
a statement showing the reason for the absence and a 
statement of whether the Office considers it an excusable 
reason for missing the quiz. This is for information only 
and does not give the student any right to make up 
the quiz. 

Freshmen who are not on probation are allowed in 
each course no greater number of absences than the 
number of meetings in a normal week. These absences 
include those for participation in extracurricular ac- 
tivities; for such emergencies as illness in the immediate 
family, automobile accidents, or appearance in court; 
and for personal convenience. Absences in excess of this 
number will result in the student's being subject to pro- 
bation or to suspension from the college, except that (1) 
additional absences because of personal illness may be 
allowed if the absence is excused by the Student Health 
Service at the time of the illness or, if the illness occurs 
off campus, within 24 hours after the student returns to 
campus, and (2) additional absences may be allowed 
as an official representative of the college if approved 
in advance by the Office of the Dean. 

Nothing in these regulations is intended to change 
the provisions listed in the section on "Intercollegiate 
Athletics" on page 89. 

Course Drops 

The last day for dropping a class without the grade 
of F is listed in the College calendar on page 3 of this 
Catalog. A student who wishes to drop any course 
before this date must consult the Registrar and his 
faculty adviser. After this date, if he wishes to drop a 
course, he must consult either the Dean of the College 

95 



Probation 

or the Dean of the School of Business Administration, as 
appropriate. If the Dean approves the request, he au- 
thorizes the student to discontinue the course. Except 
in the case of an emergency, the grade in the course will 
be recorded as F. 

If, at any time, a student shall drop any course with- 
out prior, written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for 
that course shall be reported by the instructor to the 
Registrar, and the student will be subject to academic 
probation for the following semester or to such other 
penalties as the Executive Committee of the faculty may 
impose. 

Withdrawal from College 

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from 
the College is required to consult the Dean of the Col- 
lege and arrange official withdrawal. If the withdrawal 
occurs before mid-term, no grades are recorded in any 
of the student's courses. If it takes place after mid-term 
the student's grade in each course is recorded as "F," 
unless there is an emergency, in which case it is recorded 
as "WP" or "WF," depending on whether the student 
is passing or failing the course at the time of his with- 
drawal. " WP" and "WF" grades do not affect the stu- 
dent's credit hour or quality point totals, but they will 
be taken into consideration in case the student should 
at a later date seek readmission to the College. 

A student who withdraws from the College without 
first consulting the Dean will not be granted honorable 
dismissal and will be assigned grades of "F" in all his 
courses. 

Minimum Academic Requirements; Probation 

Each student enrolled in the College is expected to be aware 
at all times of his academic status and to be responsible for 

96 



Probation 

knowing that he is on probation at any time that he fails to meet 
the College's minimum academic requirements as outlined in 
this section. 

At the end of the fall term the following students 
will be on academic probation: 

(1) Those students who, having attempted 23 or 
fewer semester hours, have an over-all quality 
point ratio* of less than 0.5. 

(2) Those students who, having attempted no fewer 
than 24 and no more than 63 semester hours, 
have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 
0.75. 

(3) Those students who, having attempted 64 or 
more semester hours, have an over-all quality 
point ratio of less than 0.9. 

A student on probation under these conditions will 
normally be given the spring term and the first term of 
the summer session in order to remove himself from the 
probation list. (He may also attend the second term of 
the summer session. If he is then successful in satisfying 
the conditions of his probation, he may apply for read- 
mission to the College no earlier than for the following 
spring term.) During the period of probation he must 
satisfy such requirements as may be imposed by the 
Executive Committee of the faculty. 

On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the 
first term of the summer session, the following students are 
academically ineligible to enroll for the fall term: 

(7) Those students who, having attempted 47 or fewer 
semester hours, have an over-all quality point ratio of 
less than 0.5. 



The quality point ratio is obtained by dividing the net quality points earned by 
the number of hours carried (whether passed or failed). See pages 105-106. 

97 



Probation 

(2) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 48 
and no more than 87 semester hours, have an over-all 
quality point ratio of less than 0.75. 

(3) Those students who, having attempted 88 or more 
semester hours, have an over-all quality point ratio of 
less than 0.9. 

Under exceptional circumstances the Executive Com- 
mittee of the faculty may continue the eligibility on pro- 
bation of a student in the first category whose over- 
all quality point ratio is no less than 0.4, a student in 
the second category whose over-all quality point ratio 
is no less than 0.55, or a student in the third category 
whose over-all quality point ratio is no less than 0.75. 

In the determination of the number of semester hours 
a student has attempted, both with respect to his pro- 
bationary status and with respect to his continued 
eligibility, all work he has taken for credit at any col- 
lege will be counted. In the determination of his quality 
point ratio only his record at Wake Forest College will 
be considered. Non-credit courses will not be counted 
in either instance. 

The Executive Committee of the faculty may also 
place on probation or suspend from college at the end 
of any term any student whose record for that term has 
been unsatisfactory, particularly with regard to the 
number of courses passed and failed, or who has not at- 
tended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules 
and regulations of the College. 

Any student who has been separated from the Col- 
lege for academic reasons must remain out of college 
for at least one semester, after which he may apply for 
readmission. This application for readmission must be 
made to the Director of Admissions and approved by 
the Executive Committee of the faculty. There is, how- 

98 



Grades 



ever, no guarantee that the Committee's action will be 
favorable. On the contrary, the suspended student 
must accept the strong likelihood that readmission will 



not be granted. 



Examinations and Grades 

All examinations are conducted in accordance with 
the honor system adopted by the students and approved 
by the Faculty. Under this system the student is ex- 
pected not only to refrain from unfairness in any form 
but also to report to the Student Council anyone whom 
he knows to be guilty of cheating. Examination papers 
are accompanied by a signed statement that no aid 
has been given or received. 

In the system of grading, A represents exceptionally 
high achievement; B, superior achievement; C, average; 
D, below average; E, conditional failure; F, failure. 

Grade of I 

The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only 
when on account of illness or some other emergency 
a student does not complete the work of his course. If 
the work recorded as I is not completed within thirty 
days after the student enters for his next semester, the 
grade automatically becomes F. 

Grade of E 

A student who makes a grade of E on any course may 
be re-examined at any regular examination period with- 
in a year, or during the first week of the fall semester. No 
grade higher than D may be assigned as a result of a re- 
examination. A student who does not remove a con- 
ditional failure by one re-examination must repeat the 
course to secure credit. 

99 



Dean's List 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may not repeat for credit a course on which 
he has already received a grade of G or higher. 

Senior Conditions 

A candidate for graduation in his final semester who 
receives a grade of E at the close of the previous semester 
may apply to the Registrar for re-examination 30 days 
after the opening of the final semester and not less than 
30 days before its close. Such examination will be re- 
garded as a special examination and will entail a fee of 
$2.50. 

All conditions must be removed 30 days before the 
end of the last term of the student's graduation year. 
The name of a candidate for graduation who has a 
condition after that date is dropped from the roll of the 
class. 

If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the 
final term of his graduation year, he is not allowed a 
re-examination before the next examination period. 

Reports 

A mid-term report is given to the student and a copy 
is sent to the parent or guardian of each student who is 
doing unsatisfactory work. At the end of each term a 
final report of grades and attendance is given to the 
student, and a copy is sent to the parent or guardian. 

The Dean's List 

The Dean's List will be issued at the end of each 
semester by the Dean of the College and the Dean of 
the School of Business Administration and will include 
all full-time students who have made a quality point 
ratio of 2.0 for the semester. Grades earned during a 

100 



Psychological Services 



summer session are not considered in the preparation of 
the List. 

Graduation Distinctions 

Under the quality point system, graduation dis- 
tinctions are determined as follows: 

A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited 
with quality points which give him a ratio of not less 
than 2.80, in relation to the total semester hours at- 
tempted, shall be graduated with the distinction summa 
cum laude; not less than 2.50, magna cum laude; not less 
than 2.00, cum laude. The entire record of a student is 
considered, with the understanding that a transfer 
student may receive no distinction which requires a 
quality point ratio greater than that earned in Wake 
Forest College. 

Transcripts of Student Records 

One transcript of the record of each student in the 
College is issued by the Registrar without charge. For 
each additional transcript there is a charge of one dollar. 

Summer Session Elsewhere 

A student who desires to attend summer session in 
another college must secure the advance approval of 
the Registrar and the Chairman of the department 
concerned. 

A transcript of the record is required for posting at 
the close of the summer session. 

Center for Psychological Services 

The Center provides specialized services in educa- 
tional-vocational testing and counseling, and in personal 
adjustment counseling. These services provide evidence 
of the student's aptitudes, interests, and achievements 

101 



Veterans 

and assist him in making the most of his opportunities 
for academic and personal development while in college. 
The Center, with offices in Efird Hall, is staffed by 
professionally trained psychologists. There is no charge 
to the full time student for Center services. 

Veterans 

Applicants who need information concerning edu- 
cational benefits for veterans should consult the nearest 
regional office of the Veterans Administration. This 
ofhce for North Carolina is located at 441-449 West 
Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta 8, Georgia. 

Benefits are administered under Public Law 550, 
82nd Congress, and Public Law 894, 81st Congress 
(disabled veterans). An education and training al- 
lowance is paid monthly to the veteran, and he pays his 
College expenses from such allowance, the College 
having no financial connection with the Veterans Ad- 
ministration on the veteran's charges. In order to receive 
the fully monthly subsistance allowance, a veteran 
enrolled under Public Law 550 must be enrolled for at 
least 14 semester hours, not more than two of which 
may be non-credit hours. 

Properly qualified veterans should obtain a Certificate 
of Education and Training from the Veterans Ad- 
ministration to present to the College at registration, 
as the College is required to certify, on the basis of 
such certificate, that the veteran is actually enrolled 
and in attendance. 

Veterans must have commenced training by August 
20, 1954, or the date three years from date of discharge, 
whichever is later. No training will be afforded beyond 
eight years after the official end of the Korean conflict 



102 



Veterans 

or eight years from date of discharge, whichever is the 
later date. 

Veterans who believe they may be entitled to some 
credit for special service courses may consult the Regis- 
trar for advice and suggestions for procedure. 



103 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 

The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor 
of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Master 
of Arts, Bachelor of Laws; and Doctor of Medicine, 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine. 

The general requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and 
the Bachelor of Science degrees are the same, with the 
following exceptions: (1) for the degree of Bachelor of 
Arts a student must complete a foreign language through 
courses numbered 211, 212, making a total of from 6 to 
18 hours of languages*; (2) for the degree of Bachelor of 
Science a student must either complete a foreign lan- 
guage through courses numbers 211, 212, or take eight 
hours in a second natural science or six additional 
hours in mathematics. 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only 
upon those students who (1) complete a major in Biology, 
Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics, 
or Education with State teacher's certification in Mathe- 
matics or Science; (2) complete the degree requirements 
in Medical Technology or Nursing; or (3) complete the 
requirements for the combined degree in Medical 
Sciences, Dentistry, Engineering, or Forestry. 

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those 
students who (1) complete a major in other departments 
in the School of Arts and Sciences; (2) complete a major 
in Economics or Commercial Education in the School of 
Business Administration; or (3) complete the require- 
ments for the combined degree in Law. 

Each student is responsible for acquainting himself 
with the requirements for graduation, and for meeting 
the requirements as stated. 



The candidate for the combined degree in Law may substitute for Language 211, 212 
eight hours in a second natural science, six additional hours in mathematics, or six 
hours in the principles of economics. 

104 



Academic Requirements 



A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest 
College with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor 
of Science may not thereafter receive the other of these 
two degrees. 



Academic Requirements 

For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of 
Science the student must complete (1) the basic course 
requirements, (2) a course of study approved by his 
major department, and (3) elective courses to make a 
total of 128 credit hours. A student applying for the 
combined degree must complete three-fourths of the 
128 hours, plus the major in the school in which he is 
enrolled during the senior year. 

The minimum requirement for a degree is the comple- 
tion of 64 hours in Wake Forest College, including the 
work of the senior year. Furthermore, the quality point 
requirement as explained in the next paragraph must 
be fully met. The prescribed courses are specified chiefly 
for the lower division, or the first two years; in the upper 
division the student devotes his time chiefly to advanced 
work in a major subject, related courses, and electives. 

At least 128 quality points must be presented for 
graduation, and the number of quality points must be 
at least equal to the number of semester hours attempted. 

A student who transfers from another institution must 
earn in Wake Forest College at least as many quality 
points as semester hours attempted in Wake Forest 
College, and must present as many total quality points 
as total hours attempted in all colleges. One who has 
previously attended two or more colleges must earn in 
Wake Forest College additional quality points equivalent 
to the number of hours of D grade earned in other col- 
leges attended. 

105 



Basic Course Requirements 



For each hour of credit earned in any course, the 
grade A gives three quality points; B, two quality points; 
C, one quality point. 

A student has the privilege of graduating under the 
provisions of the catalog under which he enters provided 
that he completes his course within six years; after the 
interval of six years he is expected to conform to the 
requirements specified for the class with which he is 
graduated. 

Basic Course Requirements 

All students in Wake Forest College are enrolled in 
the School of Arts and Sciences during their freshman 
and sophomore years. A student is not admitted as a 
candidate for a degree in any college or school except the 
School of Arts and Sciences until the end of his sopho- 
more year and the completion of the entrance require- 
ments of the college or school to which application is 
made. 

All students enrolled in the College must take certain 
required basic courses. These requirements apply 
uniformly to all undergraduate degrees and all com- 
bined degrees, except as otherwise noted. 

These basic course requirements are as follows: 

English 111, 112, 151, 152 (12 hours) 
Language: 

to 12 hours, depending on the number of high school lan- 
guage units submitted by the student. 

French 111, 112, 151, 152 

German 111, 112, 151, 152 

Greek 111, 112 

Latin 111, 112, 151, 152 

Russian 1 1 1, 1 12, 151, 152 (for B.S. degree only) 

Spanish 111, 112, 151, 152 

(In determining the level of language study which a beginning 
student should enter, one unit of high school language is 
considered the equivalent of a one semester course of college 

106 



Basic Course Requirements 



language. Thus, a student continuing in college a language 
begun in high school would normally enter: course 112, if he 
has had one high school unit; course 151, if he has had two 
high school units; course 152, if he has had three high school 
units, and course 211, if he has had four high school units. 

(A student who finds it necessary to repeat in college the equiva- 
lent of any modern foreign language taken in high school re- 
ceives no college credit for the course repeated. 

(An entering student who offers high school units in a classical 
language and who wishes to continue this language in college 
will be given a placement test, the results of which will be 
used by the department to determine his placement for credit 
in college. 

(Since an entering student is expected to present two high 
school units in foreign language, he is required to take one 
college year of foreign language without credit if he fails to 
present those high school units. 

(An entering student who offers two high school units in one 
foreign language may commence a second foreign language 
with credit. 

(An entering student who offers four high school units in one 
foreign language has completed the language requirement 
except for the B.A. degree. 

(A student applying for the degree of Bachelor of Business 
Administration may complete the language requirement be- 
yond 111, 112, by either Language 151, 152, or Speech 151 
and Mathematics 162. 

(A student who plans graduate study or medical study should 
consult his adviser about additional foreign language study 
in his undergraduate program.) 
Religion (6 hours) selected from the following: 111, 112, 113, 

115, 116, 117, 214, 215, 216, 221, 225, 231. 
Philosophy 211 (3 hours) 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 
Social Science, one of the following three: 

*Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours) 
"■♦Political Science 151, 152 or 153, 154 (6 hours) 

Sociology 151 (3 hours) and 3 hours selected from courses 
numbered from 225 to 259, except courses 248 and 249. 
Natural Science, one of the following three: 

Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 



•Except for students taking B.B.A. 
"Political Science 153, 154 may not be elected by those students whose major depart- 
ment requires (or recommends) Political Science 151, 152 as the basis course in the social 
sciences. 

107 



Basic Coarse Requirements 



Mathematics 102 or 105 (3 hours) 

(A student who anticipates a degree or major requiring ad- 
ditional mathematics should continue mathematics through 
the freshman year.) 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
One of the following, as determined by the requirements for the 

specific degrees: 

Language 211, 212 (6 hours) * 

A second natural science from among those listed above (8 hours) 

Additional mathematics (6 hours) 

Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours) 

(The candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Arts must meet this 
requirement by Language 211, 212. The candidate for the de- 
gree of Bachelor of Science may select the language or the 
science or the mathematics, as recommended by his major 
adviser. The candidate for the combined degree in Law may 
select any of the listed alternatives. The candidate for the 
degree of Bachelor of Business Administration must meet the 
requirement by Business Administration 213, 214.) 

The basic course requirements are to be completed, 
where possible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some 
students will find it necessary to postpone some of the 
basic courses until the junior year in order to make 
room for certain courses necessary to the work in the 
major field; but a minimum of twelve hours from among 
the basic courses must appear on every student's pro- 
gram each semester until these courses are completed, 
except that after the freshman year a minimum of nine 
hours each semester may be considered sufficient if 
other courses necessary to work in the major field must 
be taken. 

No student, except by a specific vote of the College 
faculty in regular session, may set aside, or substitute 
another course or other courses for, any of the basic 
course requirements. 

For further details about course requirements for the 
degree of Bachelor of Business Administration, consult 



* With the permission of the German Department, German 261, 262 may be sub- 
stituted for German 211, 212. 

108 



Upper Division 



the section of the catalog dealing with the School of 
Business Administration. 

Admission to the Upper Division 

The work in the lower division, as specified in the 
preceding pages of this section, is intended to give the 
student an introduction to the various fields of knowledge 
and to lay the foundation for concentration in a major 
subject and related fields during the junior and senior 
years. 

Before applying for admission to the upper division 
and beginning work on the major subject, a student 
should have 64 credit hours and 64 quality points in the 
lower division. In no case will a student be admitted to 
the upper division with fewer than 54 hours of credit 
and 54 quality points. 

All students at the end of the sophomore year or at 
the beginning of the junior year are required to pass a 
proficiency test in the use of the English language. 

Course of Study for the Upper Division 

Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year 
each student is required to indicate to the Registrar and 
to the department or school concerned his selection of a 
major subject in which he wishes to concentrate during 
his junior and senior years. Before this selection is 
formally approved by the Registrar, however, the 
student must present to him a written statement from 
the authorized representative of the department or 
school in which he wishes to major that he has received 
the permission of that department or school. The student 
will also at this time be assigned a specific adviser from 
the department or school to assist him in planning his 
work for the junior and senior years. 

109 



Majors 

A department which rejects a student as a major will 
file with the Dean of the College a written statement 
including the reason (s) for the rejection. 

After the beginning of the junior year a student may 
not change from one major to another without the ap- 
proval of the departments concerned. 

The student's course of study for the junior and senior 
years includes the minimum requirements for the de- 
partmental major (see the table below), together with 
such other courses as he shall select and his adviser shall 
approve — the latter courses to be sufficiently related to 
the student's major to justify their inclusion in his pro- 
gram. This course of study must include a minimum of 
42 hours in the student's field of concentration (that is, 
his major and related courses) beyond the basic course 
requirements as outlined on pages 106-109. 

Students preparing for the ministry are advised to 
elect twelve additional hours in religion beyond the 
six hours included in the basic requirements. 

The following list indicates the number of hours re- 
quired in the departmental majors: 

Department Major 

Biology 32 

Chemistry 39 

*Economics 30 

Education 18 

English 30 

French 30 

German 30 

Greek 30 

History 30 

Latin 30 

Mathematics 33 

Music 36 

Philosophy 24 

Physical Education 35 

Physics 33 

•Students in the School of Arts and Sciences who wish to major in Economics must 
apply to the Dean of the School of Business Administration for approval of the major. 

110 



Senior Testing Program 



Department Major 

Political Science 30 

Psychology 30 

Religion 30 

Religious Education 30 

Sociology 30 

Spanish 30 

Speech 30 

At least half of the major must be completed in Wake 
Forest College. 

Beyond the basic course requirements and the ap- 
proved course of study in his field of concentration, the 
student will elect other courses up to a mimimum of 1 28 
hours. 

Not more than 40 hours of the 128 hours required for 
graduation may be taken in a single field of study. For 
the purposes of this regulation, the following fields of 
study are recognized: Biology, Chemistry, Economics, 
Education, English, French, German, Greek, History, 
Latin, Mathematics, Music, Philosophy, Physical Edu- 
cation, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, 
Sociology, Spanish, Speech. 

Senior Testing Program 

All seniors are required to participate in a testing 
program designed to provide objective evidence of 
educational development while in college. The program 
employs selected portions of the Graduate Record Ex- 
amination to assess the student's proficiency in the broad 
areas of the arts and sciences (humanities, social sciences, 
natural sciences) as well as his competence in his major 
field. These tests are given in the late spring and re- 
sults are made available to the student for his informa- 
tion. (This program does not supplant the regular ad- 
ministrations of the Graduate Record Examination for 
those student applying for admission to graduate schools.) 

Ill 



Law 



Bachelor of Business Administration 

For the requirements for this degree and the suggested 
course sequences, see page 237. 

Degrees in the School of Law 

A combined course makes it possible for a student in 
Wake Forest College to receive the two degrees of 
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws in six academic 
years or their equivalent instead of seven years which 
are required if the two curricula are pursued independ- 
ently. The first three years of the combined course are 
in the School of Arts and Sciences and the last three are 
in the School of Law. 

Under this plan the student must first complete three 
years (96 semester hours) of academic work as follows: 

English 111, 112, 151, 152 (12 hours) 

Language 1 1 1, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [seepage 106] 

Religion (6 hours) [see page 107] 

History 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Mathematics 102 or 105 (3 hours) 

Science, one of the following: 

Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 
Philosophy 211 (3 hours) 
Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology 

(6 hours) [see page 107] 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
One of the following: 

Language 211, 212 (6 hours) 

A second natural science (8 hours) 

Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours) 

Additional mathematics (6 hours) 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

The requirement of a major subject for the academic 
degree is considered as satisfied by one year (29 semester 
hours) of Law. The details of the plan are as follows: 

On the completion of 96 semester hours of academic 

112 



Medical Sciences 



work in the School of Arts and Sciences, as above speci- 
fied, with a minimum average grade of C (or one quality 
point for each semester hour undertaken), the student 
may be admitted to the School of Law. (Non-theory 
courses in military science, hygiene, domestic arts, physi- 
cal education, vocal or instrumental music, practice 
teaching, teaching methods and techniques and similar 
courses are not acceptable under the above rule. "Re- 
quired" non-theory work is acceptable up to ten per 
cent of the total credit offered for admission.) Upon 
satisfactory completion of the first full year (29 semester 
hours) of Law, with a cumulative weighted average 
sufficient for him to remain in the School of Law, the 
student will be awarded the Bachelor of Arts degree. 

The Bachelor of Laws degree will be awarded the 
student upon the completion of two additional years in 
the School of Law and upon fulfillment of the require- 
ments for that degree as described on page 259. 

At least one year of the required academic work must 
be taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers 
from another institution at the end of his first or second 
year must maintain a minimum average grade of C on 
all academic work undertaken during his residence at 
Wake Forest College. In addition, students pursuing 
the combined course plan must take the Law School 
Admission Test and satisfy all requirements specified 
for other applicants for admission to the Law School. 



Degrees in Medical Sciences 

A limited number of students, by taking advantage 
of the special arrangement explained here, may receive 
the B.S. degree with a major in Medical Sciences. 

Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements 
for the degree by completing three years of work in the 

8 

113 



Medical Sciences 



School of Arts and Sciences with a minimum average 
grade of C, and by satisfactorily completing the first full 
year of Medicine (at least 30 semester hours) as outlined 
by the faculty of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 
with a record entitiing him to promotion to the Second 
Year Class. At least one year (32 semester hours) of 
the required academic work must be completed in 
Wake Forest College. 

Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medi- 
cal Sciences must complete the following courses in the 
School of Arts and Sciences before entering the School 
of Medicine for their fourth year of work:* 

Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Biology (8 hours) selected from the following: 220, 221, 226, 260, 
272, 312, 350. 

Chemistry 111, 114 (8 hours) 

Chemistry 131 (4 hours) 

Chemistry 22 1 (4 hours) 

English 111, 112, 151, 152 (12 hours) 

Language, one of the following: French, German, Latin, Russian, 
Spanish, through 151, 152; or Greek 111, 112. See page 106. 

Mathematics 105, 106 (6 hours) 

Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Philosophy 211 (3 hours) 

Religion (6 hours) selected from the following: 111, 112, 113, 115, 
116, 117, 214, 215, 216, 221, 225, 231. 

History 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology 
(6 hours). See page 107. 

Physical Education (2 hours) 

Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects 
does not necessarily admit any student to the School 
of Medicine. About fifty are chosen from a large num- 
ber of applicants. All other factors being equal, ap- 
plicants who have done all their college work in Wake 
Forest College are given preference. 



•Pages 263-64 and the special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
for further information. 

114 



Nursing 

Degree in Medical Technology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science de- 
gree in Medical Technology by completion of the aca- 
demic requirements outlined below with a minimum 
average grade of C, and by satisfactory completion of 
the full course in Medical Technology in the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine with a minimum weighted 
average of 80. A least one year (32 semester hours) of 
the required academic work must be completed in Wake 
Forest College. Candidates for the degree must com- 
plete the following three-year course before beginning 
study in the School of Medicine:* 

Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Biology 221 (4 hours) 

Biology 226 (4 hours) 

Biology 297 (2 hours) 

Biology 3 1 2 (4 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 114 (8 hours) 

Chemistry 131 (4 hours) 

Chemistry 221 or 124 (4 hours) 

English 111, 112, 151, 152 (12 hours) 

Language, one of the following: French, German, Latin, Russian, 

Spanish through 151, 152; or Greek 111, 112. See page 106. 
Mathematics 105, 106 (6 hours) 
Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 
Philosophy 211 (3 hours) 
Religion (6 hours) selected from the following: 111, 112, 113, 115, 

116,117,214,215,216,221,225,231. 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 
Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology 

(6 hours). See page 107. 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

Degree in Nursing 
Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science 
degree in Nursing by meeting the academic require- 
ments outlined below and completing the work lead- 

•For admission information, Bee the special bulletin of Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. 

115 



Dentistry 

ing to a Diploma in Nursing from an approved hospital 
or school of nursing. The usual qualitative require- 
ments must be met for this degree. At least two years 
(64 semester hours) of the required academic work 
must be completed in Wake Forest College. If the can- 
didate is to attend North Carolina Baptist Hospital, 
the required residence in the College may be reduced 
to one year. Candidates for the degree must complete 
the following three-year course before entering the 
School of Nursing: 

Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Biology 260 (4 hours) 

Biology 297 (2 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 114 (8 hours) 

Chemistry 221 or 124 (4 hours) 

English 111, 112, 151, 152 (12 hours) 

Language, one of the following: French, German, Latin, Russian, 

Spanish through 111, 112; or Greek 111, 112. See page 106. 
Mathematics 102 or 105 (3 hours) 
Philosophy 211 (3 hours) 
Religion (6 hours) selected from the following: 111, 112, 113, 115, 

116, 117, 214, 215, 216, 221, 225, 231. 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 
Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology 

(6 hours). See page 107. 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 
(Suggested electives: English, Psychology, Social Sciences) 

Degree With Major in Dentistry 
A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S. 
degree with a major in Dentistry by completing three 
years of work in the College of Liberal Arts with a 
minimum average grade of C, and by satisfactorily 
completing the first two years of work in one of certain 
approved dental schools designated by Wake Forest 
College, with a record entitling him to advancement to 
the Third Year Class. 

For this degree the requirements in the College of 

116 



Engineering 

Liberal Arts are the same as outlined above for the B.S. 
degree with a major in Medical Sciences. 

Degrees in Engineering 
The 3-2 Engineering Program 

Wake Forest College now cooperates with Duke 
University and North Carolina State College in offering 
a broad course of study in the arts and sciences com- 
bined with specialized training in engineering. 

This program, for outstanding students, covers five 
years of study including three initial years on the 
campus of Wake Forest College and two full years of 
technical training at one of the schools of engineering. 
Depending upon the school and field of engineering 
chosen, it may be necessary for a student to take an 
additional summer's work in engineering. 

Upon successful completion of the five years of study 
the student will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science 
from Wake Forest College and the degree of Bachelor 
of Science in one of the specialized engineering fields 
from the engineering school of his choice. 

By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest 
College and the second from an engineering college, 
the graduate will be well suited for positions of higher 
responsibility where public relations and technical 
knowledge are combined. This combination plan is 
recognized by nationally known educators as a wise 
program in allowing the student a broad background 
in the liberal arts in addition to the specialized and 
technical training involved in the engineering degree. 

The curriculum for the first three years must include 
all the basic course requirements for the Bachelor of 
Science degree, as outlined on pages 106-109 of this 
catalog. A suggested program follows: 

117 



Engineering 



Freshman Year Hours 

English 111, 112 3 3 

Chemistry 111, 114 4 4 

Mathematics 105, 106 3 3 

Foreign Language 151, 152 3 3 

♦Religion 3 3 

Physical Education 111,112 1 1 

17 17 
ROTG if elected 1 1 

18 18 

Sophomore Year Hours 

English 151, 152 3 3 

History 111, 112 3 3 

Physics 111, 112 4 4 

Mathematics 1 1 1 or Elective 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Mathematics 1 12, 1 13 3 3 

16 16 
ROTG if elected 2 2 

18 18 

Junior Year Hours 

Mathematics 172, 176 2 2 

Physics 151, 152 3 3 

Mathematics 251, 311 3 3 

Philosophy 211 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Science Elective 4 4 

Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science 

151, 152, or Sociology 3 3 

18 18 

This is a rigorous curriculum and demands students 
with an aptitude for science and mathematics. The 
electives will be chosen in consultation with the engi- 
neering adviser in the Department of Physics. 

See page 173 for procedure involved in transferring 

•See page 107. 

118 



Forestry 

ROTC credits to Duke University or N. C. State 
College. 

Degrees in Forestry 

Wake Forest College now cooperates with Duke Uni- 
versity in an academic forestry training program. A 
student in this program devotes three years to study in 
the arts and sciences at Wake Forest College. (At least 
two years (64 semester hours) must be completed in 
Wake Forest College.) He spends the summer between 
his junior and senior years and the two following years 
in the Duke University School of Forestry. Upon the 
successful completion of this five-year course of study 
he receives the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake 
Forest College and the degree of Master of Forestry 
from the Duke School of Forestry. 

A student who wishes to qualify for this program 
must make formal application for admission to the Duke 
School of Forestry not later than the end of the first 
semester of his third year in college. To qualify for ad- 
mission he must have followed a planned course of 
study as outlined below, must have the official recom- 
mendation of Wake Forest College, and must have an 
over-all quality point ratio of at least 1.5. 

Candidates for the degrees in forestry must complete 
the following three-year course before beginning study 
in the Duke School of Forestry: 

Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Biology 227, 228 (8 hours) 

Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 114 (8 hours) 

English 111, 112, 151, 152 (12 hours) 

Language, one of the following: French, German, Latin, Russian, 
Spanish through 151, 152; or Greek 111, 112. See page 106. 

Mathematics 105 (3 hours) and three additional hours as recom- 
mended by the Department of Mathematics 

Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Philosophy 211 (3 hours) 

119 



Forestry 

Religion (6 hours) selected from the following: 111, 112, 113, 115, 

116,117,214,215,216,221,225,231. 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

(Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathematics, 

Speech) 

Students in this program will be advised in the De- 
partment of Biology. 

See page 173 for procedure involved in transferring 
ROTC credits to Duke University. 



120 



COURSES IN ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Divisions 

The numbers of the courses offered by the various 
departments are explained as follows: courses 1-99 
carry no credit; courses 101-199 are primarily for fresh- 
men and sophomores; courses 201-299, primarily for 
juniors and seniors; courses 301-399, for juniors, seniors, 
and graduate students; and courses 401-499, for gradu- 
ate students. The letter S used as a prefix to a course 
number indicates that the course is offered during the 
summer session only. 

Before admission to the upper division, a student 
must have credit for at least 54 hours in the lower di- 
vision, with a minimum of 54 quality points. 

Credit Hours Defined 

All credit hours are based upon the semester, or half 
of an academic year of nine months. In the depart- 
ments which follow, in alphabetical order, the credit 
hours for each course are the same as the number of 
class periods per week unless otherwise specified. 

Both in the summer term and in the fall and spring 
terms, the credit for any course is the same, generally 
three hours based on 48 class periods, or the equivalent 
in laboratory work. 

Explanation of the Schedule 

In this number of the Bulletin of Wake Forest 
College the schedule of classes is announced for the 
fall and spring terms only; the schedule of classes for the 
summer term is given in the special bulletin. The num- 
bers following the days of the week indicate the periods 
during which the classes are offered. 

121 



Honors Program 



Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in 
the fall term; courses with even numbers, in the spring 
term. However, introductory or basic courses in many 
departments will be offered every term so that students 
may arrange their work in regular sequence, accord- 
ing to the time of entrance. Accordingly, revised sched- 
ules will be prepared each term, supplementing the 
schedule given here. 

Interdisciplinary Honors Program 

In September, 1961, Wake Forest College initiated an 
interdisciplinary Honors program for a selected number 
of highly qualified students. Participation is by invitation 
only. Courses are scheduled so that an honors student 
can elect a course each semester if he chooses. Students 
who complete with a superior record the course require- 
ments (at least 12 semester hours, including 6 hours in 
the Lower Division and 6 hours in the Upper Division) 
and fulfill other specified requirements (including an 
over-all quality point ratio of at least 2.0 in all college 
work, the writing of a special paper, and an oral exami- 
nation on this paper) will be graduated "with Honors 
in the Arts and Sciences." 

The courses described below are designed to supple- 
ment the usual general education of the freshman and 
sophomore years and the more specialized work of the 
junior and senior years. 

The Honors program is supervised by a Faculty 
Committee on Honors. Courses in the program are 
taught by faculty members from various academic de- 
partments of the College. 

Honors 131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience (I) 

An inquiry into the nature and interrelationships of several ap- 
proaches to man's experience, represented by the work of such men 

122 



Honors Program 



as Leonardo da Vinci, St. Augustine, Dante, Newton, Gandhi, 
Mozart, Jefferson, and Einstein. Seminar discussion based on pri- 
mary and secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. 
Written reports and a term paper required. 

(Offered 1963-64 and alternate years.) 3 hours credit each semester 

Honors 133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience (II) 

A parallel course to Honors 131, 132, concentrating on the work 
of a different set of figures such as Buddha, Galileo, Tolstoy, Pascal, 
Sophocles, and Bach. 

(Offered 1964-65 and alternate years.) 3 hours credit each semester 

Honors 233. Darwinism and the Modern World 

A study of the Darwinian theory of evolution and the impact of 
evolutionary thought on fields such as economics, politics, psychology, 
literature and the other arts, and philosophy. 

(Offered 1964-65 and alternate years.) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 235. The Ideal Society 

Man's effort to establish or imagine the ideal community, state or 
society, principles of political and social organization, changing 
goals and values. Study of historical communities such as those of 
the pre-Christian Essenes, Geneva under John Calvin, Fourierite and 
Owenite communities of the 1 9th century. Reading in such works as 
Plato's Republic, Augustine's The City of God, More's Utopia, Bacon's 
The New Atlantis, Rousseau's Emile, Orwell's 1984, and Skinner's 
Walden Two. 

(Offered 1963-64 and alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 238. Romanticism 

Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and art and as 
a specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late 
18th and 19th centuries. Emphasis upon primary materials in such 
fields as philosophy, history, literature, music and painting. 

(Offered 1964-65 and alternate years.) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 242. The Comic View 

The theory of comedy in ancient and modern times; the expres- 
sion of the comic spirit in literature, art, music, the theater and the 
motion picture. 

(Offered 1963-64 and alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

123 



Biology 

Departmental Honors Programs 

A number of departments in the College offer spe- 
cialized honors programs for highly qualified majors, 
who may be graduated "with distinction" in their 
major field. Information on these programs is given 
under the departmental headings below. 



Biology 

Professors Cocke, Allen, Britt, Sears 
Associate Professors Davis, Johnston, Wyatt 
Assistant Professors Amen, Dimmick, Higgins, 
McDonald, Olive, Sullivan 

A major in Biology consists of 32 hours which must 
include Biology 111 and 112; 8 hours selected from 
Biology 226, 297, 312, 314, 319, 340, 344, 350, 390; 
8 hours selected from Biology 150, 154, 220, 221, 260, 
272, 320, 333, 334, and 8 hours selected from Biology 
227, 228, 338, 345, 355. A student must achieve an 
overall average of C on all Biology courses attempted 
to graduate with a major in Biology. 

Required related courses for the major are: one year 
of Physics, one year of general Chemistry and either 
Chemistry 124 or 221. The Physics requirement may 
be waived in the case of Biology majors who meet the 
requirements for a Grade A teaching certificate. 

Highly qualified Biology majors are considered by 
the Department for admission to the honors program in 
Biology. They must meet certain preliminary require- 
ments, earn a QPR of not less than 2.0 on all college work 
and 2.3 on all work in Biology, complete a satisfactory 
research project in Biology and pass a comprehensive 



124 



Biology 

oral examination. They are then graduated with the 
designation of "distinction in Biology." For additional 
information consult members of the Biology staff. 

Biology 111 and 112 are prerequisite to all other 
Biology courses except 150 and 154. 

Ill, 112. General Biology 

An introductory course, in which the fundamental facts of the struc- 
ture and activity of plants and animals are stressed. The laboratory 
work will provide examples of important biological principles and 
organisms. Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Biology 111 
prerequisite to Biology 112. Credit, 4 hours each semester 

150. Anatomy and Physiology 

Lectures and readings in human anatomy and physiology. Not open 
to students who have completed a course in comparative chordate 
anatomy. Three hours lecture. 

Credit, 3 hours 

154. Hygiene 

Lecture and readings in hygiene, personal and community, together 
with a study of infectious diseases. Two hours lecture. 

Credit, 2 hours 

220. Comparative Chordate Anatomy 

A comparative study of the anatomy of chordate animals. Dissection 
of type forms in the laboratory. Two hours lecture, four hours 
laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 

221. Animal Parasitology 

A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites from the 
standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life-histories, and host-parasite 
relationships. The laboratory will include a detailed study of rep- 
resentative types and techniques for collecting, preserving, and 
preparing animal parasites for study and identification. Two hours 
lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 
226. Microbiology 

A study of the more important groups of microorganisms; bacteria, 
yeasts, molds, viruses, et cetera. Major emphasis will be placed on 
the bacteria and their activities. Two hours lecture, four hours 
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 



125 



Biology 

227. Survey of Non-vascular Plants 

Representative species of non-vascular plants (algae, fungi, mosses 
and others) will be examined with emphasis on morphology and 
phylogeny. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 

228. Survey of Vascular Plants 

A comparative survey of the vascular plants with emphasis on the 
structure, reproduction, and classification of selected types to portray 
the evolutionary development of the group. Two hours lecture, four 
hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 
260. Embryology 

A study of vertebrate embryological development. Two hours lecture, 
four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 
272. Histology 

A comparative study of the microscopic anatomy of vertebrates. 
Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 

291. Education — Teaching of Science 

Credit, 3 hours 
297. Microtechnique 

A course designed to introduce the student to histological and 
cytological methods in the preparation of animal and plant materials 
for microscopical study. Four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 2 hours 

301. Principles of Modern Botany 

A course for secondary school teachers designed to illustrate selected 
biological principles. A survey of the plant kingdom with emphasis 
on taxonomy and phylogeny will be followed by a consideration of 
important physiological principles. Laboratory exercises and field 
work will be designed to be helpful to secondary school teachers in 
organizing their own laboratories. Not for credit toward a M.A. in 
Biology. Not offered in 1963-64. Credit, 3 hours 

302. Principles of Modern ^oology 

A course for secondary school teachers designed to illustrate important 
biological principles. Lectures will include a survey of the animal 
kingdom followed by a review of the basic principles of animal 
reproduction, genetics, ecology, and evolution. Laboratory exercises 
and field work will be designed to be helpful to high school teachers 
in organizing and directing laboratory exercises in their own schools. 

126 



Biology 

Techniques for preparing laboratory specimens and demonstration 
materials will be considered. Not for credit toward a M.A. in Biology. 
Not offered in 1963-64. Credit, 3 hours 

312. Genetics 

A study of the principles of inheritance and their applications to 
plants and animals. Three hours lecture, two hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 
314. Principles of Evolution 

Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of evolution. 
Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 

319. History of Biological Sciences 

A survey of the historical background and development of the 
biological sciences together with a biographical study of the out- 
standing biologists and physicians. Three hours lecture. Alternate 
years. Credit, 3 hours 

320. Invertebrate Zoology 

A detailed study of invertebrate animals, exclusive of insects, from 
the standpoint of taxonomy, morphology, physiology, and phylo- 
genetic relationships. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Not 
offered in 1963-64 Credit, 4 hours 

333. Vertebrate Natural History 

A detailed study of the natural history, distribution, identification, 
classification and adaptations of the major vertebrate animals. 
Collection and preserving techniques in the field will be stressed. 
Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

334. Entomology 

A study of insects from the standpoint of structure, development, 
taxonomy, and phylogenetic relationships. Economic aspects will 
be included. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 

338. Taxonomy of Seed Plants 

A study of the classification of seed plants, with emphasis on a 
comparative study of orders and families. Collection, identification, 
and preparation of herbarium specimens will be stressed. Two hours 
lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

127 



Biology 

340. Principles of Ecology 

A synthesizing course intended to acquaint the student with the 
inter-relationships between the organism and the environment. 
Fundamental ecological aspects of individual organisms, populations, 
and communities will be stressed. Two hours lecture, four hours 
laboratory. Not offered in 1963-64 Credit, 4 hours 

341. The Ecology of Man 

The nature and fitness of Man's environment; his requirements, 
general and special; the phenomenon of culture and its role as an 
ecological factor. This course may count as Biology or Sociology, 
but not both. At the time of registration the student must determine 
in which field credit is desired. Three hours lecture. Not offered in 
1963-64. 

Credit, 3 hours 

344. Hydrobiology 

An introduction to the fresh-water environment; a study of lakes, 
ponds, and streams, their origin, development, physical and chemical 
characteristics, and their biological communities. Prerequisite one 
year of chemistry, permission of the instructor. Two hours lecture, 
four hours laboratory. Not offered in 1963-64. Credit, 4 hours 

345. Plant Ecology 

A study of plant communities and the interrelationships of the or- 
ganisms therein as they are affected by the physical factors of the 
environment. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 
350. General Physiology 

Comparative study of physiological systems in different organisms 
approached through a study of cells and tissues. Prerequisite two 
years of biology and one year of chemistry. Organic chemistry 
is recommended. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 
355. Plant Physiology 

Fundamental physical and chemical phenomena of higher plants. 
Prerequisite, one year of chemistry. Credit, 4 hours 

390. Preparation of a Biological Manuscript 

A course designed to acquaint the student with current literature 
by gathering material and preparing a scientific manuscript. Two 
hours conference. Credit, 1 hour 

128 



Biology 



Courses for Graduate Students 



421. Helminth Parasitology 

Basic treatment of the morphology, physiology, life cyles, environ- 
mental relation, and systematics of helminth parasites. Two hours 
lecture, four hours laboratory. Alternate years. Credit, 4 hours 

425. Plant Anatomy 

A study of comparative anatomy of the vasular plants based pre- 
marily on a phylogenetic approach, with an introduction to anatomi- 
cal microtechniques. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 

426. Mycology 

Taxonomy, porphology. and physiology of the fungi. Two hours 
lecture, four hours laboratory. Not offered in 1 963-64. Credit, 4 hours 

Alia, 427b. Phycology (Algology) 

Morphology, taxonomy, reproduction, development, and phylogeny 
of the algae. One hour lecture and two hours laboratory. Continues 
for two semesters. Not offered in 1963-64 Credit, 2 hours, each semester 

431. Advanced Invertebrate £ oology 

A study of selected free living invertebrates with emphasis on their 
natural history and physiology. The laboratory will emphasize 
the use of selected invertebrates for investigation of basic biological 
proceses. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Not offered 
in 1963-64. Credit, 4 hours 

433. Advanced Vertebrate ^oology — Ornithology 

A study of migration, speciation, reproductive and corporeal physi- 
ology, and systematics of birds. Two hours lecture, four hours labora- 
tory. Credit, 4 hours 

434. Advanced Vertebrate ^oology — Mammalogy 

A detailed study of the classification, population dynamics, repro- 
ductive physiology, and adaptions of mammals. Field and labora- 
tory techniques will be employed. Two hours lecture, four hours 
laboratory. Not offered in 1963-64 Credit, 4 hours 

438. Dendrology 

Identification, classification and anatomy of native trees and shrubs 

of North Carolina. Both summer and winter characteristics will be 
9 

129 



Biology 

considered. One hour lecture, two hours laboratory. Continues 
through two semesters. Credit, 4 hours 

450. Cellular Physiology 

Cellular dynamics as related to animals, plants, and microorganisms 
involving electrical phenomena of membranes, active transport, 
enzyme systems, and orgenelle interactions. Two hours lecture, four 
hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

460. Experimental Embryology 

A study of the principles underlying the organization and develop- 
ment of the animal embryo. Two hours lecture, four hours labora- 
tory. Alternate years. Credit, 4 hours 

Seminar Courses 

One or more seminar courses from the following list 
will be offered each semester. Schedule to be arranged, 
usually in the evenings from 7:00 to 9:00 or on Saturday 
mornings, to meet the needs of interested students. 

481. Seminar in Microbiology 

482. Seminar in Invertebrate ^oology 

483. Seminar in Biosystematics 

484. Seminar in Ecology 

485. Seminar in Physiology 

486. Seminar in Developmental Biology 

487. Seminar in Cellular Biology. 

488. Seminar in Evolution and Speciation. 

489. Seminar in History of Science. 

490. Seminar in Biogeography 

Thesis 

491. Thesis research, credit, 3 hours 

492. Thesis research, credit, 3 hours 

130 



Chemistry 



Chemistry 



Professors Black, Furman, Miller, Nowell 
Associate Professors Blalock, Gross, P. J. 
Hamrick, Isbell 

In addition to the basic courses prescribed by the 
College, a student desiring to receive the B.S. degree 
with major in Chemistry is required to take the fol- 
lowing courses: Chemistry 111-114, 221-222, 332, 361, 
341-342, and one course from Chemistry 323, 324, 331; 
Physics 111-112, Mathematics 112, 113. An average of C 
in the first two years of Chemistry is required of students 
who elect to major in this Department. Admission to any 
class is conditioned by satisfactory grades in prerequisite 
courses and registration for advanced classes must be 
approved by the Department. 

Wake Forest College is on the list of schools approved 
by the American Chemical Society. Students who re- 
ceive the Bachelor's Degree and are certified by the 
chairman of the department as having fulfilled the 
minimum requirements for professional training as 
adopted by the Society are eligible for membership 
senior grade in the Society, within two years following 
graduation and after two years experience in the field 
of chemistry. Students who desire a specific statement 
of the minimum requirements of the Society should 
consult with the staff member who serves as major ad- 
viser for students majoring in chemistry. 

The following schedule is recommended for students 
who desire to major in Chemistry: (By following this 
schedule and the advice of the major adviser a student 
can meet the minimum requirements of the American 
Chemical Society.) 



131 



Chemistry 

Freshman Year* Sophomore Year* 

Chemistry 111,114 Chemistry 221,222 

English 111, 112 English 151, 152 

German, 111, 112 German 151, 152 

* *History 111,112 Mathematics 112,113 

Mathematics 105, 111 Physics 111, 112 

Physical Education 111, 112 

Junior Year* Senior Year* 

Chemistry 341-342 Chemistry 361 

Chemistry 332 Chemistry, 4 hours 

Philosophy 211 ***Electives, 21 hours 

Political Science, Sociology 

or Business Administration, 

6 hours 
Religion, 6 hours 

* * *Electives, 3 hours 

111. General Chemistry 

An introductory course emphasizing fundamental chemical prin- 
ciples. Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

112. General Chemistry 

A continuation of Chemistry 1 1 1 with emphasis on the descriptive 
chemistry of inorganic substances. Prerequisite: Chemistry 111. Three 
hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

113. Qualita tive A nalysis 

A course covering the principles and techniques of separation and 
systematic identification of the inorganic cations and anions. Open 
only to students presenting a year of general chemistry without 
qualitative analysis. Prerequisite: Chemistry 111, 112. Two hours 
lecture, three hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

114. General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis 

A continuation of Chemistry 111 with emphasis on the study of 
equilibrium and inorganic chemistry. Approximately two-thirds of 
the laboratory work is devoted to the principles and techniques of 
systematic separation and identification of the inorganic cations 



•Military Science may he taken in addition to the courses listed. 
**The premedical student should schedule Biology. 
•"Chosen on the advice of the major adviser. 



132 



Chemistry 

and anions. Prerequisite: Chemistry 111, Three hours lecture, four 
hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

124. Organic Chemistry 

A study of the chemistry of the aliphatic and aromatic compounds 
for students whose program demands only one semester of organic 
chemistry. Chemistry 221 may be substituted for Chemistry 124 but 
Chemistry 1 24 may not be substituted for Chemistry 22 1 . Credit will 
not be allowed for both Chemistry 221 and 124. Prerequisite: Chem- 
istry 111-114 or equivalent. 3 hours lecture; 3 hours laboratory per 
week. Credit, 4 hours 

131. Quantitative Analysis 

A course in principles and methods of quantitative analysis for stu- 
dents whose course of study requires one semester of analytical chem- 
istry. Chemistry 232 may be substituted for Chemistry 131, but 
Chemistry 131 may not be substituted for Chemistry 232. Pre- 
requisites: Chemistry 114 and Mathematics 106. Two hours lecture, 
four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

221, 222. Organic Chemistry 

A study of the chemistry of the aliphatic and aromatic organic com- 
pounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 114. Three hours lecture, four hours 
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours each semester 

246. Physical Chemistry for Pre-medical Students 

A course dealing with the physical behavior of gases, liquids, and 
solutions and including special discussion of the colligative properties 
of solutions, of the measurement of pH, and of the behavior of 
buffered solutions. Prerequisites: Chemistry 131 and Physics 111. 
Two hours lecture. Credit, 2 hours 

281, 282. Senior Research 

Library, conference, and laboratory work. Open only to major 
students with a superior record. Six hours a week. 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 

301,302. Principles of Chemistry 

A two-semester lecture and laboratory course stressing the theory 

of chemical bonding, of acid-base behavior, of oxidation-reduction 



133 



Chemistry 

behavior, and of equilibria and the principles of separation and 
analysis. The laboratory will include both qualitative and quantita- 
tive experiments chosen to supplement the lecture material. Designed 
for teachers holding Class A certificate; may not count as credit 
toward the M.A. in Chemistry. Prerequisite: One year of college 
chemistry. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

305. Introductory Organic Chemistry 

A treatment of organic chemistry designed to acquaint the student 
with the main functional groups of organic chemistry and the more 
important types of organic reactions. Designed for teachers holding 
Class A certificate; may not count as credit toward the M.A. in 
Chemistry. Prerequisite: Two years of college chemistry or Courses 
301, 302. Credit, 3 hours 

323. Organic Analysis 

A lecture and laboratory course in the systematic identification of 
organic compounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 222. Two hours lecture, 
four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

324. Organic Preparations 

A library, conference, and laboratory course in the preparation fo 
organic compounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 222. Six hours a week. 

Credit, 3 hours 

331. Instrumental Analysis 

A course in the application of physical methods to analytical chem- 
istry. Prerequisite: Chemistry 341. Two hours lecture, four hours 
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

332. Analytical Chemistry 

A lecture and laboratory course in the principles and Methods ot 
Analytical chemistry. Prerequisite: Chemistry 341. Three hours 
lecture, six hours laboratory. Credit, 5 hours 

341, 342. Physical Chemistry 

A course in the fundamentals of physical chemistry. Prerequisites: 
Chemistry 222, Physics 111-112, and satisfactory work in differential 
and integral calculus. Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours each semester 



134 



Classical Languages 



36 1 . Inorganic Chemistry 

A lecture and laboratory course devoted to the principles and theory 
of modern inorganic chemistry. Prerequisites: Chemistry 332 and 
Physics 1 1 1 .Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 



Courses for Graduate Students 

441. Atomic and Molecular Structure 

Atomic structure and the formation of chemical compounds. The 
relation of spectra, dipole moments, thermodynamics, and other 
physical concepts to molecular structure. Three hours lecture. 

Credit, 3 hours 

445. Thermodynamics 

A study of the application of the principles of thermodynamics to 

homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria. Three hours lecture. 

Credit, 3 hours 

421, 422. Advanced Organic Chemistry 

Principles of organic chemistry with particular emphasis on reaction 
mechanisms. Three hours lecture for two semesters. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

447. Chemical Bonding 

A study of modern theories of chemical bonding. Three hours lecture. 

Credit, 3 hours 

491,492. Thesis Research 

Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters 



Classical Languages and Literature 

Professor Earp 

Associate Professor G. V. Harris 

Instructor Roberts 

A major in this Department consists of a minimum of 
30 hours in either Greek or Latin. 



135 



Greek 

I 

Greek Language and Literature 

111, 112. Elementary Greek 

Greek grammar; selections from Greek prose writers and poets; 
collateral reading on Greek mythology, history, and antiquities. 
M T W Th F 2 

211. Xenophon 

Xenophon: Anabasis, fall term. Thorough drill in syntax. 
M W F 3 

212. Homer 

Homer: Iliad and Odyssey, spring term. Thorough drill in syntax. 
M W F 7 

222. Plato 

Plato: Meno or Apology, Crito, and selections from the Phaedo, spring 
term. 

M W F 3 

231. The Greek New Testament 

Selections from the Greek New Testament, fall term. 
M W F 7 

261. Greek Tragedy 

Euripides: Medea. This course will include a study of the origin and 
history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of selected tragedies 
in translation. 
T T 4 

262. Greek Comedy 

Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include a study of the origin 
and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading of selected 
comedies in translation. 
T Th 4 

271. Greek Civilization 

Lectures and collateral reading upon those phases of Greek civiliza- 
tion which have particular significance for the modern world. Given 

136 



Latin 



the first semester. This course is recommended especially to juniors 
and seniors. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 
T Th 7 

272. Greek Literature in Translation 

A study of selections from Greek literature in English translation. 
Given the second semester. This course is recommended especially 
to juniors and seniors. A knowledge of the Greek language is not 
required. 
T Th 7 

II 

Latin Language and Literature 

111, 112. Introductory Latin 

A course intended for students who have never studied Latin and for 
those who present only one unit of Latin for entrance. 
M W F 2 

151, 152. Grammar ■, Cicero, Vergil 

This course will include (a) grammar, (b) Cicero's Letters, Vergil's 
Aeneid. Prerequisite, two units of entrance Latin or Latin 111, 112. 
M W F 3 

211, 212. Livy, Horace, Pliny 

Livy: Selections, first semester. Horace: Odes and Epodes, Pliny's 
Letters, second semester. Prerequisite, four units of entrance Latin 
or Latin 111, 112 and 151, 152. 
M W F 7 

221, 222. Tacitus, Horace, Martial 

Tacitus: Germania and Agricala, first semester. Horace: Satires and 
Epistles; Martial: Epigrams, second semester. 
M W F 4 

241, 242. Roman Comedy and Satire 

Selected plays of Plautus and Terence, first semester. Petronius and 
Juvenal, second semester. (This course will be offered in 1963-1964 
and in alternate years thereafter.) 
M W F 4 

250. Latin Prose Composition 

Hours to be arranged. Credit, 3 hours 

137 



Education 

261, 262. Roman Philosophy 

Lucretius, Cicero. (This course will be offered in 1964-1965 and in 
alternate years thereafter.) 
T T S 2 

271. Roman Civilization 

This course consists of lectures and collateral reading upon the 
general subject of Rome's contributions to the modern world. It 
is recommended especially to juniors and seniors. A knowledge of 
the Latin language is not required. 
T Th 4 

272. Latin Literature in Translation 

A study of selections from Latin literature in English translation. 
This course is recommended especially to juniors and seniors. A 
knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 
T Th 4 



Education 

Professors Memory, Parker 
Associate Professor Preseren 
Assistant Professors Elmore, Prichard 
Instructor Wagoner 

Institutional Policy. Wake Forest College, since its 
establishment in 1834, has had as one of its major ob- 
jectives the preparation of school teachers and officials, 
and approximately one-fourth of its graduates have 
served in the classroom. The College recognizes the im- 
portance of the profession and knows that the welfare of 
mankind throughout the ages will be determined in large 
measure by the quality of educational leadership that is 
produced. It is, therefore, committed to the policy of en- 
couraging the fit to enter the profession and of denying 
the unfit the opportunity. In the matter of both the 
selection and training of the school group, the appropri- 
ate resources of the College are available. 

138 i 



Education 

Admission Requirements. Junior standing is a general 
prerequisite for all courses in Education. Psychology is 
recommended as a preliminary course, and a course in 
Public Speaking in highly desirable. Before a student- 
teaching assignment is granted, the applicant will 
be examined in order to determine whether he or she 
meets the requirements specified herein with respect 
to Directed Teaching. 

New Requirements for Teacher Certification in N. C. All 
students who have not been certified before September 
1, 1964, to teach in North Carolina must meet new 
requirements which will appear in the next issue of this 
catalog. Those who will be seniors in the fall of 1963 
will meet the old requirements, but those who will be 
juniors then will be provided mimeographed instructions 
by the Education department which will outline the 
new program and courses that will be needed. 

Major in the Department of Education. Students who 
major in Education must meet Class A certification 
requirements in at least one broad field of more than 
12 hours, as outlined below. Such certification requires, 
among other subjects, a course in Directed Teaching. 

Directed Teaching. This course, also known as Practice 
Teaching and Student Teaching, has as an academic 
prerequisite an over-all C average or that high in subject 
of certification. Furthermore, if there is any question 
about the applicant's fitness for such an opportunity, 
the approval of the major professors concerned must be 
obtained as well as that of the Education professors. 
Those accepted must possess qualities that are generally 
regarded as desirable for leaders of youth — social, 
emotional, physical, professional. The number of stu- 
dent-teaching opportunities is limited, and the College 
reserves the right, through its screening committee, to 

139 



Education 

reject any applicant for reasons sufficient to itself 
without being under the necessity of establishing those 
reasons any more than would a medical school or law 
school under similar circumstances. 

In arranging their schedules, seniors should leave 
vacant at least three consecutive periods daily for Di- 
rected Teaching. Chapel attendance is not required 
of those whose assignments conflict. Cars are needed 
to get to the high schools, but those who are unable to 
acquire them are usually able to obtain a ride with 
others. Students taking Directed Teaching are advised 
to take no more than 12 semester hours, as the work 
in this course, although enjoyable and stimulating, is 
nevertheless intensive and exacting. 

State Certificates. Any course offered here will be ac- 
credited by the North Carolina State Board of Educa- 
tion as satisfying, in part, the requirements for a State 
teacher's certificate. Only the courses listed in this de- 
partment will count as professional credit. 

The State Department of Public Instruction awards 
the High School Certificate, Class A, to graduates of the 
College who have had the specified courses in their 
respective teaching fields and the professional courses 
prescribed as outlined below. 

Certification requirements must be met in at least one 
teaching field; however, a two-subject certificate is far 
more desirable because most teachers in the State have 
to teach two subjects, and very little subject departure 
is permitted without salary penalty. 

Certificate requirements in other states conform in 
most instances to those in North Carolina. 

I Academic Requirements 

As specified by the State Department of Public In- 
struction : 

140 



Education 



Bible and Religion — 21 hours, including 6 in Old Testament, 6 in New 
Testament, and 9 in electives. 

Commerce — 36 hours*, including 12 in Economics and Retailing, 12 
in Accounting and Office Management, 12 in Office Skills (short- 
hand, transcription, and typing), and minimum office experience. 

English — 30 hours, including English 1 1 1-1 12; 3 hours in Shakespeare, 
3 in American Literature, 3 in advanced grammar and composi- 
tion (English 301, The Structure of English, at WFC). English 
Literature and Speech are recommended. 

French — 24 hours (including 6 in spoken language) based on two or 
more high school units; otherwise, 30 hours. Quantitative re- 
quirements for teaching German and Spanish same as for French. 

Latin — 24 hours based on two or more high school units; otherwise 
30 hours. 

Mathematics — 2 1 hours, as prescribed by the chairman of the Mathe- 
matics department. 

Music — 36 hours, including 1 8 hours of Applied Music for the Gen- 
eral Certificate and 21 hours of Applied Music for the Instru- 
mental Certificate. For further information, consult Music depart- 
ment section of this catalog. 

Health and Physical Education — 36 hours. For specific courses required, 
consult head of Physical Education department. 

Science — 30 hours f, including 6 in Biology, 6 in Chemistry, 6 in 
Physics, 3 in Geography (Bus. Adm. 210) or Geology (Biol. 314), 
and electives to complete the total of 30. 

Social Studies — 30 hours f , including 6 in European or World History, 
6 in American History; 12 from one or more of the following: 
Government, Geography, Economics, Sociology; 6 in electives 
from any of the above. 

11 Professional Requirements 

Candidates for the High School, Class A, certificate 
are required by the North Carolina State Department 

•Certification may be granted in individual areas as follows: Typewriting, 4 hours; 
Stenography, 11 hours (including 9 in Stenography and 2 in Typing); Bookkeeping, 15 
hours (including Accounting and Management); Basic Business 24 hours (including 

12 in Economics and 12 in Management and Accounting). 

tCertification will be allowed in any of the individual social studies or sciences on 
the basis of 12 hours in a particular subject. This course should be followed only as a 
last resort, as teachers who are certified in broader areas are better equipped and have 
less difficulty in securing positions. The 12-hour plan is restricted to subjects in science 
and social studies fields. 

141 



Education 

of Public Instruction to have at least 1 8 hours in Educa- 
tion distributed as follows: 6 hours in pupil-centered 
courses, 6 related to the school as an institution, and 6 in 
directed teaching and practicum. To meet this requirement 
a student must take Education courses numbered 211, 
321 (or 341), 201, 251, a methods course in one of the 
subjects for which certification is desired, and also one 
of these: 301, 311, 331, 401. 

201. Secondary Education 

An examination of the fundamental principles involved in the or- 
ganization and administration of the high school curriculum in the 
light of individual and social needs; adolescence, methods, lesson 
planning, and pupil accounting. 

MWFl,3;TThS 4; spring term, M W F 6; T Th S 1 

Credit, 3 hours 

211. Educational Psychology 

A course designed to foster an understanding of continuity in de- 
velopment from the intellectual, physical, social, and emotional 
viewpoints; the nature and process of learning, motivating forces, 
and mastery of fundamental theoretical concepts. 

M W F 3, 4; Spring term M W F 3, 4 Credit, 3 hours 

251. Directed Teaching 

This course contains the specific activities identified with systematic 
and formal observations, supervised student teaching, and with 
varied activities related to the job of actual teaching, as specified by 
regulations of State Department of Public Instruction. Seniors only. 
G average, or higher, required in subject of certification. For other 
prerequisites see page 139. 

Five hours to be arranged, each term Credit, 3 hours 

291,292. Methods and Materials 

With a functional approach, each of the following 
methods courses is designed to familiarize the prospec- 
tive teacher with those methods and materials which are 
actually used in the respective subjects in public high 
schools. Since all methods courses are not offered each 

142 



Education 

semester, students who are eligible should schedule 
them early in their junior or senior years. All methods 
courses are numbered 291 (Fall), 292 (Spring). 

Education — Teaching of Business Education Subjects 

Education — Teaching of Choral Music 

Education — Teaching of Instrumental Music 

Education — Teaching of Mathematics 

Education — Teaching of Science 

Education — Teaching of Religion 

Education — Teaching of Health and Physical Education 

Education — Teaching of Spanish 

Education — Teaching of French 

Education — Teaching of Social Studies 

Education — Teaching of English 

Education — Teaching of German 

Education — Teaching of Speech 

30 1 . Audio- Visual Education 

A survey of the theory, history, and techniques of using audio-visual 
aids, and their application to the current educational program. 

M W 7, T Th 2; third hour to be arranged; spring M W 7, T Th 2, 
third hour to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 

311. History of Education 

A study of educational opinion and practices from the primitives 
down to the present era; emphasis on the school as a contributor to 
democratic living and community building. 

TThS 2; spring term, TThS2,4 Credit, 3 hours 

321. Measurement and Guidance 

Introductory course. A study of individual differences through 
statistical techniques as applied to mental and educational measure- 
ment; the interpretation and use of standard tests, the construction 
of informal objective tests, counseling, and audio-visual aids. 

MWF2, 4; spring term, MWF2,4 Credit, 3 hours 

143 



English 

331. School Organization and Control 

A course offered upon the assumption that students entering the 
field of teaching should have sufficient information concerning the 
state, county, and city administration of education to stimulate a 
growing professional interest. Credit, 3 hours 

341. Educational Guidance 

A consideration of modern techniques and procedures available for 
the job of counseling and guidance both in school and in later life; 
social adjustment, work opportunities, aptitude and educational 
testing, and appraisal of personal qualities. 

Offered only in summer Credit, 3 hours 

351. Sociology of Education 

Objective comparative study of Education as a social process in 
various cultures and historical periods, with main emphasis on 
present education in the United States, Great Britain, and the Soviet 
Union. 

Fall term Credit, 3 hours 

Course for Graduate Students 

401. Educational Philosophy 

The place of the school in the American social order, an interpreta- 
tion of educational values, and a consideration of school curricula 
in the light recognized objectives of education. Credit, 3 hours 



English 

Professors Snuggs, Folk, Wilson 

Associate Professors Aycock, Broderigk, Brown 

Assistant Professors Carter, Drake, W. O. 

Harris, Kenion Phillips* 
Instructors Judson B. Allen, Carroll, Eaton, 

E. Herring, L. H. Lee, Lovett, Raynor, 

Shorter, Sinclair, Wheeler 

Courses 111, 112, and 151, 152, for freshmen and 
sophomores, are prescribed for all degrees, and are pre- 

* Absent on leave. 

144 



English 

requisites for admission to all advanced courses in Eng- 
glish. 

The major in English requires a minimum of 30 
credit hours, of which at least 18 must be taken in the 
junior and senior years in courses numbered above 200. 
The minimum requirement for all English majors is 
five advanced courses in literature. Of these, three must 
be in English literature (including one in literature 
before 1700 and one in literature after 1700) and one 
in American literature. The advanced courses must 
also include one course in each of the major genres: 
poetry, fiction, and drama; and one single-author course 
and one period course. 

(A single course may satisfy two or three of the cate- 
gories above. For example, a course in Shakespeare 
would satisfy the requirements for a course in English 
literature before 1700, a course in drama, and a single- 
author course.) 

Highly qualified English majors are considered by 
the Department for admission to the honors program 
in English. They must meet certain preliminary re- 
quirements; earn a QPR of not less than 2.0 on all col- 
lege work and 2.3 on all work in English; complete at 
least 20 hours in advanced courses in English includ- 
ing English 214 (to be taken in the spring semester 
of the junior year), two courses in English literature 
before 1800, two courses in English and /or American 
literature since 1800, and English 281 (to be taken 
in the fall semester of the senior year) ; complete satis- 
factorily a senior research paper; and pass a compre- 
hensive written examination based on a general reading 
list and on a specialized reading list in a special area 
chosen by the student. They are then graduated with 
the designation of "distinction in English." For addi- 
tional information consult members of the English staff. 

10 

145 



English 

II. Composition Review* 

Essentials of standard usage and the basic principles of unity and 
coherence in sentence and paragraph; frequent themes. Required 
of those who have been assigned "composition conditions" (See foot- 
note on this page). The course carries no credit; the class meets 
three hours per week. 

Fall and spring semesters M W F 1 

III. English Composition 

A basic course in writing, which provides training in clear thinking 
and effective expression; frequent themes, corrective exercises, read- 
ing in modern prose, individual conferences; no credit given until 
the student has demonstrated ability to write satisfactorily. Students 
deficient in English may be required to meet five hours each week. 
Fall semester, M W F 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; TThS 1, 2, 4, 5; spring 
semester, M W F 7; T Th S 1, 2, 4, 5 

112. Composition and Literature 

Study and practice in the several types of writing, with special atten- 
tion to the preparation of an investigative paper; readings in modern 
literature, with themes related to the reading; originality and indi- 
viduality of style emphasized. Prerequisite, English 111. 

Spring semester, M W F 1,2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; TThS 1, 2, 4, 5; fall 
semester, M W F 6; T Th S 2 

151. Major American Writers^ 

A study of major American writers, including Poe, Emerson, Haw- 
thorne, Thoreau, Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, and Mark Twain. 
Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. Prerequisite, 
English 111-112. 

Fall semester, M W F 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; TThS 1, 2, 4, 5; spring 

semester T Th S 1 



•Proficiency in the use of the English language, in oral reports and in writing, is 
recognized by the Faculty as a requirement in all departments, A composition con- 
dition, indicated by cc under the grade for any course, may be assigned in any depart- 
ment to a student above the freshman year whose writing is unsatisfactory, regardless 
of previous credits in composition. Removal of the composition condition, either 
through special work as directed by the English department or by repeating English 111 
(without credit hours), is prerequisite to graduation. The removal of the composition 
condition should begin the next semester after it is assigned. 

fThis course is required of all sophomores in Wake Forest College, on the theory that 
every college student should have an introduction to the literature of his own country. 
It is not required of students who transfer from other standard institutions with credit 
for the regular one-year course in sophomore literature, regardless of the content. 

146 



English 

152. Major British Writers 

A study of major works of several British poets and prose writers, 
including Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Milton, and Swift. 
Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. Prerequisite, 
English 111-112. 

Spring semester, M W F 1,2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; T Th S 1, 2, 4, 5; fall 

semester, M W F 3 

212. Literary Criticism 

Study of the basic principles of the great critics with practical 
application to specific literary works. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 
151-152. 

Not offered 1963-64 

214. History of English Literature 

A co-ordinating course in literary history, beginning with the Anglo- 
Saxon era and continuing through the Victorian era; individual read- 
ing programs in the literature of the several literary periods, variable 
according to previous studies and future plans; chiefly for English 
majors in the senior year. Prerequisite, 18 hours of college English. 
M W F7 

246. Modern Drama 

Extensive reading in the works of representative European, British 
and American dramatists from Ibsen to the present, in approximately 
chronological order, with attention to purposes, themes, and the 
evolution of modern techniques. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 151- 
152. 

MWF6 

248. The Modern Novel 

Readings in recent fiction by continental, English, and American 
authors. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 151-152. 
TTh6 

253. American Fiction 

Studies in the novel and the short story, with reading of representative 
works of Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, James, and others. 
Prerequisite, English 111-112, 151-152. 
M W F 2 

147 



English 

256. American Prose 

Studies in the thought of the nineteenth century, with the subject 
matter from Emerson and his contemporaries. Prerequisite, Eng- 
lish 111-1 12, 151-152. 
MWF1 

261. Essay Writing 

Primarily for those who are interested in writing for publication, 
with concentration on the various types of essays; wide reading 
in both modern and older essays; admission to the class only after 
conference with the instructor. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 151- 
152. 

Tu 8-9 Credit, 2 hours 

262. Short Story Writing 

A study of the fundamental principles of short fiction writing, with 
much collateral reading in the short story, and constant practice 
in writing; admission by consent of the instructor. Prerequisite, 
English 111-112, 151-152. 

Tu 8-9 Credit, 2 hours 

263. Expository Writing 

An advanced course in the theory and practice of exposition and 
expository argumentation. Emphasis on logical thinking and on 
clarity and cogency in organizational structure and style. This course 
is not credited toward an English major. Prerequisite, English Hi- 
ll 2, 151-152 with C average. 
T Th S 1 

281. Directed Reading 

A conference course for honors students in the senior year. Under 
the guidance of an appropriate faculty member, the student will be 
expected to master a reading list in a specialized area of the field of 
English and to prepare a senior paper in the area of specialization. 
Fall; hours arranged Credit, 2 hours 

291. Education — The Teaching of English 
A course which is credited as Education in the professional require- 
ment for a high school teacher's certificate. A thorough review of 
English grammar with emphasis on the functional approach; di- 
rections for and activity in teaching composition and literature for 

148 



English 

high school students; use of audio-visual aids. Prerequisites, senior 
standing, English major, and a superior record. 
M WF 1 

301. The Structure of English 

An introduction to the principles and techniques of descriptive 
linguistics applied to contemporary American English. The chief 
concern is with syntax, morphology, and phonology. Some attention 
to (1) usage, (2) the relation of the phonemic system to orthography, 
and (3) regional variations in grammar, pronunciation, and vo- 
cabulary. Students are required to write two or three short papers. 
The course satisfies a state requirement for public-school certifica- 
tion in English. It is also open to students who do not plan to teach. 
Prerequisite, English 111-112, 151-152. 
TThS5 

304. History of the English Language 

A survey of the development of English syntax, morphology, pho- 
nology, and vocabulary from Old English through Middle and 
Early Modern English to the present day, with some attention to 
the relation of English to the Indo-European language family. Pre- 
requisite, English 111-112, 151-152. 
TThS5 

315. Chaucer 

An introduction to Chaucer as a literary artist and master story- 
teller, with emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde 
studied in relation to sources, and to literary and social background. 
Prerequisite, English 111-112, 151-152. 
M W F6 

S316. English Drama 

Reading of representative masterpieces of English dramatic litera- 
ture from the medieval beginnings through the eighteenth century, 
exclusive of Shakespeare; lectures on the history of the drama and 
the stage. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 151-152. 

320. Spenser 

Life and works of Edmund Spenser in relationship to the background 
of the Renaissance and to the Elizabethan era; concentration on 
The Faerie Queene. Prerequisite 111-112, 151-152. 
MWF8 

149 



English 

323. Shakespeare 

An introduction to Shakespeare as a dramatist and poet in relation- 
ship to his predecessors and contemporaries; a study of representative 
plays in the approximate chronological order, with the reading of 
additional plays; attention to problems of biography, dramatic 
companies, theatres, sources and criticism. Prerequisite, English 111- 
112, 151-152. 
M WF4 

327. Milton 

A study of the poetical works of John Milton, with the concentration 
on Paradise Lost, and with the reading of selected prose; special at- 
tention to the life and person ahty of the author and to the literary 
and historical backgrounds of the era. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 
151-152. 

TThS2 

328. The Age of Dry den 

A study of English prose, verse, and drama from 1660 to 1700. Em- 
phasis on the works of John Dryden as the dominant figure of the 
period, on literary theory, and on the comedy of manners. Pre- 
requisite, English 111-112, 151-152. 
M W F5 

331. The English Novel to 1832 

The history of the English novel from the Elizabethan era to 1832, 
chiefly through the reading and analysis of representative works 
which illustrate the evolution and progress of the form; emphasis on 
Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Austen, and Scott. Prerequisite, 
English 111-112, 151-152. 
M W F3 

332. Eighteenth Century English Literature 

A study of representative works of the major writers from Defoe 
to Blake; special attention to the periodical essayists and to Pope, 
Swift, Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, Cowper, Burns, the current 
philosophies and literary theories. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 
151-152. 

M WF2 

337. Romantic Poets 

A rapid survey of the beginnings of romanticism in English litera- 
ture, followed by a study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, 

150 



English 

and Shelley; collateral reading in the prose of the period. Prerequisite, 
English 111-112, 151-152. 
M WF7 

340. Victorian Novelists 

A study of Dickens, Thackeray, the Brontes, Eliot, Meredith, and 
Hardy, with some attention to their contemporaries; special attention 
to the social and literary background. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 
151-152. 

MWF3 

341. Victorian Poets 

A study of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold and other representative 
poets as literary artists and as exponents of the literary, social and 
philosophical concepts of the era, 1830 to 1890. Prerequisite, English 
111-112, 151-152. 
TThS4 

344. Victorian Prose 

A study in the prose, exclusive of fiction, of the major Victorian 
writers: Carlyle, Macaulay, Newman, Mill, Ruskin, Arnold, and 
others, as related to the life and thought of the period from about 
1825 to 1890. Prerequisite, English 1 11-112, 151-152. 
M WF5 

345. Twentieth Century Poetry 

A study of selected American and British poets of the twentieth 
century, with attention to the transition from post-Victorianism, the 
renaissance following 1912, experimentation, and present trends. A 
study of poetry as the product of the new era, and of poets as its 
interpreters. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 151-152. 
M WF2 

358. Whitman and His Contemporaries 

Studies in major American poets of the nineteenth century, with 
concentration on Walt Whitman, Prerequisite, English 111-112, 
151-152. 

TThS4 

S359. Literature of the South 

Studies in the poetry and prose of the Southern United States, chiefly 
of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Prerequisite, English 
111-112, 151-152. 

151 



English 



Courses for Graduate Students 



410. Literary Criticism 

A survey of the main theories of literature and their application, 
especially of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with attention to 
their ancient antecedents: Aristode, Longinus, and Horace. Intensive 
study of the important critical works; more rapid reading of others. 
An investigative paper will be required of each member of the class. 
Spring Credit, 3 hours 

419. English Drama, 1580-1642 

Reading of representative plays of the period. Intensive study of one 
playwright's works. Introduction to bibliography and methods of 
research in the field. A research paper required of each one in the 
course. 

Fall Credit, 3 hours 

425. Seventeenth Century English Literature 

Non-dramatic literature of the Seventeenth Century, exclusive of 
Milton. Lectures, discussions, and presentation of studies by mem- 
bers of the class. 

Fall Credit, 3 hours 

455. Studies in American Fiction 

A. study of the principal fiction (and its background) of two major 
American writers of the nineteenth century. Lectures, seminar re- 
ports, and a research paper. (Authors for study chosen from the fol- 
lowing: Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Twain, Henry James.) 

Fall Credit, 3 hours 

458. Studies in American Transcendentalism 

Afstudy of Transcendentalism as an intellectual and literary move- 
ment, concentrating on the work of Emerson and Thoreau. Lectures, 
seminar reports, and a research paper. 

Spring Credit, 3 hours 

491, 492. Thesis Research 

Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters 

152 



Journalism 

Journalism 

For a career in the newspaper profession, breadth 
of academic background is essential. The following 
courses, which provide the fundamentals of professional 
training, are concerned with the basic principles of 
journalistic writing and editing, and with a conception 
of the newspaper as a whole. 



271. Journalistic Writing 

Survey of the fundamental principles of news- writing; study of news 
and news values, and of outstanding newspapers. Open to juniors 
and seniors, and to sophomores who obtain the permission of the 
instructor. Prerequisite, English 111-112. 
M WF4 



272. Copy-editing 

A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline-writing, typography, 
and make-up. Prerequisite, English 111-112 and 271. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 2 hours 



21 A. Special Feature Articles 

Practice in writing articles for newspspers and magazines, with 
emphasis on selecting subject, gathering material, and on the prep- 
aration and sale of manuscripts. Prerequisite, English 111-112, and 
preferably 271. 
T Th4 



277. The Editorial 

Analysis of editorial policies of typical newspapers, discussions of 
current events and topics for editorial expression, and practice 
in writing various types of editorials; a study of the fundamentals of 
public opinion, and what the editorial writer can do to influence 
thinking. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 271-272. 
TTh4 



153 



German 



278. History of American Journalism 

A study of the development of the American newspaper, with detailed 
investigations of representative papers and editors, and with special 
reference to the problems of present-day journalism. Prerequisite, 
English 111-112, 271-272. 



Art History and Appreciation 

The following courses, conducted by a member of 
the English staff, are not a part of the regular English 
curriculum, but may be included in the program of the 
English major as related courses. 

265. Ancient and Medieval Art 

A survey of the arts as they developed in Egyptian, Mesopotamian, 
Minoan, Greek, and Roman civilizations and Medieval Europe. 
Prerequisite, junior or senior standing. 
TTh7 

266. Renaissance and Modern Art 

A survey of the arts as they developed in Europe and the United 
States; emphasis on architecture, sculpture and painting. Prerequi- 
site, junior or senior standing. 
TTh? 

268. American Art 

A history of art in the United States; emphasis on architecture, 
sculpture, painting, and the minor arts. Prerequisite, junior or senior 
standing. 

M W F 1 

German 

Professor O'Flaherty 
Visiting Professor Raven 
Associate Professor Fraser 
Instructors Melvin, Snyder 

A major in this department requires 30 hours, in- 
cluding German 230, 261, 262, 281, 284. 

154 



German 

A language laboratory of twenty-five booths has been 
in operation since September 1960. Students enrolled 
in German courses numbered 111, 112, 151, 152, 154 
are required to spend one hour a week in the language 
laboratory as a part of their class preparation. 

German majors who have a minimum quality point 
ratio of 2.0 in all college work and 2.3 in all departmental 
work may be admitted to the honors program in Ger- 
man. There are four requirements for completion of 
the honors major in German after admission: (1) main- 
tenance of a minimum quality point ratio of 2.3 in all 
work toward the major; (2) participation in at least one 
senior seminar at this institution; (3) the completion of 
a special research project under the direction of a mem- 
ber of the department; (4) the passing of a comprehensive 
written and oral examination, the oral part of which 
will be conducted in German by members of the de- 
partment. For further details, students should consult 
a member of the department. Successful honors candi- 
dates are graduated with the designation "distinction 
in German." 

Ill, 112. Elementary German 

An introduction to German grammar. Much oral and aural practice. 
Reading of simple texts. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

151, 152. Intermediate German 

Continuation of the study of German grammar. Class reading of 

some 200 pages or more of German prose. Oral and aural practice. 

Sight translation. Prerequisite, German 111, 112 or its equivalent. 

M W F 2, 3, 5, 6; T Th S 2, 4 Credit, 3 hours each semester 

154. Intermediate Scientific German 

A one-semester course in scientific German on the intermediate level. 
Continuation of grammar review. Class reading of approximately 
100 pages of simple scientific prose from the fields of Chemistry, 
Physics and Biology. Prerequisite, German 111, 112, 151 or equiva- 
lent. Credit, 3 hours 

155 



German 

211, 212. Introduction to German Literature 

The object of this course is to acquaint the student with German cul- 
ture as reflected in the recognized masterpieces of German literature. 
Prerequisite, German 151, 152. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

S214. Introduction to German Literature 

The object of this course is to acquaint the student with German 
culture as reflected in the recognized masterpieces of German litera- 
ture. It covers material not covered in either German 211 or 212 in or- 
der that it may be substituted for either course as a requirement for 
graduation. Prerequisite: German 152 or its equivalent. 

217, 218. German Conversation and Composition 

A course in spoken and written German. This course is required of 
those who plan to teach German in high school. Prerequisite, 
German 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

221. Schiller 

Readings in Schiller's dramas, ballads, and critical essays will be 
emphasized. Prerequisite, German 211 or 212 and permission of 
instructor. (Not offered in 1962-63.) 

M W F 2 Credit, 3 hours 

224. Lessing 

Readings in Lessing's dramas and critical essays are stressed in this 
course. His life is studied with particular emphasis on his relation to 
contemporary men of letters. Prerequisite, German 211 or 212 and 
permission of instructor. 

T ThS4 Credit, 3 hours 

230. Goethe 

Faust Part 1 will be studied in class. Parallel readings in other works 
by Goethe will be assigned. Prerequisite, German 211, 212. 

T Th S 4 Credit, 3 hours 

261, 262. Survey of German Literature 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the major works 
and trends of German literature in the Old High German, Middle, 
and New High German Periods. Readings from the older periods 
of the literature may be done in modern German or English trans- 
lation. Prerequisite, German 211, 212 or equivalent. This course is 
required of majors. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

156 



German 

265. Nineteenth Century Drama 

Class readings from Kleist, Grillparzer, Hebbel, Wagner, Haupt- 
mann, and Schnitzler. Parallel readings in other dramatists of the 
nineteenth century. Prerequisite, German 211, 212. 

M W F 5 Credit, 3 hours 

268. The German Novelle From Goethe to Thomas Mann 

Class readings in Goethe, Kleist, Tieck, Keller, Storm, C. F. Meyer, 
Thomas Mann and others. Prerequisite, German 211, 212. (Not 
offered in 1962-63) 

MWF6 Credit, 3 hours 

271, 272. Middle High German 

Introduction to the Language. Selections from the great works of 
the MHG Period of German literature will be read. Emphasis will be 
placed on reading for literary content rather than linguistic analysis. 
Prerequisite, junior standing and permission of the instructor. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

281. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose 

Advanced students investigate, under the guidance of the instructor, 
the leading authors of German Naturalism, Impressionism, and Ex- 
pressionism. Reports and discussions are for the most part in German. 
Prerequisite, German 211, 212 or equivalent and permission of in- 
structor. Credit, 3 hours 

284. Seminar: The German Sturm und Drang, 7760-7785 

Students engage in advanced research on Hamann, Herder, the 
young Goethe and Schiller, Schubart, Lenz, Klinger, and other 
selected writers of the period. Reports and discussions are for the 
most part in German. Prerequisite, German 211, 212 or equivalent 
and permission of instructor. 

Credit, 3 hours 

292. Education — The Teaching of German 

A survey of methodology of general principles in the teaching of 
German in secondary schools. Particular attention is paid to the 
teaching of grammar,reading methods, pronounciation and oral 
work and conversational language. Realia materials examined and 
evaluated. Some attention is given to the possibilities now being 
developed in languages for the elementary school. 

Credit, 3 hours 

157 



History 

History 

Professors Stroupe, Gokhale, Perry 

Visiting Professor Livingston 

Associate Professors Clonts, *Gregory, Smiley, 

Lowell R. Tillett, Yearns 
Assistant Professors Barnett, Garrett, J. Edwin 

Hendricks, Mullen, Zuber 
Instructors Hillman, Hitchins 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to students 
who complete the requirements for the bachelor's de- 
gree as stated elsewhere in this catalog and take their 
major in History. The History major is 30 semester hours 
and must include History 111, 112 and History 151, 152 
or their equivalents. History 111, 112 are prerequisites 
for all other courses offered by the Department. History 
151, 152 are prerequisites for all other courses in United 
States history. The remaining 18 hours of the History 
major and 18 hours of required work in related fields 
are selected by the student and a History adviser. 

Highly qualified History majors are considered 
by the department for admission to the honors pro- 
gram in History. They must meet certain preliminary 
requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 2.0 on all 
college work and 2.3 on all work in History, complete 
satisfactorily History 287, 288, and pass a comprehen- 
sive written examination. They are then graduated with 
the designation of "distinction in History." For ad- 
ditional information consult members of the History 
staff. 

Students contemplating graduate study should plan 
to take required and general survey courses early in 
their college careers, should include the course in His- 
toriography, and should acquire a reading knowledge 
of one modern foreign language (preferably French, 

* Absent on leave, 1962-63. 

158 



History 

German or Russian) for the M.A. degree and two for 
the Ph.D. degree. For information regarding the Master 
of Arts degree in History at Wake Forest College consult 
the Bulletin of the Division of Graduate Studies. 

Ill, 112. Modern Europe 

The political, economic, and social history of Europe in its world 
setting from the Renaissance to the present. Stresses major institu- 
tions, movements, and personalities shaping our western civilization. 
Assigned work includes text, parallel reading, and work in historical 
geography. Students majoring in history or political science should 
take this course their freshman year. History 111 prerequisite for 
History 112. 

History 111, fall semester, M W F 1,2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; TThS 1, 2, 
4, 5; spring semester, M W F 6; T Th S 1, 5 

History 112, fall semester, M W F 6; T Th S 1, 5; spring semester, 
MWF 1,2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; TThSl, 2, 4, 5 

151, 152. The United States 

A general survey of United States history from the period of dis- 
covery and colonization to the present. The course is conducted 
through daily lectures, textbooks, collateral readings, and map 
studies. Social, economic, and intellectual developments are included, 
but political history is emphasized. History 151 covers the period 
from discovery to 1865; History 152 the period from 1865 to the 
present. Students majoring in history or political science should take 
this course in the sophomore year. History 151 prerequisite for 
History 152. 

MWF 1,3, 4; TThS 2 

215, 216. The Ancient World 

Oriental and Greek history, fall semester; Roman history, spring 
semester. Textbook and written reports. Cultural aspects emphasized. 
TTh6,7,8 

219, 220. The Renaissance and Reformation 

This is a study of the transition of Europe from medieval to modern 
times. The emphasis is on artistic, literary, and religious achieve- 
ments, with some attention given to political and economic develop- 
ments. 

TTh5 

159 



History 

239. Africa 

A survey of African history from the beginning of civilization to the 
present, with emphasis on the periods of European colonialism and 
emergent nationalism. 
TThS4 

257, 258. The South 

A study of geography, population elements, basic institutions, and 
selected events, conducted largely by individual reports and involving 
extensive use of the library. 
M W F2 

26 4. Economic History of the United States 

A general survey of the economic development of the United States 
from colonial beginnings to the present, conducted through daily 
discussions, textbook assignments, and collateral readings. This 
course may count as History or Business Administration, but not 
both. At the time of registration the student must determine in which 
field credit is desired. 
M W F6 

265. American Diplomatic History 

An introduction to the history of American diplomacy since 1776, 
emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental policies. 
M WF3 

271. Latin America 

A study of the development of Latin America from its colonial 
origins to the present. Textbook and collateral readings. 
M W F 1 

287, 288. Honors Course in History 

A two-semester sequence emphasizing the problems of historical 
synthesis and interpretation. Consideration is given to current de- 
velopments in interpretation as well as to traditionally controversial 
issues. The work will include reading and discussion on selected 
topics and the preparation of a major research or interpretative paper 
each semester. Designed for seniors who are candidates for distinc- 
tion in history. 
Th8-9 

160 



History 

291. Education — Teaching of Social Studies 

An examination of the theories and procedures involved in the teach- 
ing of history, geography, civics, economics, and sociology in second- 
ary schools. The principal emphasis is on history. Open to students 
who expect certification in one or more of the social studies. Credited 
as Education. 

TThSl 

317,318. Medieval Europe 

A course in which selected political, economic, social, and cultural 
aspects of the Middle Ages are studied. Collateral readings and oral 
reports on special topics are added to textbook assignments. History 
317 prerequisite for History 318. 

TTH4 



321, 322. Southeastern Europe since the Thirteenth Century 

The political, economic, and cultural development of the peoples of 
Rumania, Yugoslavia, Bulgaria, Greece, and Albania from the Mid- 
dle Ages to the present. Among the topics discussed are the legacy 
of Byzantium, the Ottoman Empire and its institutions in Europe, 
the influence of the major European powers, the growth of national 
sentiment and the foundation of national states, and the establish- 
ment of Communist regimes. 

MWF1 



323, 324. England 

A political and social survey, with some attention to important con- 
tinental movements. The period prior to 1603 is covered in the fall 
semester, the period since 1603 in the spring semester. Recommended 
to students taking majors in English or law as well as to those in 
history. 

M WF2, 4 

327, 328. The British Empire 

Fall semester: the rise of the second British Empire, 1783-1867, with 
emphasis on Canada, Australia, New Zealand, India, Cape Colony, 
and the West Indies. Spring semester: the development of the Com- 
monwealth and the evolution of the dependent Empire since 1867. 

M WF4 

161 
11 



History 

331, 332. Russia 

Primarily political, with some attention to cultural and social de- 
velopments. Fall semester, the Russian Empire; spring semester, 
the Soviet Union. Textbook and outside readings. 
MWF6 

333. The French Revolution and Napoleon 

A brief analysis of the Enlightenment and of the social, economic, 
and political structure of the Old Regime; the development of the 
revolution from 1789 to the advent of Napoleon; the impact of the 
revolution and of Napoleon upon Europe. 
M WF7 

334. Europe in the Nineteenth Century 

The political, social, economic, and cultural developments of 
nineteenth-century Europe. Topics emphasized include the conflict 
between liberalism and conservatism; the industrial revolution and 
the rise of socialism; the growth of nationalism, realism, and material- 
ism; and the background of World War I. 
M WF7 

335. European Diplomacy, 1848-1914 

A problem approach to the diplomatic history of the major powers, 
with emphasis upon four broad topics: effects of the unification of 
Germany and Italy upon the European balance, successes and fail- 
ures of the Bismarckian system, the division of Europe into two 
rival camps, and the decision for war. 
M W F5 

338. Recent European History 

A review of World War I followed by intensive study of the problems 
of peace, rise of new governments, collapse of collective security, 
World War II, and the postwar era. Library readings and textbooks. 
M W F5 

341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia 

Developments in the history and culture of Burma, Thailand, Ma- 
laya, Indonesia, and Indo-China from the earliest times to the pres- 
ent. The course devotes special attention to religion, social organiza- 
tion, economy, Indian and Chinese influences, literature, art, and 
architecture in the region. {Not offered in 1963-64) 

162 



History 

347, 348. Modern India 

An intensive examination of the historical development of India 
since 1600. Topics discussed include the Mughal Empire and its 
contributions, the growth of Western enterprise and British rule, and 
the Western impact on the emergence of modern India. 
MWF8 

351, 352. Social and Intellectual History of the United States 

A study of the significant ideas and cultural achievements of the 
American people and of their relationship to the social environment. 
History 351 covers the period from the first settlements to 1865. 
History 352 covers the period since 1865 and may be taken inde- 
pendently of History 351. 
TThS2 

353. Colonial America 

The background and development of colonial America to 1763. 
Emphasis on political, social, economic, and cultural characteristics 
as they became uniquely American. 
TThS5 

354. Revolutionary and Early National America, 1763-1820 
The American Revolution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, 
the Constitution, and the new nation as it gained complete inde- 
pendence. 

TThS 5 

S355. Hie Westward Movement 

The role of the frontier in American history, 1763-1890. 

S360. Recent American History 

The peace settlement of World War I, the "Roaring-Twenties," 
the Great Depression, era of the New Deal, foreign affairs and in- 
volvement in World War II, post-war trends and developments. 

362. American Constitutional History 

A study of the origins of our constitutional system, the controversies 
involving the nature of the union, constitutional readjustments to 
meet the new American industrialism, and the modern Constitution. 
Textbook and collateral reading. 
TThS 4 

163 



History 

368. North Carolina 

Selected phases of the development of North Carolina from colonial 
beginnings to the present are studied by means of lectures, maps, 
and readings. 
MWF1 

391, 392. Historiography 

A study of the development of history as a branch of knowledge 
through a survey of the principal historians and their writings from 
ancient times to the present. Sample readings, class discussions, writ- 
ten and oral reports. Fall semester: European historiography; Spring 
semester: American historiography. 
TTh7 



Courses for Graduate Students 

411, 412. Seminar in Modern European History 

W 7:00-9:00 P.M. Credit, 2 hours each semester 

442. Seminar on Southeast Asia 

Th 3:30-5:30 P.M. Spring Credit, 2 hours 

447. Seminar on Modern India 

Th 3:30-5:30 P.M. Fall Credit, 2 hours 

451, 452. Seminar in United States History 

S 9:00-11:00 A.M. Credit, 2 hours each semester 

457. The Old South 

Selected aspects of the history of the South from the Missouri Com- 
promise to the Civil War. Sectionalism and a comparison of the 
Southern way of life with that of the North are emphasized. Lectures 
and reading. 

T Th 8:30-10:00 A.M. Fall Credit, 3 hours 

458. The Civil War and Reconstruction 

A study of the political and military events of the War for Southern 
Independence, and of the economic, social, and political re-adjust- 
ments which followed. Lectures and reading. 

T Th 8:30-10:00 A.M. Spring Credit, 3 hours 

164 



Mathematics 



491, 492. Thesis Research 

Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters 



Mathematics 

Professors Gentry, Sawyer 

Associate Professors Gay, Johnson, Ben M. 

Seelbinder 
Assistant Professors Gaylord May, Graham 

May, Waddill 
Instructors Philip M. Hendricks, Jr., Linder 

This Department offers basic courses in each of the 
main divisions of Mathematics : algebra, analysis, geome- 
try, applied mathematics. 

A major in this Department (33 hours) must include 
courses 111, 112, 113, 121, 232, 311, 312, 321. 

Any student preparing to teach Mathematics in the 
secondary school should include in his program courses 
111, 112, 113, 121, 231, 232, 321. 

Highly qualified Mathematics majors are considered 
by the Department for admission to the honors program 
in Mathematics. They must meet certain preliminary 
requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 2.0 on all 
college work and 2.3 on all work in Mathematics, 
complete satisfactorily a senior research paper and pass 
a comprehensive oral and written examination. They 
are then graduated with the designation of "distinction 
in Mathematics." For additional information consult 
members of the Mathematics staff. 

1. Intermediate Algebra 

A basic course in algebra starting with the fundamental operations 
and going through linear equations, systems of linear equations, 

165 



Mathematics 



exponents and radicals and quadratic equations. This course is 
offered without credit to students whose preparation is inadequate. 
M WF 1 

102. Principles of Mathematics 

An introduction including a definition and examples of deductive 
reasoning, inductive reasoning, abstract logic, abstract mathematical 
science, pure and applied mathematics. A study of set theory as an 
application. A study of the real number system using an axiomatic 
approach. Many examples taken from arithmetic, algebra, trigo- 
nometry and analytic geometry. Any student receiving credit for 
Mathematics 102 will not receive credit for Mathematics 105. 
M WF4, TThS 1 

105, 106. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis 

An introduction to series, limits, derivatives and antiderivatives. A 
thorough study of (a) polynomial equations of first, second and higher 
degrees in one or more variables, (b) algebraic, exponential, logarith- 
mic, trigonometric and inverse functions, (c) identities, (d) conic 
sections, (e) polar, cylindrical, spherical coordinates and transfor- 
mation of coordinates and (f) parameters. Any student receiving 
credit for Mathematics 105 will not receive credit for Mathematics 
102. 

M W F 1; T Th S 2 

111, 112, 113. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II, III 

A study of differential and integral calculus and an investigation 
of the basic ideas of analytic geometry as they arise. 

M W F 2, 3, 6; Spring Semester T T S 2, 4 Credit, 3 hours each 
semester 

121. Linear Algebra 

A study of vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and 
matrices, linear groups and determinants. 
M W F 3; spring semester, T T S 4 

161, 162. Modern Finite Mathematics with Analysis 
A study of mathematics as it pertains to social science and business 
today. Emphasis will be placed on development of mathematical 
models, probability, matrices, linear programming, decision theory, 
and theory of games. The second half will include topics from analytic 
geometry and calculus; also a study of the linear, parabolic and 

166 



Mathematics 



hyperbolic laws with an introduction to differential and integral 
calculus. Applications including maxima and minima problems and 
curve fitting will be included. No student will be allowed credit for 
both Mathematics 162 and Mathematics 111. 

M W F '2,4; T T S 2, 4 Credit, 3 hours each semester 

172. Mechanical Drawing 

Use of drawing instruments, lettering, free-hand sketching, pro- 
jections, tracing, working drawings, maps, blue printing, and the 
elements of architectural and structural drawing. 

MWF3;Lab.T6,7 Credit, 2 hours 

174. Surveying 

The use of engineering equipment. Surveying and engineering 
practices, government system of division and sub-division of land; 
deed description, lot and farm boundaries; topographical surveying, 
making of contour maps, observations for determination of meridian 
and latitude, reducing field notes, plotting, blue printing, use of 
slide rule, etc. 

T Th 4; Lab. T 6,7 Credit, 3 hours 

176. Descriptive Geometry 

The elementary principles and propositions of the science of descrip- 
tive geometry, covering orthographic projection, spherical projection, 
shades and shadows, linear perspective, and isometric drawing. 

M W 5 Credit, 2 hours 

231. Modern Geometry 

The elements of geometry including congruence, parallelism, simi- 
larity, area, volume, and ruler and compass construction will be 
studied. Non-Euclidean geometry will be introduced. 

232. Foundations of Geometry 

A course of logic in geometry with special emphasis on postulates, 
systems of geometry, etc. Recommended for teachers. Prerequisite, 
Mathematics 112. 
TThS 1 

25 1 . Differential Equations 

Special solvable non-linear equations, linear equations, transforma- 
tions, and symbolic methods; solutions in series; Gauss, Bessel 

167 



Mathematics 



and Legendre equations; simultaneous ordinary differential equa- 
tions. 

MWF6 

255. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer 

Basic theory and applications of computers, including number rep- 
resentations, components and organization of computing systems, 
the history of computers. Intensive study and laboratory training in 
coding and programming, interpretive routines, compilers, mathe- 
matical models and error analysis. Two hours lecture, two hours 
laboratory. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 

256. Numerical Analysis 

A computer-oriented study of various analytical methods in mathe- 
matics including real and complex roots of equations, finite difference 
methods and theory of interpolation, numerical differentiation and 
integration, numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential 
equations, simultaneous equations and matrix inversion, error 
analysis. Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Prerequisites, 
Math 113, Math 255. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 

292. Education — The Teaching of Mathematics 

The objectives and content of the many proposals for change in our 
curriculum and texts. The techniques, relative merits, and role of 
such teaching procedures as the inductive and deductive approaches 
to new ideas. The literature of mathematics and its teaching. The 
underlying ideas of elementary mathematics and the manner in 
which they may provide a rational basis for teaching. 
M W F 1 

294. History of Mathematics 

A study of the development of mathematics, dealing with the evo- 
lution of the number system, arithmetic, geometry, algebra, trigo- 
nometry, etc., together with a study of the lives of the leading 
mathematicians. Recommended for those of junior standing who 
expect to teach Mathematics. 
TThS4 

301. Basic Concepts of Algebra for Teachers 

A study of the foundations of algebra and the structural properties of 

elementary algebraic systems with special emphasis on the real num- 

168 



Mathematics 



ber system, sets, methods of proof and algebraic functions. Credit for 
this course may not be applied toward the Master of Arts degree by 
students majoring in Mathematics. Credit, 3 hours 

302. Basic Concepts of Geometry for Teachers 

A study of points, lines and planes; real numbers and the Ruler 
Axiom; separation in the Plane and in Space; angles and the Protrac- 
tor Axiom; Congruences. Credit for this course may not be applied 
toward the Master of Arts degree by students majoring in Mathe- 
matics. Credit, 3 hours 

311, 312, 313. Advanced Calculus I, II, III 

Real and complex numbers; basic concepts in set theory; limits and 
continuity; Differentiation of functions of one and several variables; 
Taylor's expansion; definite, improper, infinite, multiple integrals; 
infinite series; power series; applications. Math 311 may not be taken 
for credit by graduate students majoring in mathematics. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester 

317,318. Theory of Functions 

Limits, implicit functions, power series, double series, Cauchy's 

Theorem and its applications, residues, Riemann surfaces, conformal 

mapping. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester 

321, 322. Modern Algebra 

A study of groups, fields, rings, determinants, matrices, linear de- 
pendence, linear transformations, quadratic and bilinear forms. 
Course 321 may not be taken for credit by graduate students majoring 
in mathematics. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester 

331. Introduction to Topology 

An axiomatic treatment of the theory of point sets. Topological 
properties of Euclidean spaces, metric spaces and Hausdorff spaces 
will be studied. 
TTS 1 

335. Projective Geometry 

Synthetic and analytic treatment centering around Desargue's 
Theorem and the principle of projectivity. 
TThS2 

169 



Mathematics 



341. Foundations of the Number System 

A set of objects called natural numbers characterized by Peano's 
Postulates will be assumed. The integers, rational numbers, real 
numbers and complex numbers will be constructed. 
Hours to be arranged 

345, 346. Theory of Numbers 

An introduction to the properties of integers, congruences, a study of 
Theorems of Fermat and Wilson, primitive roots, arithmetic func- 
tions, quadratic reciprocity, sums of squares. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester 

351. Applied Analysis 

Fourier Series; Bessel functions; Vector algebra and Calculus; line 
and surface integrals; Divergence theorem; Green's Theiorem; Stokes' 
Theore;m; Laplace transformation with applications to differential 
equations; partial differential equations and boundary value prob- 
lems. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 

357, 358. Statistics 

A study of the elementary theory and applications, with particular 
emphasis on the mathematical development of probability distribu- 
tions, finite population sampling, estimation, testing of hypotheses 
and confidence methods. One who takes either of these courses may 
not receive credit for Bus. Ad. 368, Sociology 280 or Psychology 213. 
This course may not be taken for credit by grauduate students 
majoring in mathematics. Prerequisite, Mathematics 111. 

M W F 6 Credit, 3 hours each semester 



Courses for Graduate Students 

411, 412. Real Variable 

Lebesque and Stieltjes integrals, convergence theorems, metric spaces, 
function spaces, various kinds of measures. Prerequisite, Advanced 
Calculus. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

413. Complex Variable 

Algebra of complex numbers, analytic functions, conformal mapping, 
integrals of complex functions, analytic continuation, Riemann 
surfaces. Credit, 3 hours 

170 



Military Science 



421, 422. Abstract Algebra 

A detailed study of mathematical structures — groups, rings, fields, 
integral domains and ideals, matrix theory and linear associative 
algebras, Galois Theory. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

431. General Topology 

This course consists of an intensive study of fundamentals and prop- 
erties of topological spaces, with particular emphasis on comparison 
of topologies, types of convergence, embedding and metrization, 
compact spaces, uniform spaces, and function spaces. 

Credit, 3 hours 

433. Algebraic Topology 

Fundamental groups, simplicial complexes and simplicial homology 
theory, fixed point theorems, products, introduction to general 
homology theories. Credit, 3 hours 

435. Differential Geometry 

A study of the metric properties of restricted portions of curves and 
surfaces in Euclidean space, applicability, differential parameters, 
Riemannian geometry. Credit, 3 hours 

491, 492. Thesis Research 

Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters 



Military Science 

Colonel J. F. Reed, Professor 
Captain N. G. Clyne, Jr., Assistant Professor 
Captain J. B. Allen, Jr., Assistant Professor 
Master Sergeant D. C. Mooney, Assistant 
Sergeant First Class B. C. Gibson, Assistant 

in Instruction 
Sergeant First Class E. V. Quesinberry, As- 
sistant 
Staff Sergeant J. B. Mintz, Assistant 
Staff Sergeant G. Shell, Assistant 
Mrs. Marguerite L. Ketchie, Secretary 
Mrs. Dorothy E. Dawson, Librarian 

171 



Military Science 



A senior unit of the United States Army Reserve 
Officers' Training Corps was established at Wake Forest 
College in 1951. The general objective of the program 
of instruction is to produce junior officers possessing the 
leadership and other attributes essential to their pro- 
gressive and continued development as Reserve Officers 
in the United States Army. 

The ROTC program is divided into a Basic Course 
(academic freshmen and sophomores) and an Advanced 
Course (academic juniors and seniors). 

The purpose of the Basic Course is to increase initia- 
tive and confidence in the student, to develop his 
capacity for leadership, to provide training in military 
subjects common to all branches of the Army, and to 
lay a foundation for intelligent citizenship. 

Except when credit for military school ROTC, pre- 
vious active duty training or military service is allowed, 
failure to enroll in the ROTC as an academic freshman 
will preclude the student from participation in the 
program. Transfer students who have previously en- 
rolled in any Department of Defense ROTC program 
may be continued in the Army ROTC at Wake Forest 
College. 

Military Science courses in the minimum amount 
required by the ROTC program will be considered 
among other credits offered for admission to the School 
of Law of Wake Forest College. 

The Advanced Course is designed to develop further 
the objectives of the Basic Course and to enable selected 
students to qualify for commissions as Reserve Officers 
in the United States Army. 

Advanced Course ROTC students receive a monetary 
allowance of approximately $27.00 per month. This 
allowance is payable from the day of enrollment at the 
beginning of the student's junior year until the end of 

172 



Military Science 



his senior year. This allowance is not drawn during the 
summer camp which the Advanced Course ROTC 
student attends at the conclusion of his junior year. 
All summer camp expenses, including travel incident 
thereto, are paid by the Government. While at camp 
the student is paid at the rate of $78.00 per month. 
Total remuneration for the Advanced Course is about 
$650.00. 

Upon graduation, students who have completed the 
Advanced Course receive commissions as Second Lieu- 
tenants in the United States Army Reserve. Graduating 
students who have demonstrated leadership, scholarship 
and military aptitude to an outstanding degree may be 
designated "Distinguished Military Graduates." These 
selected individuals are afforded an opportunity to 
apply for a Regular Army Commission. 

Once enrolled in either the Basic or Advanced Course 
successful completion of that course, to include Summer 
Camp for Advanced Course students, is a prerequisite 
for graduation from the college. 

ROTC students meeting prescribed requirements may 
receive deferment from selective service after their first 
semester. In certain cases deferment may be continued 
while the student is engaged in post graduate study. 

Students pursuing the 3-2 Engineering or Forestry 
Program, explained on pages 117-120, who complete 
the basic ROTC course at Wake Forest College may be 
considered for the Advanced Army or Air Force ROTC 
Course at the cooperating institution under the follow- 
ing conditions: 

a. To transfer to North Carolina State College Army 
ROTC, all necessary arrangements for entrance in the 
third or fourth year of ROTC may be accomplished 
through the Wake Forest College ROTC Department. 

b. To transfer to Duke University or North Carolina 

173 



Military Science 



State College Air Force ROTC for entrance in the Ad- 
vanced Course: 

(1) Be found physically qualified by an Air Force 
physician. 

(2) Make satisfactory scores on the Air Force Officer 
Qualification test. 

(3) Be recommended by the cooperating institution's 
AFROTC Advance Selection Board. 

(4) Receive an Air Force production quota for the 
production period which the student wishes to enter. 

(5) Make personal application for entrance to the 
appropriate institution during the third year at Wake 
Forest College. 

The ROTC Cadet Corps is organized as a modified 
Regular Army unit to provide maximum opportunities 
for the exercise of leadership. It includes a Band and 
Drill Team. Both of these organizations receive special 
training and represent Wake Forest College in special 
events. 

Students are furnished U. S. Army uniforms, ROTC 
textbooks and other military equipment without charge. 
A $20.00 uniform deposit is required of each ROTC 
student. The deposit, less charges for loss or damages, 
is refunded at the end of the school year or upon with- 
drawal from the course. 

The national honorary military societies of Scabbard 
and Blade and Pershing Rifles have chapters at Wake 
Forest College. Membership, on an elective basis, is 
open to ROTC cadets. In addition, the cadet band is 
affiliated with the National ROTC Band Association. 
Membership is open to all band members. 

The ROTC Rifle Team competes with other colleges 
and universities each year; both shoulder-to-shoulder 
and postal matches are fired. This activity is recognized 

174 



Military Science 



as a minor sport at Wake Forest College. All practice 
firing and each match is supervised by a regular army 
instructor. The firing is conducted with modern small 
bore target rifles on an indoor range. 

Following are the awards presented annually to 
ROTC cadets at Wake Forest College: 

The President's Trophy. A trophy awarded by the 
President of Wake Forest College to a senior cadet for 
excellence in citizenship, scholarship, leadership and 
military science. 

Superior Cadet Ribbon Award. The Superior Cadet 
Ribbon with certificate and lapel device is presented by 
the Department of the Army to the one outstanding 
cadet in each ROTC class recommended by the Pro- 
fessor of Military Science and the Dean of the College 
after a review of records by a faculty board. 

ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership Achieve- 
ment. This award consists of an engraved certificate 
signed by the Commanding General, Third United 
States Army. It is presented to the graduating cadet 
selected by the President of Wake Forest College as 
having demonstrated throughout his ROTC career 
highest standards of discipline, initiative, stability, 
application, physical conditioning, mental and moral 
fibre and that he has achieved proficiency in the proper 
application of the principles of leadership. 

The Professor of Military Science Award. A complete 
set of military insignia awarded to a graduating senior 
cadet for outstanding service to the ROTC Cadet 
Corps. 

The American Legion ROTC Medal. Awarded by the 

175 



Military Science 



American Legion to a basic course cadet who has 
demonstrated outstanding qualities of military efficiency. 

The "Minute-Man" Medal. The North Carolina 
Society, Sons of the American Revolution, awards a 
medal to one Advanced Course and one Basic Course 
cadet selected by the Professor of Military Science as 
outstanding in leadership, soldierly bearing, and aca- 
demic excellence. 

Association of the United States Army Medal. Awarded 
by the Association of the United States Army to the 
Advanced Course Cadet selected by the Professor of 
Military Science and the Dean of the College as out- 
standing in leadership, scholarship, and character. 

The Reserve Officers' Association of the United States 
Award. The North Carolina Department of the Re- 
serve Officers' Association of the United States presents 
a medal to an outstanding Advanced Course cadet 
selected by the Professor of Military Science. Certificates 
of Merit may also be awarded to other outstanding 
cadets selected by the Professor of Military Science. 

Armed Forces Chemical Association Medal and Scroll. 
Awarded by the Armed Forces Chemical Association 
to a graduating cadet who excells in chemistry or an 
allied science and in military science. 

U. S. Armor Association RO TC Award. The outstand- 
ing graduate choosing Armor as his basic branch is 
presented with a year's membership in the U. S. Armor 
Association and also receives a package of books from 
the Association. 



176 



Military Science 



The American Ordnance Award. The American Ordnance 
Association awards a Gold Scholarship Key to a gradu- 
ating cadet selected by the Professor of Military Science 
and the Dean of the college as outstanding in leader- 
ship, scholarship, athletics, and who has been selected 
for assignment to the Ordnance Corps upon being 
commissioned. 

Daughters of the American Revolution American Military 
History Award. The General Joseph Winston Chapter 
of the Daughters of the American Revolution annually 
awards the DAR History Medal and a book on American 
History to the cadet who has achieved the most out- 
standing record in American Military History. 

Chicago Tribune Award. The Chicago Tribune awards 
medals to outstanding ROTC cadets each year. Two 
gold medals are presented to Advanced Course cadets 
and two silver medals are awarded to Basic Course 
cadets. 

National Society of Scabbard and Blade Medal. Com- 
pany L, Eleventh Regiment, National Society of Scab- 
bard and Blade, Wake Forest College, awards a medal 
to one cadet in each ROTC class for outstanding ability 
in military science. 

Pershing Rifle Trophy. Company D, Fourth Regi- 
ment, National Society of Pershing Rifles, Wake Forest 
College, awards a trophy to the Basic Course cadet ad- 
judged the winner of the Annual Individual Drill Com- 
petition. 

Distinguished Military Musician Award. This award, 
approved by the National ROTC Band Association, is 



177 
12 



Military Science 



awarded each year by the PMS to the outstanding 
member of the ROTC Band for academic, military and 
musical excellence. 

Marksmanship Qualification Badges. Sterling silver 
qualification badges are awarded to cadets who qualify 
in prescribed marksmanship courses with the caliber 
.22 rifle. 

Marksmanship Trophies. Appropriate trophies are 
awarded to members of the ROTC rifle team with the 
highest scores in rifle team match firing. 

Courses Offered 

111, 112. Military Science (First Tear Basic) 

Includes a study of military organization; individual weapons and 
marksmanship; the United States Army and national security; and 
leadership. One hour theory, two hours leadership laboratory. 
(Plus academic subject, see note below). Credit, 1 hour each semester 

151, 152. Military Science (Second Tear Basic) 

Includes a study of American military history; map and aerial photo- 
graph reading; introduction to basic tactics and techniques; and lead- 
ership. Two hours theory, two hours leadership laboratory. Pre- 
requisite: Military Science 1 1 1 and 1 12. * Credit, 2 hours each semester 

211, 212. Military Science (First Tear Advanced) 

Includes a study of leadership problems; military teaching principles; 
branches of the Army; small unit tactics and communications; and 
leadership. Cadets participate in a two-day field trip to Fort Bragg, 
N. C, during the second semester. Class meets 75 hours for the year; 
two hours per week leadership laboratory. (Plus academic subject, 
see note below). Prerequisite: Military Science 151 and 152.* 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 

251, 252. Military Science (Second Tear Advanced) 

Includes a study of operations; logistics; Army administration; mili- 
tary law; the United States in world affairs; service orientation; and 

•Unless credit is given for previous military science or training, 

178 



Music 

leadership. Class meets 75 hours for the year; two hours per week 
leadership laboratory. (Plus academic subject, see note below) 
Prerequisite: Military Science 211 and 212.* 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 

Note. For basic course students any course selected from the areas 
listed below of a minimum of two (2) credit hours taken either se- 
mester is required the first year to satisfy the basic course requirement. 

For advanced course students any course selected from the areas 
listed below of a minimum of three (3) credit hours, and which is 
not a course required to satisfy the basic requirement of the major 
field of study, is required each year to satisfy the advanced course 
requirement. Satisfactory completion of each such course under- 
taken will be a prerequisite to commissioning. 

Area I Effective Communication. 

Area II Science Comprehension. 

Area III General Psychology. 

Area IV Political Development and Political Institutions. 

The PMS will evaluate and approve elective subjects selected by 
the student. 



Music 

Professor McDonald 

Associate Professor P. S. Robinson 

Assistant Professor Giles 

Instructor Huber 

Visiting Teachers Andrew, Deiner, Madge 

Easley, Lucille S. Harris, Hocutt, Jacobow- 

sky, Medlin, Woolf 
Artist in Residence Kalter 

It is strongly advised that a student who is consider- 
ing music as a major field should indicate his intention 
to the department chairman as early as possible in his 
freshman year. 

A major in this Department requires 36 hours divided 

•Unless credit is given for previous military science or training. 

179 



Music 

between Applied Music (18-21 hours), Music Theory 
(9-12 hours, including Music 157, 158), and Musical 
Culture (minimum of 6 hours) . In addition, the Music 
major must present a minimum of four hours resident 
*Ensemble credit and demonstrate performing ability in 
student recitals. At the discretion of the Music faculty 
a public recital will also be required. All Music majors 
are required to attend all faculty and student recitals. 
No student taking an Applied Music course may per- 
form publicly without the permission of the instructor. 

Students desiring State Teacher Certification in Music 
should note the requirement of 18 hours of Applied 
Music (including 6 hours of Piano and 6 hours of Voice) 
for the General Music Certificate and 21 hours of Ap- 
plied Music (including a proficiency equivalent to Piano 
4a) for the Instrumental Music Certificate. 

Qualified Music majors are considered for admission 
to the honors program in Music provided they meet 
certain preliminary requirements and complete the 
academic requirements for the Music major with a min- 
imum QPR of 2.3 in Music and an over-all minimum 
QPR of 2.0. Further requirements are: a memoriz- 
ed senior recital to include one lesser work assigned 
two weeks before the recital and prepared without 
the aid of the teacher; also the performance in the 
senior year of two additional memorized major works 
to be prepared without the aid of the teacher. 

Applied Music candidates for honors must also present 
to the music faculty a lecture-recital on the tonal and 
structural analysis of the material in the senior recital 
three weeks before the recital. Music Education candi- 
dates must prepare a major score during the final se- 
mester, do the total rehearsing and conduct it in a public 
performance. All candidates must complete satisfactorily 

•No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. 
Not more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 

180 



Music 

a comprehensive examination in the fields of music 
theory, music history, and music literature. When these 
requirements are met the department will recommend 
to the Committee on Honors that the candidate be 
graduated with "distinction in Music." 

In the following curricula for Music majors only 40 
hours of Music will be counted toward the 128 hours 
required for graduation. 

Bachelor of Arts with a major in one of the following areas: 

A. Applied Music hours 

Music 1 55, 1 56. Theory 6 

Music 157, 158. Theory 6 

Music 213. Counterpoint 2 

Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 2 

Music 233, 234. Music History 6 

Applied Music. Principal Instrument 16 

Music 109-1 16 Ensemble 4 

42 

Non-Music 88 

Total 130 

B. Church Music 

Music 155, 156. Theory 6 

Music 157, 158. Theory 6 

Music 213. Counterpoint 2 

Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 2 

Music 229. Hymnology 3 

Music 230. Church Music Literature 3 

Music 231 . Music in the Church 3 

Music 233, 234. Music History 6 

Applied Music. Organ and /or Voice 12 

Music 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 15, 1 16. Ensemble 4 

47 

Music (Education) 293. Voice Methods 1 

Music (Education) 296. Choral Conducting 3 

Additional non-Music 84 

Total 135 

111 



Music 



C. Instrumental Music Education 

Music 155, 156. Theory 6 

Music 157, 158. Theory 6 

Music 213. Counterpoint 2 

Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 2 

Music 233, 234. Music History 6 

Applied Music. Principal and Secondary Instrument. ... 21 

Music 109, 1 10, 1 13, 1 14. Ensemble 4 

47 

Education 291. Teaching of Instrumental Music 3 

Music (Education) 295. Instrumental Conducting 3 

Education (Additional Specified) 15 

Additional non-Music 67 

Total 135 

D. Choral Music Education 

Music 155, 156. Theory 6 

Music 157, 158. Theory 6 

Music 213. Counterpoint 2 

Music 2 1 4. Composition, Form and Analysis 2 

Music 233, 234. Music History 6 

Applied Music. Voice and Piano 18 

Music 111, 112, 115, 116. Ensemble 4 

44 

Education 292. Teaching of Choral Music 3 

Music (Education) 293. Voice Methods 1 

Music (Education) 296. Choral Conducting 3 

Education. (Additional Specified) 15 

Additional Non-Music 66 

Total 132 



Music Theory 

101. Fundamentals 

A study of the rudiments of music and its terminology, scales, keys, 
intervals, chords, rhythms, abbreviations, embellishments and smaller 
forms as they apply to performance, vocally and at the keyboard. 
This course is primarily for students not majoring in music and for 
music majors (without credit) having a deficiency in music theory. 
M WF4 

182 



Music 

155, 156. Theory 

Music reading as it applies to vocal and keyboard performance. 
Rhythms in scale and interval singing. Ear training based on chord 
study equal to diatonic harmony. Aural study of the basic forms. 
Prerequisite, Music 101 or equivalent. 
MWF7 

157, 158. Theory 

The study of triads, seventh and ninth chords and their inversions. 
Melody harmonization and practical composition involving modula- 
tion in the smaller forms. 
MWF5 

211, 212. Advanced Harmony 

The study of melody harmonization and composition in the smaller 
forms involving chromatic chords and non-harmonic tones. Analysis 
of passages drawn from standard literature. Prerequisite, Music 157, 
158. 

MWF3 

213. Counterpoint 

Strict counterpoint in the five species with two to four voices. Also 
a study of the "free" or modern counterpoint. Prerequisite, Music 
157, 158. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 2 hours each semester 

214. Composition, Form and Analysis 

Study of practical composition involving harmonic and contrapuntal 
materials in small and large forms with analysis of standard works 
from folk and art song literature, chorales, piano and symphonic 
works. Special emphasis on complete analysis of works studied by 
the student for performance. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158, 213. 

T Th2 Credit, 2 hours 



Music Culture 

102. Music Appreciation 

Open to all students desiring an understanding of music as an element 
of liberal culture and who wish to equip themselves for more intelli- 
gent appreciation and listening. The study of design and style, form, 

183 



Music 



aural analysis, recognition of instruments and themes from the 
master works. Also integration of music study with the other fine 
arts and with historical progress. A survey of significant examples 
of the several types of musical compositions will be made through 
phonograph recordings. This course is primarily for students not 
majoring in music. 
M W F6 

225, 226. American Music 

English origins in the seventeenth century. America's first compos- 
ers. National songs, Lowell Mason, Stephen Foster. Music of the 
Civil War. Folk music — its use by American composers. The newer 
developments in orchestal and choral music. Contemporary com- 
posers. Illustrative recordings. 
M W F3 

227, 228. Opera 

A survey of the development of the opera from its earliest form to the 
present. Representative works will be studied through the use of 
recordings. 

M W F 3 {Alternates with Music 225, 226) 

229. Hymnology 

Early church hymnody. Latin and Greek contributions. The ref- 
ormation chorale. English Psalmody and the English Hymn during 
the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. A study of the great hymns 
and hymn tunes of the church including twentieth century hymns. 
Designed expecially for ministerial students. 
M WF2 

230. Church Music and Literature 

A survey of the great oratorios, cantatas, anthems, and organ com- 
poistions of the church. 
M WF2 

231. Music in the Church 

The function of the church musician and the relationship of his work 
to the overall church program. 
M W F6 



184 



Music 

233, 234. Music History 

A survey of the history, literature and meaning of music, aiming 
to stimulate an intelligent attitude toward the hearing and under- 
standing of music and its social uses. Illustrative recordings. 
M WF7 



*Methods 

291. Education — Teaching of Instrumental Music 

The development of Public School Instrumental Music; the selection 
and care of instruments; study of materials and methods; problems 
of interest and discipline; the development of routine; administrative 
methods and problems. Admission by permission of instructor. 
Prerequisite, Music 157, 158. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 

292. Education — -Teaching of Choral Music 

The teaching and supervision of music in the public schools. The 
place of music in the cultural education of the adolescent, its relation 
to community life. Materials in choral and instrumental music. 
Methods and plans of organization. Admission by permission of 
instructor. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 

293. 294. Voice Methods 

Survey of technic and repertoire materials with demonstration of 
their application and interpretation. Breath preparation and control, 
phonation, interpretation, and program building. Stage deport- 
ment as applied to the recital, oratorio, and music-drama fields. 
Organization and direction of vocal arts projects for studio, church 
school and community. Enrollment limited to students with adequate 
private voice instruction background. Twice weekly with assigned 
laboratory preparation. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

295. Instrumental Conducting 

Principles of band and orchestra conducting as they apply to school 
and community performance. Technique of the baton. Practical 

•Each course in this division may count as either Music or Education, but choice 
must be indicated at time of registration. 



185 



Music 



study of problems of instrumental conducting. Prerequisite, Music 
157, 158. 

MWF4 Credit, 3 hours 

296. Choral Conducting 

A methods course in Conducting and Score Reading designed espe" 

cially for the majors in Choral Music Education or Church Music* 

Admission by permission of instructor. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158- 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 



♦Ensemble 

109, 110. Orchestra 

The study and performance of works from the classical and modern 

repertoire as well as concern, oratorios, cantatas, operas and musicals. 

T Th 5:00 P.M. Credit, 1 hour each semester 

111, 112. Choir 

The study and performance of sacred and secular choral literature. 
This organization forms the chapel choir. A selected group forms the 
touring choir for out of town concerts. 

T Th 4:00 P.M. Credit, 1 hour each semester 

113, 114. Band 

Concert Band: the study and performance of the standard band reper- 
toire in regular campus and public appearances including an annual 
tour. During the fall term credit is available only if the student is 
also a member of the Marching Deacons Band. 
M W F 4:00 P.M. Credit, 1 hour each semester 

Varsity Band: this organization is for those students who lack the 
necessary time and proficiency to participate in the Concert Band. 
During the fall term credit is available only if the student is also a 
member of the Marching Deacons Band. 

T Th 4:00 P.M. Credit, 1 hour each semester 

Marching Deacons Band: this organization performs for most of the 
football games and rehearses during the first half of the fall semester 
at the Concert Band time. Credit is available only if the student 
is also a member of the Concert or Varsity Band. 
MWF 4:00 P.M. 



•No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. 
Not more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 

186 



Musk 

115, 116. Accompanying 

The study of the elements of accompanying through class discussion 
and studio experience. One class meeting per week with three as- 
signed laboratory periods. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

Applied Music 

Applied Music courses are open to all college students 
with the approval of the instructor. The following 
descriptions are suggested performance levels for the 
four years of study in the principal fields of concentra- 
tion. 

Lesson and Practice Schedule 

Students enrolled in any Applied Music course will 
note the following schedule of weekly lessons and practice: 

One lesson with minimum of five hours practice. 

Credit, 1 hour each semester 
One lesson with minimum of ten hours practice. 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 

Note: All examinations in Applied Music courses will be given 
by the Music Department faculty serving as a group and grades 
will be determined by this group. 

Piano 
111, 112. 

Major and minor scales, dominant seventh and diminished seventh 
technic in root position and all inversions, quarter note at M.M. 
84-88. Bach, Two Part Inventions; Mozart, Sonata K280; Beethoven, 
Sonata Op. 14, No. 1 or 2. Short Romantic and Contemporary 
compositions of the difficulty of the Chopin A-flat Prelude; technic 
studies as deemed necessary by the teacher. 

113, 114. 

Major and minor scales, dominant seventh and diminished seventh 
technic continued, quarter note at M.M. 100. Bach, Three Part 
Inventions; Beethoven, Sonata in C'minor, Op. 10; Mozart, Fantasy 
in D minor; Chopin, Etude, Op. 10,|No. 9; technic studies as deemed 
necessary by the teacher. 

187 



Music 



211, 212. 

Major and minor scales in 3rds, 6ths, lOths, quarter note at M.M. 
92-96. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier or French Suites; Beethoven, 
Op. 27, No. 1, or Op. 78; Chopin, Etude Op. 25, No. 4; technic 
studies as deemed necessary by the teacher. 

213, 214. 

Major and minor scales quarter note at M.M. 120-132 and in 3rds, 
6th, lOths, quarter note at M.M. 100-108. Bach, Well Tempered 
Clavier or English Suites; Beethoven, Op. 31, No. 2, or Op. 90; 
Brahms, Intermezzo Op. 117, No. 2; Chopin Etude Op. 10, No. 3; 
technic studies as deemed necessary by the teacher. 



Organ 
111, 112. 

Manual and pedal technique; clarity in contrapuntal playing; 
Bach's Eight Little Preludes and Fugues; hymn playing. 

113, 114. 

Pedal scales; smaller Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Chorale Preludes; 
simpler works of more modern composers; hymn playing. 

277, 272. 

More difficult Bach Preludes and Fugues and Chorale Preludes; 
selected works by Mendelssohn, Franck, etc. 

273, 214. 

Larger Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Trio Sonatas; selected modern 
composers of all Schools; Widor, Vierne, Dupre, etc. 



Voice 
777, 772. 

Establishment of correct breath and pronunciation habits through 
complementing physical and phonetic exercises. Clarity of diction, 
pitch poise, legato singing and consistent reference to mezza voce 
stressed. Early Italian, folk and folk-like songs in English. 

188 



Music 

773, 774. 

Vocalises to induce more facility in the medium range. Studies in 
messa di voce, portamenti, and grupetti stressed. Repertoire to include 
moderately difficult arias of the Classic school and early Romantic 
art songs. Participation in snident recitals. 

277, 272. 

Extended scales and arpeggi. Execution of vocal fiortura. Elimination 
of registers and an even-timbered quality throughout the range 
stressed. More difficult Classic arias, moderately difficult songs and 
arias of the Romantic school in original language. Participation 
in student recitals, oratorio and music-drama. 

273, 274. 

Attention to the development of individual style; selection and 
interpretation of repertoire best suited to the student's particular 
expression bent. More difficult songs and arias of all schools in 
original language. Senior Recital. 



Orchestral and Band Instruments 

The following instruments are designated by course numbers /// 
112, 113, 114, 211, 212, 213, and 214 corresponding to eight suc- 
cessive semesters. 



Flute 


Trumpet 


Violin 


Oboe 


French Horn 


Viola 


Clarinet 


Trombone 


Cello 


Bassoon 


Euphonium 


Double Bass 


Saxophone 


Tuba 


Percussion 



Studies of progressive difficulty covering tone production, scales, 
and technical studies, all articulations or bowings, embellishments, 
phrasing, etudes, solo and small ensemble repertoire, excerpts from 
band and orchestral literature and applied transpositions. 



Secondary Courses 

Piano 777a-774a. 

All major and minor scales and I, IV and V7 chords and inver- 
sions. Improvisation of simple harmonizations of familiar songs. 

189 



Music 

Sight-reading of community songs and hymns. Transposition of 
melodies with simple harmonic accompaniments. Study of appro- 
priate standard piano literature. 

137, 138. Literature of the Piano 

A survey course designed to acquaint students with some of the teach- 
ing materials of the piano. Several large works from the standard 
repertoire will be studied in detail during the second semester. 
Th 6 Credit, 1 hour each semester 

143, 144. Brass Instruments Class 

The fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the Brass 
family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

145, 146. String Instruments Class 

The fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the String 
family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

147, 148. Woodwind Instruments Class 

The fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the Wood- 
wind family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice. 
Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

149, 150. Percussion Instruments Class 

The fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the 
Percussion family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours prac- 
tice. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

151, 152. Semi-Private Voice Class 

Classes will consist of at least four students each. Offered to qualified 
students interested in making a study of voice class materials, or, as 
preparation for the private voice courses. Minimum of five hours 
practice. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 



190 



Philosophy 

Applied Music Fees 

Students enrolled for individual or class study in 
applied music as offered above will note the following 
schedule of semester fees, in addition to tuition, payable 
to the Treasurer not later than November 1 and March 
1, respectively. 

One hour lesson per week $72.00 

One half hour lesson per week 40.00 

Class instruction (maximum fee per student) 30.00 

Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (one 

hour daily) 6.00 

Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (two 

hours daily) 10.00 

Organ practice per semester (one hour daily) 10.00 

Organ practice per semester (two hours daily) 14.00 

Other instrument rental per semester 5.00 



Philosophy 

Professors Reid, Helm 
Instructors Cobb, Freeman 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced 
students in Philosophy, was established in 1934 by an 
endowment, in perpetuity for the Department, of $4,000 
by Dr. Bernard W. Spilman. The income from the 
endowment is used to provide books for the seminar 
library which now contains about 3,800 volumes. In 
1960, friends of the Department established the A. C. 
Reid Philosophy Fund. The annual income from this 
endowment is used to support the departmental library 
and to provide lectures on the "Relation of Philosophy 
to Christian Faith." The furniture of the Department 
was donated in honor of Mr. and Mrs. W. A. Hough 
by their children. 



191 



Philosophy 

A major in this Department requires 24 credit hours, 
including Philosophy 221, 255, 259, 281, 282. 

211. Introductory Philosophy 

A course designed to introduce to the student the major systems of 
philosophy, from the early Greeks to the medieval period. Required 
of all candidates for the degrees of bachelor of arts and bachelor of 
science. Junior standing normally required; second semester sopho- 
mores admitted by departmental permission only. 
M W F 1, 2, 3, 6; TThS 1,2 

221. Modern Philosophy 

A course designed to introduce the student to the major systems of 
modern philosophy, from the sixteenth through the nineteenth 
century. 

MWF2 

231, 232. Readings in Philosophy 

Approximately fifteen great books, in or closely related to philosophy, 
will be read each semester. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211 and special 
permission. 
M W F4 

241, 242. Seminar: Epistemology 

A comprehensive survey of philosophical conceptions of knowledge. 
Prerequisite, Philosophy 211 and 221, and junior standing. 

T Th 6-7 Credit, 3 hours each semester 

247, 248. Plato and Aristotle 

Plato's dialogues and sections of Aristode's works. Prerequisite, 
Philosophy 211. 
TTh4 

251,252. Hegel and Spinoza 

Extensive readings and reports. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. 
TTh6 

255. Philosophy of Religion 

A critical consideration of the philosophical aspects of religious 
thought. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. 
M WF4 

192 



Physical Education 



259. Logic 

An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of 
fallacies, and logical analysis. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. 
M WF3 

263. Ethics 

A critical study of the fundamental problems of morals. Readings 
in the ethical works of Western philosophers. Prerequisite, Philosophy 
211. 

M WF7 

267 '. Medieval Philosophy 

An examination of the philosophy of the Middle Ages, concentrating 
especially in the thought of Christian Scholastics, involving also a 
study of the works of Moslem and Jewish scholars of the period. 
Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. 
Three hours to be arranged 

271. Contemporary Philosophy 

A study of systems of philosophical thought of the twentieth century, 
with emphasis upon their origins and distinctive characteristics. 
Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. 
M WF6 

281, 282. Seminar: Ancient and Modern Philosophy 

A careful examination of ancient and modern types of philosophy. 
Prerequisite, Philosophy 211 and 221 and special permission. 

T Th 1-2 Credit, 3 hours each semester 

Physical Education 

Professors Barrow, Dodson 
Associate Professor Hooks 
Assistant Professor Crisp 

Instructors Barron, Casey, Ellison, Jordan, 
Stallings 

The purpose of the Department of Physical Educa- 
tion is to organize, administer and supervise the follow- 
ing programs: (1) Required Physical Education 

193 
13 



Physical Education 



Program consisting of conditioning activities, varied 
team and individual sports, special corrective and 
remedial instruction to all students with physical prob- 
lems according to the individual's need, and to teach 
some basic information on posture and body mechanics, 
physiological principles, and practical health facts which 
must be observed to maintain a state of health and 
physical fitness. (2) Intramural Sports Program 
which allows all students to participate and specialize 
in varied individual and team sports which will be of 
lifelong benefit. (3) Supervised Recreation Program 
consisting of varied recreational and leisure time activi- 
ties. (4) Professional Curriculum Program which will 
offer the necessary training for those interested in the 
fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and 
Athletic Coaching. 



Required Physical Education 

Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all 
freshmen and transfer students who have not complied 
with this requirement. For those men enrolled in ROTC, 
Physical Education 111 and 112 requirement may be 
postponed until the sophomore year but must be com- 
pleted by the end of that second year of attendance in 
Wake Forest College. Not more than four hours of required or 
elective physical education may be counted toward graduation. 

111-112. Physical Education 

A basic course consisting of body mechanics, basic health and physio- 
logical principles, aquatics, team sports, rhythmic activities, and 
individual and dual sports designed to develop fundamental skills. 
Students' needs and interests will be met by allowing controlled 
election of selected activities based upon the results of a standardized 
proficiency examination and/or previous experiences. 

Credit, 1 hour each semester 

194 



Physical Education 



111-112. Physical Education {Special) 

A course consisting of remedial instruction or non-activity units of 
study for students with special problems, handicaps or medical 
excuses. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 



Elective Physical Education 

For those students who wish to specialize in sports 
activities beyond the requirement, a varied sports 
program is offered. Any two of the courses listed below 
may be elected for credit toward graduation. Prerequi- 
site, Physical Education 111-112. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each 

160. Golf 167. Advanced Swimming 

161. Badminton; Tennis 168. Life Saving; Water 

162. Creative Rhythms Sports 

163. Creative Dance 169. Weight Training and 

164. Gymnastics; Tumbling Conditioning 

165. Archery; Bowling 170. Handball; Squash Rac- 

166. Beginning and Intermed- quets 

iate Swimming 171. Equitation; Fencing 



Courses for Major Students 

Students desiring to elect a major in Health and Physi- 
cal Education and to satisfy the State requirements for 
a teaching certificate must be of Junior standing, and 
will be required to have the following courses: Biology 
111, 112; three (3) hours in Physiology of Exercise; and 
three (3) hours in Human Anatomy. In addition to the 
above required foundation sciences a minimum of 29 
hours is required in Health and Physical Education as 
follows: 151, 152, 251, 254, 255, 256, 258, 261, 292, and 
a minimum of five courses in five different areas of the 
following applied technique courses: 220, 221, 222, 223, 

195 



Physical Education 



224, 225, 226, and 227. Courses 222 and 223 are classified 
as one area. 

Physical Education majors with superior records are 
considered by the department for admission to the honors 
program in Physical Education. These students must 
meet certain criteria which have been established by 
the department, earn a QPR of at least 2.0 on all college 
work and 2.3 on all hours required for the major in 
Physical Education, participate satisfactorily in Physical 
Education 281, and pass a comprehensive written exami- 
nation. Upon satisfactory completion of these require- 
ments, they will be recommended for graduation with 
"distinction in Physical Education." 

Physical Education major students who are consider- 
ing graduate study should take Physical Education 281, 
Research in Physical Education, as one of their elective 
courses. 

151-152. Physical Education 

Required courses for major students in Physical Education consisting 
of various physical education activities which are essential to a well 
rounded program. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

220. Methods, and Materials in Tumbling, Stunts, and 
Gymnastics 

Credit, 2 hours 

221. Methods and Materials in Group Games of Low 

Organization 
MWF4 Credit, 2 hours 

222. Theory of Coaching Baseball and Basketball 

Credit, 2 hours 

223. Theory of Coaching Football and Track 

Credit, 2 hours 



196 



Physical Education 



224. Individual Sports 

225. Team Sports 

226. Aquatics 

227 '. Methods and Materials in Dance 



Credit, 2 hours 
Credit, 2 hours 
Credit, 2 hours 
Credit, 2 hours 



251. Principles of Physical Education and Recreation 

A general introductory course and orientation to Health, Physical 
Education and Recreation and its relation to general education and 
the present organization of society. 
MWF1 

252. Human Anatomy 

A course designed to meet the needs of students in Physical Education 
in which the basic principles of human anatomy are a requisite for 
a working knowledge of the human body. 
TThS2 

253. Physiology of Exercise 

This course presents the many effects of muscular activity on the 
processes of the body which consitutes the scientific basis of Physical 
Education. 
M WF 1 

254. First Aid — Safety — Athletic Injuries 

A course in safety education and prevention of accidents with 
practical application of first aid and treatment of minor athletic 
injuries. 

TThS2 

255. Individual Physical Education 

A course in body mechanics and kinesiology dealing with a program 
for all handicapped and special problems in Health and Physical 
Education. 
TThSl 



197 



Physical Education 



256. Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical 

Education 

A course in measurement techniques to determine pupil status in 
established standards of Health and Physical Education which 
reflect the prevailing educational philosophy. 

T Th 1 Credit, 2 hours 

258. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical 

Education 

A course in problems and procedures in Health and Physical Edu- 
cation and the administration of an interscholastic athletic program. 
M WF3 

261. Problems in Health Education 

This course presents methods and materials for the teaching of 
health and the current research in the field. 
M W F 2 

271. Recreation Leadership 

This course emphasizes the various theoretical and practical aspects 
of leadership in various types of recreation. 
M WF3 

276. Organization and Administration of Recreation 

A course in recreational problems and the administration of the 
several types of recreation. 
M W F 3 

281. Research in Physical Education 

An advanced course devoted to a study of research techniques in 
physical education and the preparation of an original project. This 
course is open only to senior major students with superior records. 
To be arranged Credit, 2 hours 

292. Education — Teaching of Health and Physical Education * 

A course for students in the field of Health and Physical Education 
where emphasis is placed on the fundamentals of teaching, laws of 
learning and other essentials. 
M W F2 



'Required Education course in major field counting toward Eduoation requirement. 

198 



Physics 

Physics 

Professor Turner 

Associate Professors Shields, George P. 

Williams, Jr. 
Assistant Professor Brehme 
Instructor Yancey 

In addition to the courses prescribed by the College, 
the requirements for a B.S. Degree with a major in 
Physics are a minimum of 32 hours of Physics which 
must include courses 111, 112, 151, 152, 211, 212; 
311, 312, 322; Chemistry 111, 114 and Mathematics 
through differential equations. 

Highly qualified Physics majors are considered by 
the Department for admission to the honors program in 
Physics. They must meet certain preliminary require- 
ments, earn a QPR of not less than 2.0 on all college 
work and 2.3 on all work in Physics, complete satis- 
factorily Physics 381 and pass a comprehensive written 
examination. They are then graduated with the desig- 
nation of "distinction in Physics." For additional 
information consult members of the Physics staff. 

The following is a suggested schedule for Physics 
majors. Electives must be chosen in consultation with 
the major adviser. Military Science may be taken in 
addition to the courses listed. 



Freshman Tear 




Sophomore Tear 






Physics 


111, 112 


Physics 


151, 


152 


Mathematics 


105, 111 


Mathematics 


112, 


113 


English 


111, 112 


Chemistry 


111, 


114 


History 


111, 112 


English 


151, 


152 


*Language 


111, 112 


Language 


151, 


152 


Physical Education 


111, 112 

oh allowed. 








•German preferred, Fran 






199 









Physics 



Junior Tear 






Senior Tear 






Physics 


211, 


212 


Physics 


311, 


312 


Mathematics 


251, 


311 


Physics 


322 




Religion 


111, 


112 


Philosophy 


211 




Political Science 


151, 


152 


Electives 






or Business 












Administration 


213, 


214 









105. Descriptive Astronomy 

An introductory study of the universe from the solar system to the 
galaxies, with discussions of the celestial sphere and celestial naviga- 
tion. Several class meetings are scheduled in the evening for purposes 
of observation. Credit, 3 hours 

111, 112. General Physics 

A basic course for freshmen and sophomores including the elements 
of mechanics, properties of matter, wave motion, sound, heat, elec- 
tricity and magnetism, light, and some of the recent developments in 
physics. Three hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Upperclassmen 
may elect this course but will be given additional assignments. 

Credit, 4 hours each semester 



151, 152. Mechanics, Wave Motion and Heat 

The fundamental principles of mechanics, wave motion, and heat, 
including the study of equilibrium, motion in a straight line and in 
the plane, conservation laws, simple harmonic motion, gravitation, 
fluid dynamics, wave motion, and thermodynamics. Calculus is a 
co-requisite. Three hours lecture both semesters, two hours laboratory 
second semester. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

1 54. Mechanics, Heat and Wave Motion Laboratory 
Classical experiments are performed with special attention given 



to treatment of data and analysis of errors. 



Credit, 1 hour 



211, 212. Electricity 

The first semester includes a study of electric fields and potentials, 
electrical properties of matter, magnetic fields, circuit theory, and 
electromagnetic waves. The second semester is a study of the optics of 
the electromagnetic spectrum, including reflection, refraction, inter- 
ference, diffraction and absorption; atomic and nuclear physics with 
an introduction to quantum mechanics and the free electron theory. 
Prerequisite, Physics 151 or by permission of the instructor. 

Credit, 4 hours both semester 

200 



Physics 

230. Electronics 

Elements of electron theory including a study of electrons in vacuum 
tubes and semi-conduction devices. An analysis is made of basic cir- 
cuits including amplifiers, oscillators, scalers, and those circuits used 
in basic research. Prerequisite, Physics 211. Credit, 4 hours 

301, 302. Advanced General Physics 

A course designed primarily for science teachers and includes me- 
chanics, wave motion and sound, thermodynamics, electricity, optics, 
and selected topics in atomic and nuclear physics. Credit is not al- 
lowed for graduate students in the Department of Physics. Pre- 
requisite, Mathematics 105. Three hours lecture 

Credit, 3 hours both semester 

311. Classical Mechanics 

Selected topics in dynamics including the motion of a system of 
particles, rigid bodies, and a particle under the action of a central 
force. This course also includes a study of accelerated reference sys- 
tems, LaGrange and Hamilton equations, vibrating systems, normal 
coordinates, vibrating strings and wave motion. Prerequisites, Physics 
152, Mathematics 251. Credit, 3 hours 

312. Electromagnetic Theory 

A study of the basic equations of electromagnetism with emphasis 
on the meaning and application of Maxwell's equations. Prerequisite, 
Physics 211, Mathematics 251. Credit, 3 hours 

322. Advanced Laboratory 

Experimental work of an advanced nature on topics in heat and ther- 
modynamics, mechanics, atomic and nuclear physics; and an investi- 
gation performed individually under the personal direction of a mem- 
ber of the staff on a current research project in the department. 
Registration by permission only. Credit, 3 hours 

336. Atomic and Molecular Physics 

A treatment of radiation and matter, ionization and exicitation of 
atoms, atoms and the periodic table, atomic and molecular spectra, 
and interatomic and intermolecular forces. Credit, 3 hours 

341. Quantum Mechanics 

An introduction to probability waves, the uncertainty principal, the 
Schroedinger wave equation, eigenvalues, angular momentum, 
matrix formulation, identical particles and spin. Credit, 3 hours 

201 



Physics 

351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics 

A study of heat transfer, the laws of thermodynamics, and change 
of state. An introduction to the kinetic theory of molecular motion, 
including velocity and density distribution functions, equations of 
state, and fluctuations considered from the quantum and classical 
approach. Credit, 3 hours 

381. Research 

Library, conference, and laboratory work performed on an individual 
basis. Open only to students with a superior record. Six hours a week. 
Prerequisite, permission of the staff. Credit, 2 hours 



Courses for Graduate Students 

412. Classical Mechanics 

A study of variational principles and LaGrange's equations, the 
rigid body equations of motion, the Hamilton equation of motion 
and canonical transformations, Hamilton-Jacobi theory and applica- 
tions to continuous systems and fields. Credit, 3 hours 

413. Electromagnetism 

A study of Maxwell's equations, boundary value problems for the 
electromagnetic field, and radiation; the ponderomotive equation for 
the charged particle. Credit, 3 hours 

442. Quantum Mechanics 

A study of the solutions of Schroedinger's equation, properties of 
angular momentum, matricies and applications in quantum theory, 
perturbation theory, scattering problems, and interactions with 
electromagnetic radiation. Credit, 3 hours 

452. Solid State Physics 

An introductory course including the structure of perfect crystalline 
solids and their thermal, electronic and magnetic properties, the 
free electron and the band theory of metals, imperfect crystals, trans- 
port properties and semiconductors. Credit, 3 hours 

461. Nuclear Physics 

An advanced treatment of the properties of nuclear particles and 
their interactions with matter, theories of nuclear structure and 

202 



Political Science 



reactions, fission, neutron-proton scattering, deuteron binding, the 
compound nucleus, beta decay, and the theory of mesons. 

Credit, 3 hours 
480. Special Theory of Relativity 

A study of the covariant formulation of physical laws in mechanics 
and electromagnetism. Credit, 3 hours 

491, 492. Thesis Research 

Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters 



Political Science 

Professor Richards 
*Associate Professor Jumper 

Assistant Professors Anderson, f Gregg, Stillson 
Instructors Gatlin, Tabibian 

The major in Political Science is 30 hours and must 
include either Political Science 151, 152 or Political 
Science 153, 154. The remaining 24 hours in the major 
and 18 hours of required work in related fields are se- 
lected by the student and the Political Science adviser. 
Political Science 151 or 153 is prerequisite for all other 
courses in the field. Students of demonstrated ability, 
however, may be admitted to advanced courses, without 
this prerequisite, with the written approval of their 
major adviser and the instructor concerned. 

Highly qualified Political Science majors are con- 
sidered by the Department for admission to the honors 
program in Political Science. They must meet certain 
preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 
2.0 on all college work and 2.3 on all work in Political 
Science, complete satisfactorily a senior research project, 
and pass a comprehensive written examination. They 
are then graduated with the designation of "distinction 



• On leave, 1962-1963. 
t On leave, Fall, 1962. 



203 



Political Science 



in Political Science." For additional information 
consult members of the Political Science staff. 



Introductory Courses 

151, 152. Government and Politics in the United States 

A survey course in the origins and characteristics of American political 
institutions at the national, state, and local levels and the problems 
and policies of American government in the areas of public finance, 
regulation of business, agriculture, labor, social welfare^ national 
defense, and foreign affairs. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

153. Comparative Politics: The Democracies 

A course devoted to the study of government and politics in demo- 
cratic societies. The meaning of democracy will be analyzed, and the 
various patterns and practices of democratic societies and govern- 
ments will be considered. Illustrative material will be drawn from 
such states as the United Kingdom, France, Sweden, and the United 
States. Credit, 3 hours 

154. Comparative Politics: Authoritarian States 

A course devoted to the study of government and politics in authori- 
tarian societies. Special attention will be devoted to the Communist 
ideology and its application in the Soviet Union and China. The 
prospects for democracy and authoritarian rule in the developing 
countries will also be analyzed. Credit, 3 hours 



American Government 

211. American Political Parties 

A study of the organization and functions of parties and pressure 
groups in American politics, methods of nominating candidates for 
public office, problems of American suffrage, campaign techniques, 
and the administration of elections. Credit, 3 hours 

213. Public Administration 

An introductory study of the place of administration in the govern- 
mental process with special emphasis on the concepts of administra- 
tive organization, methods of administrative control, personnel and 
fiscal management. Current problems and developments are stressed. 
This course may count as Political Science or Business Administra- 

204 



Political Science 



tion, but not both. At the time of registration the student must de- 
termine in which field credit is desired. Credit, 3 hours 

216. Government and the Economy 

An examination of the role of government in the American economy. 
Primary attention will be given to historical, legal, and political 
aspects of government policies in regard to monopoly, agriculture, 
and labor. Selected problems in other areas of interest will also be 
considered. Credit, 3 hours 

218. The Legislative Function and Policy Formation 

A survey of the legislative function in government. Topics considered 
include the theory of representative government; legislative structure, 
organization, and procedure; party organization and influence in 
legislative bodies; the influence of pressure groups and lobbying in 
the legislative process; relationships between legislatures and other 
branches of government. Credit, 3 hours 

221. Problems in State and Local Government 

An advanced course in which selected problems of state, county, 
municipal, and metropolitan governments are given intensive con- 
sideration. Special emphasis is given to the state of North Carolina 
and its subdivisions. Credit, 3 hours 

222. Urban Government and Politics 

A study of government and politics in the American city and metro- 
politan communities. Special attention will be given to historical 
developments, forms and structure of government, state-city rela- 
tions, political control and power structures, functional activities, 
and the problem of the suburbs. Credit, 3 hours 

225, 226. American Constitutional Law 

A study of the American constitutional system as interpreted and 
developed through judicial interpretation. The first semester is de- 
voted to a consideration of the Supreme Court as an institution of 
government, its structure and function in the American political 
process, and court decisions affecting the three branches of the na- 
tional government and the nature of the federal system. The second 
semester is devoted to a study of decisions affecting civil rights, with 
special emphasis on such topics as freedom of speech, press, religion, 
and assembly; substantive due process of law; equal protection of 
the laws; and procedural rights granted the criminally accused. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

205 



Political Science 



Comparative Government 

231. Great Britain and France 

A comparative study of the government and political culture of 
Great Britain and France. Credit, 3 hours 

232. The Soviet Union and Germany 

A comparative study of the governments and political culture of 
the Soviet Union and Germany. Credit, 3 hours 

234. France and the French Union 

A study of French colonial problems and the political relationships 
between the members of the French Union. Credit, 3 hours 

236. Government and Politics of Latin America 

A comparative study of the political ideas, institutions, and processes 
of the Latin American republics. Credit, 3 hours 

239. Introduction to the Political Culture of China and Japan 

Attention will be given in this course to the development of the 
political thought and political institutions of East Asia with primary 
emphasis on China and Japan. While principal consideration will be 
given to the modern period, considerable time will be devoted to 
the traditional background. Credit, 3 hours 

240. Government and Politics of Southeast Asia 

A study of the governmental systems of Burma, Thailand, Laos, 
Cambodia, Viet Nam, Malaya, and Indonesia. Special emphasis 
will be placed on the nature, role, and organization of political 
parties and the influence of non-political factors on political processes. 

Credit, 3 hours 

242. The Middle East 

A study of the political ideas, institutions, and processes in selected 

countries of the Middle East. Credit, 3 hours 

245. Government and Politics of South Asia 
A course devoted to the study of the governments of India, Pakistan, 
Nepal, and Ceylon. Special attention will be given to political or- 
ganizations, party structures, and provincial and local governemntal 
systems. Credit, 3 hours 

206 



Political Science 



International Politics 

251. International Relations: Principles and Organization 

A study of the techniques and policies utilized by nations in their re- 
lations with each other. Special consideration is given to the concept 
of power politics, the role of international law and organization, and 
the patterns of diplomatic practice. Credit, 3 hours 

252. International Relations: Current Problems 

A study devoted to causes behind, national attitudes toward, and 
attempted solutions of selected problems in the current international 
scene. Consideration will be given to such subjects as disarmament, 
controls for outer space, the underdeveloped areas, and national 
self-determination. Credit, 3 hours 

253. The United Nations 

A study of the United Nations, its historical antecedents in inter- 
national organization, its structure, and its functions. Special con- 
sideration is devoted to bloc politics, to the performance of the United 
Nations in selected crises, and to its continuing activity in non- 
political or functional areas. Credit, 3 hours 

254. American Foreign Policy 

A study of the role of the United States in the contemporary world, 
with attention to foreign policy-making machinery, the interplay of 
foreign and domestic policy questions, the style and the substance of 
American foreign policy. Credit, 3 hours 

Political Theory 

261. Political Theory: Ancient Greece through the Eighteenth 

Century 

A study devoted to the reading and discussion of selected writers in 
political theory from anciesnt Greece to the French Revolution. 
Special attention is given to Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, 
Locke, Rousseau, and Burke. Credit, 3 hours 

262. Political Theory: Nineteenth and Twentieth Century 

A study devoted to the reading and discussion of selected writers in 
modern political thought. Special consideration will be given to 
Mill, Hegel, Marx, Engels, Lenin, and the theorists of Democratic 
Socialism and the Welfare State. Credit, 3 hours 

207 



Psychology 

264. American Political Thought 

A study of the origins and uses of political ideas in the United States, 
with emphasis on recent and contemporary theory. Credit, 3 hours 

Research 

281, 282. Research in Political Science 

An advanced course devoted to extensive reading and research in 
the field of Political Science. Admission to the course is by permission 
of the Department only. On the average, class meetings will be held 
three hours each week. Credit, 3 hours each semester 



Psychology 

Professor John E. Williams 
Associate Professors Beck, Dufort 
Assistant Professor David A. Hills 

The Department presents Psychology as one of the 
life sciences, since the basic subject matter and point 
of view are biological, and as one of the behavioral 
sciences, with applications of psychological methods to 
human-social fields. Psychology 151 is prerequisite for 
all other courses. A student majoring in the Department 
will be expected to complete 30 hours of work, including 
courses numbered 211, 212, 223; 241 or 244 or 252; 
256 or 262 or 266. 

Highly qualified Psychology majors are considered 
by the Department for admission to the honors programs 
in Psychology. Admission to this program normally 
occurs in February of the junior year. Successful com- 
pletion of the program with the designation "distinction 
in Psychology" requires that the candidate earn a mini- 
mum QPR of 2.3 on all work in Psychology and 2.0 
in all other academic work; complete satisfactorily a 
special sequence of courses including Psychology 281, 

208 



Psychology 

282 and 284; and pass a comprehensive written and /or 
oral examination. For further information consult mem- 
bers of the Psychology faculty. 

151. Introductory Psychology 

A systematic survey of Psychology as a natural science. Sophomore 
standing required. Three hours lecture-demonstration. Prerequisite 
to all other courses in Psychology. Credit, 3 hours 

211, 212. Introduction to Experimental and Quantitativ 

Methods. 

An introduction to classical and contemporary problems in psy- 
chological research, general methods and techniques used in their 
solution, elementary psychological statistics and their applications. 
Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours each semester 

213. Psychological Statistics 

Since the statistical procedures are applicable to either populational 
or experimental data, this course may count as either Psychology or 
Sociology, but not both. At the time of registration the student must 
determine in which field credit is desired. Not to be taken by one 
who has taken Psychology 211, 212. One who takes this course may 
not receive credit in Bus. Ad. 368, Math 357, 358, or Sociology 280. 
Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

223. History and Systems of Psychology 

After noting some psychological concepts in ancient and early modern 
thinking, this course places major emphasis upon nineteenth and 
twentieth century developments in Germany, France, Britain, Russia, 
and America. For junior and senior majors, and others upon consent 
of the instructor. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 

224, 225. Advanced Theory and Method 

Advanced level courses emphasizing current problems which are 
being attacked experimentally and theoretically. The journal litera- 
ture will furnish an important source of material for group discus- 
sion, in seminar fashion. 224. Sensation and Perception. 225. Learning 
and Motivation. Typically only one of the courses will be offered in a 
particular year. Prerequisites: Psychology 211, 212. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

209 
14 



Psychology 

231. Comparative Psychology 

A survey of the evolution of behavior and essential morphology from 
protozoa to primates. Experimentation on simple (reflex) and com- 
plex (learning) functions of the white rat and other available forms. 
Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

232. Physiological Psychology 

Integrative and reactive (neural and chemical) functions of the 
human body as they involve structures in the receptive, the reactive, 
and the central phases of action, emotion, and thought. Two hours 
lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

241 . Psychology of Adjustment 

Analysis of the principles by which habits and patterns of adjust- 
ment are learned and maintained, particularly as these principles 
have application to the emotional and social adjustment of the normal 
individual. Intended primarily for students not majoring in Psy- 
chology. Not to be taken by one who has taken Psychology 244. Three 
hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 

244. Abnormal Psychology 

Descriptive analyses of the major mental disorders with a canvassing 
of attempts at interpretation, and major types of therapy. Some 
observation of cases will be attempted. Three hours lecture. Enroll- 
ment upon consent of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

252. Psychological Appraisal 

An introduction to the theory and techniques of psychological ap- 
praisal with particular emphasis on psychological tests. The course 
includes the demonstration of various appraisal techniques but is 
not intended to train the student as a practitioner. Two hours lec- 
ture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

256. Personality Theory and Research 

An introduction to classical and contemporary theories of personality 
and a comparative evaluation of major theories in terms of relevant 
research studies. The journal literature is used to introduce the stu- 
dent to research problems and methodology in this area. Three 
hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 

262. Social Psychology 

Interest will be centered on investigative methods in main areas, 
such as socialization of the individual, group dynamics, individual 

210 



Religion 

differences, attitude and opinion measurement. Two hours lecture, 
two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

266. Developmental Psychology 

A survey of the maturational and behavioral development of the 
human from neonatal stages through old age. The emphasis will be 
placed upon the interaction of physical, psychological, and social 
factors in human development. Two hours lecture, two hours 
laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

273. Psychology of Business and Industry 

Psychological principles and methods applied to problems commonly 
encountered in business and industry. Three hours lecture. 

Credit, 3 hours 
281, 282. Original Problems 

Research problems to be attacked experimentally or statistically by 
students majoring in the department. Emphasis is placed on inde- 
pendent work with only guidance from the instructor. It is expected 
that 281 and 282 will be taken in that order. Credit for either se- 
mester alone requires special approval of the instructor. Four hours 
laboratory. Prerequisites: Psychology 211, 212, consent of instructor. 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 
284. Honors Seminar in Psychology 

A one-semester seminar, designed for the superior student, exploring 
in depth some of the more challenging concepts in classical and 
contemporary psychology. Primarily for juniors who are candidates 
for distinction in psychology but open to others by permission of the 
instructor. Credit, 3 hour 

Religion 

Professors Griffin, Angell, Bryan, Easley, E. W. 

Hamrick, Herring 
Associate Professors Dyer, Via 
Assistant Professor Mitchell 

The Department of Religion offers courses in instruc- 
tion designed to give every student entering Wake Forest 
an opportunity to acquire at least an introduction to 
the life, literature and the most important movements 
in the field of religion. It also seeks to give to students 
preparing for specialized service, as religious education 

211 



Religion 

directors, ministers, and missionaries, the foundational 
courses needed for further study. 

Six hours in Religion are required for all degrees. 
These may be taken from the offerings of the Depart- 
ment in the Biblical field as follows: 111, 112, 113, 
115, 116, 117, 214, 215, 216, 221, 225, 231. 

A major in Religion requires 30 credit hours — at 
least 12 hours in Biblical studies and the remaining 
hours from other offerings of the Department. At least 
half of the 30 hours must be in courses numbered 200 
or above. 

A major in Religious Education requires 30 credit 
hours — 12 hours in Biblical studies and 18 hours selected 
from the following: Religion 240, 241, 245, 247, 248, 
256, 264, 271, 292; Music 229, 230. 

Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their 
program of study, in addition to courses in Religion, 
courses in Philosophy, Ancient History, Public Speaking, 
and two languages, Greek or Latin, and German or 
French. 

Majors in Religion who have completed three courses 
in the Department with a QPR of 2.3, and an overall 
QPR of 2.0 on all college work, may apply to the Chair- 
man of the Department for admission to the honors 
program by midterm of the first semester of the candi- 
date's junior year. Upon completion of all the require- 
ments, the candidate will be graduated with the desig- 
nation of "distinction in Religion." For further in- 
formation consult members of the Religion Department. 

Biblical Studies 

111. Introduction to the Old Testament 

A survey of the Old Testament designed to introduce the student to 
the history, literature and religion of the ancient Hebrews. 

Credit, 3 hours 

212 



Religion 

112. Introduction to the New Testament 

A survey of the environment, literature and thought of the New 
Testament intended to introduce the student to the significance of 
the ministry of Jesus and the origins of the Christian Church. Pre- 
requisite, Religion 111. Credit, 3 hours 

113. The Hebrew Prophets 

A study of the background, personal characteristics, function, mes- 
sage, contribution, and present significance of the Hebrew prophets. 
Prerequisite, Religion 111. Credit, 3 hours 

115. The Life and Teachings of Jesus 

A study of the life and teachings of Jesus as they are presented in 
the Gospels; purpose, to acquaint the student with the environment, 
personality, work and message of the historical Jesus. Not open to 
students who have credit for a New Testament survey course. Pre- 
requisite, Religion 111. Credit, 3 hours 

116. The Life and Teachings of Paul 

A survey of the life and teachings of Paul as they are given in Acts 
and in the Epistles; special consideration to Paul's contribution to 
the expansion and the literature of Christianity. Not open to students 
who have credit for a New Testament survey course. Prerequisite, 
Religion 111. Credit, 3 hours 

117. The Bible Through the Ages 

A study of the beginnings, development, and transmission of the 
Bible with special attention to the formation of the canon and the 
history of Biblical translation. Prerequisite, Religion 111. 

Credit, 3 hours 

214. Introduction to Biblical Archaeology 

A survey of the contributions of Near Eastern archaeology to Biblical 
studies. Prerequisite, Religion 111. 
MWF7 

215. The Narrative Literature of the Old Testament 

A study of the narrative books of the Old Testament from Genesis 
through Esther, with special emphasis upon the historical develop- 
ment of the literature and the religious purpose of the authors. Pre- 
requisite, Religion 111. 
T Th S 2 

213 



Religion 

216. The Poetic Literature of the Old Testament 

A study of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Song of Solomon, Lamentations, 
with some attention to scattered poems in other Old Testament 
books. Prerequisite, Religion 111. 
TTkS2 

S217. Ancient Israel and Her Neighbors 

A comparative study of ancient Near Eastern cultures and religions, 
with special emphasis on Israel's relationships with surrounding 
peoples. 

22 1 . An Introduction to New Testament Thought 

A consideration of the major developing themes of the New Testa- 
ment as they are seen to grow out of the proclamation of the earliest 
church. Prerequisite, Religion 111. 
MWF2 

222. Johannine Literature 

A thorough consideration of the Gospel of John, First John, and 
Revelation. Prerequisite, Religion 111 and 112. 
M WF2 

225. New Testament Literature 

A study of the books of the New Testament with special emphasis 
upon the purpose, religious teachings, and general content of each 
book. Prerequisite, Religion 111. 
M WF 1 

227 '. Major Epistles of Paul 

A thorough consideration of two of Paul's major epistles to be chosen 
from the following: Romans, 1 Corinthians, 2 Corinthians, Galatians, 
and Colossians. Prerequisite, Religion 111 and 211. 
M WF2 



Christian Ethics 

231. Biblical Ethics 

The development of ethical monotheism in the Torah and prophetic 
writings, its fulfillment in the love ethic of Jesus, and its application 
in the Early Church under the guidance of Paul. 
M WF4 

214 



Religion 

234. Christianity and Society 

An exposition of the ethical teachings of Jesus relating to society; 
special attention to the application of Christian principles to the 
social problems of the Southeastern States. 
T Th 6-7 

236. Church and Community 

An examination of the basic needs and trends of the contemporary 
community, especially the rural and suburban, in the light of the 
Christian norms for "the good community" (koinonia); the strategy 
of the church in constructive community relations. 
T Th 6-7 

Religious Education 

240. Theory of Religious Education 

A study of the nature and meaning of religious education with 
emphasis upon the basic foundations in religion and education. 
Attention is given to various viewpoints about learning; to objectives; 
to a consideration of curriculum. 
MWF3 

241. Administration of Religious Education 

The aim of this course is to prepare students for practical leadership 
in the educational work of the churches. Emphasis is laid upon the 
church school and other auxiliary agencies, through which the 
churches carry on their program of education, and upon practical 
methods of organizing and administering such a program. 
M W F 2 

245. Psychology of Religion 

An examination of the psychological elements in the origin, develop- 
ment, and expression of religious experience. Informal lectures and 
class discussions on assigned readings. 
MWF5 

247. The Religious Education of Children 

Designed as an introduction to the study of child development and 
its significance for the home and church in regard to religious edu- 
cation. The course deals specifically with age groups from the nursery 
through juniors. 
M WF7 

215 



Religion 

248. The Religious Education of Young People and Adults 
A study of growth and development from adolescence through 
adulthood, with emphasis on the role of home and church as re- 
ligious educators. 
MWF7 

254. Life and Work of the Minister 

A study of the Christian ministry designed to help the student pre- 
pare himself for this calling. Pastoral duties, ministerial ethics, and 
other related functions will be studied. 
M WF3 

256. Polity and Worship in American Religious Life 

A comparative study of the organization and worship of the major 
religious bodies in the United States today, including a brief exami- 
nation of historical roots. 
M WF4 

292. Teaching of Religion — Methods and Materials 
A study of the principles and purposes of method and of the use of 
methods and materials in the field of religious education especially 
as it is related to the work within the local church and community. 
This course may be credited as Education for those who are ap- 
plicants for a state teacher's certificate in religious education. 
T Th 7-8 

Historical and Theological Studies 
261. World Religions 

The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, and accomplish- 
ments of the living religions of the world, studied from the historical 
point of view. 
T Th 4-5 

264. The History of Christianity 

A rapid survey of the history of the Christian Church with particular 
attention to Baptist policy and principles and the missionary move- 
ment of the last two centuries. 
T Th 4-5 

271. Biblical Doctrines 

A systematic study of the principal doctrines of Christianity as they 
are found in the Bible, such as Revelation, God, the Trinity, the 
Incarnation, Man, Sin, and Salvation. 
M WF3 

216 



French 

273. The History of Christian Thought 

A study of the history of Christian thought, beginning with its He- 
braic and Greek backgrounds and tracing its rise and development 
to modern times. 
TThS2 

21 A. Contemporary Christian Thought 

An examination of the types of contemporary Christian theology, 
such as Protestant Orthodoxy, Thomism, Liberalism, Modernism, 
and Neo-Orthodoxy. 
TThS2 

278. Man in Christian Theology and Modern Literature 

A study of the nature and predicament of man as seen in the Bible 
and contemporary theology as over against conflicting views of man 
implied in selected works of modern fiction. 
M WF2 

Romance Languages 

A major in this Department requires 30 hours in 
either French or Spanish. 

A language laboratory has been in operation since 
September 1960. Students enrolled in language courses 
numbered 111, 112, 151 and 152 are required to spend 
one hour per week in the laboratory as part of their 
class preparation. 

I 

French 

Professors Pargell, Parker 

Associate Professors Mary Frances Robinson, 
Shoemaker 

Assistant Professor Anne Tillett 

Instructors Arensbach, Humphrey, Ivey, Run- 
ner 

111, 112. Elementary French 

A course for beginners, covering the principles of French grammar, 
and the reading of elementary texts. The equivalent of two years 
of French in high schools. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

in 



French 

151, 152. Intermediate French 

A continuation of grammar and composition. Translation of a 
number of texts with a view to building up a vocabulary and ac- 
quiring facility in pronunciation and sight reading. Prerequisite, 
French 111, 1 12 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

211, 212. Introduction to French Literature 

Reading of selected texts. Parallel reading and reports. Drill in 
grammar, at the discretion of the instructor. Prerequisite, French 
151, 152 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

S214. Introduction to French Literature 

Reading of selected texts. Parallel reading and reports. This course 
covers material not covered in either French 211 or 212 in order that 
it may be substituted for either course as a requirement for gradua- 
tion. Prerequisite: French 152 or its equivalent. 

221, 222. French Conversation and Composition 

A course stressing practice in speaking and writing French. Re- 
quired of those who plan to teach French in high school. Prerequisite, 
French 1 52 or its equivalent. 
T Th 5-6 

23 1 . Medieval French Literature 

A survey of French literature of the Middle Ages with cultural and 
political backgrounds. Translation of selected masterpieces in origi- 
nal form and modern transcription; lectures, parallel reading and 
reports. Conducted in English. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its 
equivalent. {Not offered in 1963-64) 
T Th 5-6 

232. Sixteenth Century French Literature 

After a brief consideration of the historical background, a survey 
of the outstanding writers of the sixteenth century. Lectures, parallel 
readings and reports. Conducted in English. Occasional lectures 
and discussions in French. Prerequisite, French 21 1, 212 or its equiva- 
lent. 

M W F 5 

241, 242. Seventeenth Century French Literature 

After a brief consideration of the historical background, a survey 
of the outstanding writers of the classical age. Lectures, parallel 
reading and reports. Conducted in English. Occasional lectures 

218 



French 

and discussions in French. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its 
equivalent. 
MWF5 

244. Moliere 

Intensive study of the plays. Some translation in class. Parallel 
reading, lectures and reports. Occasional lectures and discussions 
in French. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its equivalent. (Not 
offered in 1963-64) 
MWF5 

246. Racine 

Intensive study of the plays. Some translation in class. Parallel 
reading, lectures and reports. Occasional lectures and discussions 
in French. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its equivalent. 
MWF5 

251. Eighteenth Century French Literature 

A survey of French philisophical and political literature of the 
eighteenth century. Emphasis on Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, 
Rousseau, and VEncyclopedie. Intensive and extensive reading, 
lectures, and reports. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its equivalent. 
T Th 5-6 

261. French Romanticism 

A study of the chief French romantic poets. A considerable amount 
of the poetry of Lamartine, Musset, Hugo and Vigny read in class, 
supplemented with parallel reading. Lectures and reports. Con- 
ducted in English. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its equivalent. 
(Not offered in 1963-64) 
M WF5 

263. Trends in French Poetry 

Poetic theory and practice in France from the Renaissance to the 
Revolution, and from about 1850 to about 1900. A considerable 
amount of poetry from both periods will be studied in class. The 
romantic poets will be considered briefly in order to maintain the 
over-all perspective. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Prerequisite, 
French 211, 212 or its equivalent. 
T Th 5-6 

264. The French Novel 

A study of several masterpieces in the field of the novel, including 
representative selections from the conte and the nouvelle. The develop- 

219 



Hindi 



ment of the novel from the seventeenth century to the early twentieth 
century. Lectures, parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, French 
211, 212 or its equivalent. 
TThS4 

265. Nineteenth Century French Drama 

An intensive study of the principal dramatic works, and a considera- 
tion of the related literary movements which evolved during the 
course of the nineteenth century in France. Lectures, parallel 
readings, oral and written reports. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or 
its equivalent. {Not offered in 1963-64) 
T Th 5-6 

271. French Literature of the Twentieth Century 

An analysis of the currents in French literature during the first half 
of the twentieth century, beginning with a brief survey of the trends 
which are carried over from the last century. Representative works 
of the foremost prose writers and dramatists will be studied in detail. 
Lectures in English and/or French, supplemental readings, oral and 
written reports. Prerequisite, French 211, 212, or its equivalent. 
M WF3 

291. Education — The Teaching of French 

A survey of methodology of general principles in the teaching of 
Romance Languages in secondary schools. Particular attention is 
paid to the teaching of grammar, reading methods, pronunciation 
and oral work and conversational languages. Realia materials 
examined and evaluated. Some attention is given to the possibilities 
now being developed in languages for the elementary school. 

TThS2 Credit, 3 hours 

II 

Hindi * 

Professor Gokhale 

111, 112. Elementary Hindi 

Basic Hindi grammar and vocabulary. The course is primarily de- 
signed to give the student enough knowledge of the language to 
read newspapers and simple Hindi books. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

• This course is attached to the Department of Romance Languages for adminis- 
trative purposes only. 

220 



Spanish 

151, 152. Intermediate Hindi 

A two semester course devoted to the teaching of the basic principles 
of literary Hindi; advanced vocabulary building and composition; 
introduction of Hindi literary texts. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

III 

Russian * 
Assistant Professor Anne Tillett 

111, 112. Elementary Russian 

The essentials of Russian grammar and the reading of elementary 
texts. Admission with the consent of the instructor. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 
151, 152. Intermediate Russian 

Continuation of the study of Russian grammar, with practice in 
conversation and composition. Reading of selected texts. Prerequisite 
Russian, 111, 1 1 2 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

IV 

Spanish 

Professor Parker 

Assistant Professors Campbell, King, Anne 

Tillett 
Instructors Delgado, Humphrey, Runner, Smith 

111, 112. Elementary Spanish 

A course for beginners, covering grammar essentials, pronunciation, 
dictation, and reading of simple prose. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

151, 152. Intermediate Spanish 

A review of grammar and composition with practice in conversation. 
Reading of selected texts. Prerequisite, Spanish 111, 112 or its 
equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

211, 212. Introduction to Spanish Literature 

A survey of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the contempo- 
rary period. Parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 
151, 1 52 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

* This course is attached to the Department of Romance Languages for administra- 
tive purposes only. 

221 



Spanish 



213. Spanish American Literature 

A general survey of Spanish American literature from the Colonial 
through the contemporary period, including selections from repre- 
sentative novels, short stories, essays, and poetry. Parallel reading 
and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 151, 152. Credit, 3 hours 

S214. Introduction to Spanish Literature 

Reading of selected texts. Parallel reading and reports. This course 
covers material not covered in either Spanish 211 or 212 in order 
that it may be substituted for either course as a requirement for 
graduation. Prerequisite, Spanish 152 or its equivalent. 

221, 222. Spanish Conversation and Composition 

A course stressing practice in speaking and writing Spanish. Required 
of those who plan to teach Spanish in high schools. Prerequisite, 
Spanish 151, 152 or its equivalent. 
TThS4 

234. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes 

A historical and critical analysis of the several types of prose fiction 
which developed in Spain prior to the appearance of the Quixote 
in 1605. Lectures and readings provide the foundation for class dis- 
cussion of the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, and picares- 
que novels as forerunners of the prose masterpiece by Cervantes. 

Credit, 3 hours 
241. Golden Age Drama 

A study of the drama of the Golden Age with emphasis upon the 
dramatic works of Lope de Vega, Calder6n de la Barca, Tirso de 
Molina, and Ruiz de Alarc6n. Lectures, classroom discussions, 
parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or its 
equivalent. {Not offered in 1963-64) 

243. Cervantes 

Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with special 
emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. Lectures, parallel 
reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or its equivalent. 
M W F 5 

262. The Spanish Romantic Drama 

An intensive study of Spanish Romanticism with emphasis on the 
drama. Lectures, classroom discussions, parallel reading and reports. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or its equivalent. 
M WF4 

222 



Sociology and Anthropology 



265. Spanish American Novel 

A study of the novel in Spanish America from its beginnings to the 
contemporary period. Lectures, parallel reading and reports. Pre- 
requisite, Spanish 211, 212 or its equivalent. {Not offered in 1963-64) 

272. The Modern Spanish Drama 

An intensive study of the principal Spanish dramatic works of the 
present century, beginning with the "Generation of '98" and con- 
tinuing up to the contemporary period. Lectures, classroom discus- 
sions, dramatic criticism, parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, 
Spanish 211, 212 or its equivalent. 
M WF5 

273. The Modern Spanish Novel 

An extensive study of representative Spanish novels, beginning with 
the works of the "Generation of '98" and continuing up to the con- 
temporary period. Lectures, classroom discussions, parallel reading 
and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or its equivalent. 
MWF5 

291. Education — The Teaching of Spanish 

A survey of methodology of general principles in the teaching of 
Romance Languages in secondary schools. Particular attention is 
paid to the teaching of grammar, reading methods, pronunciation 
and oral work and conversational languages. Realia materials 
examined and evaluated. Some attention is given to the possibilities 
now being developed in languages for the elementary school. 

TTh 2:00-3:15 Credit, 3 hours 



Sociology and Anthropology 

Professors Patrick, Banks 
Assistant Professor Chee 
Instructors Pace, Robertson 
Lecturer McDowell 

The requirement for a major in Sociology is 30 hours 
which must include Sociology 151, 251 or 252, 280, and 
284. Students who choose Sociology to meet the basic 
course requirements will take Sociology 151 and any 
course numbered from 223 to 259 except 248 and 249. 

223 



Sociology and Anthropology 



Qualified Sociology majors may be considered by 
the department for admission to the honors program in 
Sociology. They must have earned a QPR of not less 
than 2.0 on all college work and 2.3 on all work in 
Sociology, satisfactorily complete a senior research 
project and pass a comprehensive oral and written 
examination. They are then graduated with the designa- 
tion of "distinction in Sociology." Members of the staff 
may be consulted for additional information. 

151. Principles of Sociology 

A general introduction to the field of Sociology: social orgins; culture, 
human nature; collective behavior; communities; social institutions; 
social change. Credit, 3 hours 

223. Social Organization 

An analysis of the structure and fuction of small and large human 
groups. Special attention will be given to the bureaucratic structure 
of selected voluntary associations and administrative organizations. 
Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

225. Industrial Sociology 

A study stressing the relationship between industry and society, 
industry and the community, work groups and work relations, the 
role of the worker in work groups, and the social organization within 
industries. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

227 '. Personal Adjustment in Industry 

A socio-psychological study of the worker in an industrial civiliza- 
tion; emphasizing social attitudes, industrial morale, leadership, 
training, and the influence of the work group on the laborer; special 
emphasis also is given to the importance of testing, guidance, and 
counseling. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

233. The Community 

A survey of materials relating to the community as a unit of socio- 
logical investigation. The structure and functioning of folk, rural and 
urban communities will be studied in order to bring out the general 
principles that apply to this form of social organization . Prerequisite, 
Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

224 



Sociology and Anthropology 



235. Sociology of Health 

Concepts of illness and health; socio-cultural factors in physical and 
mental illness; the organization of medical care, primitive and con- 
temporary; the sociology of mental hospitals. Prerequisite, Sociology 
151. Credit, 3 hours 

239. Public Opinion and Propaganda 

The nature and development of public opinion; its relation to atti- 
tude, biases, stereotypes and controversial issues. The place of com- 
munication in formal and informal means of control; role of leaders, 
pressure groups and minority groups; propaganda and censorship; 
use of radio, press, motion picture and graphic arts; and measure- 
ment of public opinion. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

240. Sociology of Child Development 

A study of the process of socialization in the light of contemporary 
behavioral science; the primary factors in personality development; 
the relations between personality and social structure. Prerequisite, 
Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

241. Criminology 

A study of crime from the point of view of its nature, causes, personal 
and social consequences, and methods of treatment and prevention. 
Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

244. Social Deviation and Disorganization 

A study of the theoretical approaches to some of the principal social 
and personal problems in contemporary society. Primary emphasis 
will be given to the relationship between social structure and social 
problems. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

248. Marriage and the Family 

A study of the social basis and importance of the family, with especial 
reference to the influence of social change on family life and the 
problems growing out of modern conditions. Credit, 3 hours 

249. Introduction to Social Work 

This is a pre-professional course which is designed to introduce the 
student to social work and its various fields. This course carries 
3 hours credit with field work, 2 hours without field work. Prere- 
quisites Sociology 151 and permission of the instructor. 

Credit, 2 or 3 hours 

225 
IS 



Sociology and Anthropology 



251. Human Origins 

An introduction to the fields of physical anthropology and archeology, 
presenting materials on human biology, fossil man, and prehistoric 
cultures. Students are given an opportunity to do field and labora- 
tory work. Desirable as background for other courses on anthropolog- 
ical topics, such as Sociology 252 and 257. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. 

Credit, 3 hours 

252. Cultural Anthropology 

An introduction to the scientific study of culture, using materials 
drawn from ethnology and social anthropology. Emphasis will be 
given to non-literate cultures, and such topics as technology, eco- 
nomics, kinship and political organization, religion, art, and lan- 
guage will be surveyed. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

254. Primitive Religion 

A study of the world-view and values of various nonliterate cultures 
as expressed in their myths, rituals, and art. The role of culture in 
providing a structure for the perception of reality will be explored, 
and the importance of symbols in human activity will be stressed. 
Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

255. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems 

This course is designed primarily to develop in the student a knowl- 
edge and an understanding of the basic social and cultural systems 
of the Orient. Major emphasis will be given to the study of the process 
of socialization and social institutions. The influence of current 
cultural contacts with the West and consequent changes in the tra- 
ditional social institutions will be discussed. Prerequisite, Sociology 
151. Credit, 3 hours 

257 '. Culture and Personality 

A study of the relations between the individual and his society, 
including the influence of culture in shaping personalities and the 
part the individual plays in carrying on or changing his culture. 
Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

258. The American Indian 

A survey of the ethnology and prehistory of the American Indian. 
Reading and classroom work will be supplemented by field trips to 
sites of major importance. Prerequisite, Sociojpgy 151. Credit, 3 hours 

226 



Sociology and Anthropology 



259. Race and Culture 

A study of racial and ethnic groups from a cultural point of view. 
A number of inter-racial areas of the world are analyzed with 
especial reference to Hawaii, Brazil, South Africa, and the United 
States. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

271. Contemporary Social Theory 

A systematic study of the major writings in the development of 
modern sociological thought. The sociological theories of recent 
writers will be critically examined with a view to laying the founda- 
tions for the student's own constructive theory of social life. Pre- 
requisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

280. Social Statistics 

This course is designed primarily for the first year of statistics for 
students in Sociology and related fields. It will deal with research 
designs, the collection, tabulation, charting, analysis, and summariza- 
tion of data. Emphasis will be upon the application rather than the 
theory of statistical methods. This course may count as either Soci- 
ology or Psychology, but not both. At the time of registration the 
student must determine in which field credit is desired. One who 
takes this course may not receive credit in Bus. Adm. 368, Math 357, 
358 or Psychology 213. Credit, 3 hours 

284. Social Research 

A survey of the field of sociological research. Practice in the methods 
of developing studies and analyzing sociological data is emphasized. 
Prerequisite, Sociology 151, senior standing, and permission of the 
instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

285, 286. Seminar 

A reading and research seminar for majors in Sociology. Students 
will normally register for 285 in their junior year and 286 in their 
senior year. Credit, 1 hour each semester 

341. The Ecology of Man 

The nature of fitness of Man's environment; his requirements, gen- 
eral and special; the phenomenon of culture and its role as an 
ecological factor. See Biology 341. This course may count as either 
Biology or Sociology, but not both. At the time of registration the 
student must determine in which field credit is desired. 

Credit, 3 hours 

8 

227 



Speech 



Speech 



Associate Professor Shirley 
Assistant Professor Burroughs 
Instructors Hopper, Walton 
Lecturer Knobeloch 

The major in Speech consists of 30 credit hours 
which must include courses 151, 161, 211, 228, 241, 
and 271. The Speech adviser will recommend the 
remaining 12 hours from courses that conform to the 
individual's needs. Each Speech major is strongly 
urged to elect courses in the Social Sciences, Psychology, 
Philosophy, and Literature. 

Superior speech majors meeting certain specified re- 
quirements may be invited by the Department to par- 
ticipate in the honors program in Speech. To fulfill the 
requirements for honors, a student must earn a QPR of 
2.3 on all Speech courses and an overall QPR of 2.0, 
successfully complete Speech 289, and pass a compre- 
hensive written and oral examination at the end of 
the senior year. Upon satisfactory completion of these 
requirements, the candidate will be graduated with 
distinction in Speech. Members of the Speech staff will 
provide additional information. 



151. Speech Fundamentals 

A study of the nature and fundamentals of Speech (voice, body 
action, spoken language, and mental activity). Practice in the prep- 
aration and delivery of short speeches; foundation work for advanced 
speech study; use of tape recorder. 
M W F 2, 3, 4, 6; TTS4 



152. Public Speaking 

The preparation and presentation of short speeches to inform, con- 
vince, actuate, and entertain with special emphasis on organization 
and language. Experience in selecting, classifying, and recording ma- 

228 



Speech 



terials; practice in effective delivery; use of tape recorder. Prerequi- 
site, Speech 151. 
MWF4 

161. Voice and Diction 

A study of the principles of voice production with consideration to 
the eUmination of throat fatigue, huskiness, nasality, extremes of 
pitch, indistinctness, monotony, and mispronunciation. Emphasis 
placed on phonetics as the basis for correct sound formation. Students 
voices are recorded. 
M WF2 

211. Oral Interpretation of Literature 

The development of adequate mental and emotional responsiveness 
to literature and the ability to communicate this appreciation to 
others by oral reading. Various types of literature used for study and 
practice: the short story, old ballad, narrative poem, lyric, sonnet, and 
essay. 

M WF2 

221. History of the Theater 

A survey of the development of theater from its earliest beginnings to 
the present. Emphasis will be placed on Greek, Roman, French, 
Italian, English, and American theater. Open to freshmen and sopho- 
mores by permission of instructor. 
M WF7 

223. Stagecraft 

A study of the visual elements of play production: the theory of stage 
design; color and line; the building and painting of scenery; the mak- 
ing of stage models; costuming and make-up; stage lighting, prop- 
erties, and stage effects. Practical experience gained in laboratory 
and College Theater productions. Open to freshmen and sophomores 
by permission of instructor. 

TTh6-7 Credit, 3 hours 

226. Theories of Acting 

A study of the acting theories of the important actors and theater 
theorists from Aristotle through Judith Anderson. Attention will be 
given to acting techniques, practice in applying the various principles 
involved in creating a characterization, and director-actor relation- 
ships. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. 
T Th 6-7 Credit, 3 hours 

229 



Speech 

228. Play Directing 

A study of the theory and practice of play directing in the modern 
theater with emphasis on the educational theater; training in selecting 
and analyzing scripts; experience in casting and conducting rehearsals 
from the point of view of the director; participation in laboratory and 
College Theater productions. Prerequisite, Junior standing. 

T Th 6-7 Credit, 3 hours 

241. Introduction to Broadcasting 

A study of the development and structure of radio and television 
broadcasting in the United States with special attention to pro- 
gramming and current problems in broadcasting. Laboratory work 
in radio and television announcing. Open to freshmen and sopho- 
mores by permission of instructor. 
M WF6 

242. Radio and Television Production 

A study of the fundamentals of writing and directing radio and tele- 
vision programs with laboratory work in producing dramas, docu- 
mentaries, educational programs, and special events programs. Open 
to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. 
M WF6 

25 1 . Forms of Address 

The composition and delivery of social, ceremonial, professional, 
policy forming, and legislative addresses; emphasis placed on struc- 
ture, support, and style; attention given to effective delivery; study 
of classical and current speech texts; critical observations of speakers 
outside the class; use of tape recorder. Prerequisite, Speech 151 
or permission of instructor. 
M WF6 

253. American Public Address 

The history and criticism of American public address through the 
study of speeches of significant statesmen, lawyers, and clergymen 
from colonial times to the present; emphasis on sources of effective- 
ness. 

M WF7 

261. Speech Correction 

An introductory study of principles and methods of speech correction. 
Emphasis upon functional and pathological disorders with some 

230 



Asian Studies 



attention to problems of delayed speech, audiology, and sound sub- 
stitutions. Observations and clinical practice will be provided. 

T Th 4-5 Credit, 3 hours 

271. Argumentation and Debate 

Emphasis upon the essentials of argumentation; research analysis, 
evidence, reasoning, case construction, and refutation; with applica- 
tions to public speaking and debate. Open to freshmen and sopho- 
mores by permission of instructor. 
M WF7 

272. Group Discussion and Conference Leadership 

An introduction to the theory and practice of cooperative group 
deliberation for the purpose of problem-solving through reflective 
thinking. Practice in conferences, panels, committee meetings, and 
forums. 

M WF7 

289. Honors Course in Speech 

A thorough research paper and a project involving intensive work 
in an area of special interest will be performed on an individual 
basis under an advisor appointed by the departmental honors com- 
mittee. Open to seniors who are candidates for graduation with 
distinction in Speech. Credit, 1 hour 

291. Education — The Teaching of Speech 

A study of speech methods and resources, emphasizing theories 
and practices in teaching speech in the secondary school. Con- 
sideration will be given to methods of teaching and directing public 
speaking, voice and diction, discussion and debate, interpretation, 
theater, radio and television, and speech correction. 

T Th 5-6 Credit, 3 hours 



The Asian Studies Program 

As a result of a grant from the Mary Reynolds Bab- 
cock Foundation, an Asian studies program was inaugu- 
rated in the fall of 1960 at Wake Forest College, Salem 
College, and Winston-Salem Teachers College. The 
director of the program is Professor B. G. Gokhale, and 

231 



Courses at Salem College 



the following courses are available in the Wake Forest 
College curriculum: 

History 341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia 

History 347, 348. Modern India 

Hindi 111, 112. Elementary Hindi 

Hindi 151, 152. Intermediate Hindi 

Political Science 240. Government and Politics of South- 

east Asia. 

Political Science 245. Government and Politics of South Asia 

Sociology 255. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems 

A description of each of these courses may be found in 
the curriculum of the department concerned. 

Courses at Salem College 

Wake Forest College and Salem College participate 
in a plan of exchange credits whereby courses offered at 
Salem and not offered at Wake Forest are available to 
full-time students regularly enrolled at Wake Forest. 
The same privilege is extended by Wake Forest to 
full-time Salem students. 

A Wake Forest student interested in taking a course at 
Salem must make formal application in advance, and 
the application must be approved by his faculty adviser 
and by the Dean. No financial payment is necessary 
except in certain courses in which the student receives 
private instruction. Grades and quality points earned 
in courses at Salem are evaluated in the same way as 
they would be if the work were taken at Wake Forest. 

More detailed information about this plan is available 
in the offices of the Registrar and the Dean. The plan 
is effective only during the regular academic year and 
not during any summer session. 

232 



SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

* Faculty 

Harold Wayland Tribble, President 
Gaines M. Rogers, Dean and Professor of Finance 
Leon P. Cook, Associate Professor of Accounting 
Dorothy A. Greene, Instructor in Secretarial Studies 
Ralph C. Heath, Professor of Marketing 
George Hobart, Visiting Professor of Economics 
Delmer P. Hylton, Professor of Accounting 
Oscar J. Lewis, Associate Professor of Accounting 
Jeanne Owen, Associate Professor of Business Law 
Charles M. Ramsey, Professor of Economics 
Karl Myron Scott, Professor of Management 
Lyell J. Thomas, Associate Professor of Economics 



Aims 

The School of Business Administration was conceived 
by the Administration and Trustees of Wake Forest Col- 
lege to provide a liberal education and at the same time 
the preparation essential to a career in business. With the 
constant growth in the industrialization of the region 
and the increase in the complexity of modern business, it 
is felt that professional training for men of business be- 
comes ever more essential. The future business leader, 
as indeed the present, must be an individual with the 
professional outlook, an individual of strength, culture, 
and character. Therefore, it is believed that the School 
of Business Administration operating in conjunction 
with a Liberal Arts College, and with a background of 
Christianity, represents the ideal combination in the 
preparation for a career in business. 



•See Administration and Faculty Sections for full information. 

233 



Business Administration 



Admission Requirements 

Unconditional admittance: A student, who, at the 
end of his sophomore year, has attempted at least 54 
hours of work and has accumulated quality points at 
least equal to hours attempted, and in addition has 
passed Business Administration 101 and 102, and 213 
and 214, may be admitted, upon application, un- 
conditionally. 

Conditional admittance: At the discretion of the 
Admissions Committee of the School of Business Ad- 
ministration, a student may be admitted conditionally. 
Conditional admission will be considered under the 
following circumstances: 

a. If the student meets the requirements for un- 
conditional admittance except that he has not 
completed courses Business Administration 101, 
102, 213, and 214, he must complete these courses 
within one calendar year after date of the con- 
ditional admission. 

b. A student failing to present quality points equal 
to hours attempted may be conditionally admitted 
under the following circumstances: 



Hours Attempted 


Quality 


Point Ratio 


54 to 64.9 




.75 


65 to 74.9 




.80 


75 to 84.9 




.85 


85 and over 




.90 



Conditions for continued enrollment: 

a. Unconditional Admittance: Such a student is ex- 
pected to maintain quality points equal to the number 
of hours attempted. If at the end of any semester after 
admission, quality points are not at least equal to 
hours attempted, admission to the School of Business 

234 



Business Administration 



Administration will be revoked. The student may apply 
for conditional admittance. 

b. Conditional Admittance: A student who has been 
conditionally admitted to the School of Business Ad- 
ministration must make satisfactory progress toward 
graduation each semester. If a student's over-all record 
does not meet the requirements listed above for con- 
ditional admission, the admission to the School of 
Business will be revoked at the end of any semester. 

Enrollment in Courses by Non-Business Students: Students 
who have not been admitted to the School of Business, 
may take business courses numbered 300 and above 
only with permission of the Dean of the School of 
Business. 

Transfer of Credit from Other Schools 

Of the 57 hours of work in the School of Business 
Administration required for the B.B.A. degree, a mini- 
mum of 36 hours must be taken at Wake Forest College. 
The following rules apply for transfer of residence credit 
from other schools: 

1. A course passed with the lowest passing grade at another in- 
stitution does not give hour credit toward graduation, but may 
be used to satisfy a course requirement upon approval of the 
Dean of the School of Business Administration. 

2. Work passed above the minimum passing grade: 

(a) Schools which are members of the American Association 
of Collegiate Schools of Business: 

All credit is acceptable if the student received a satisfactory 
grade in the course and if a similar course is offered at 
Wake Forest College. Credit for courses not offered at 
Wake Forest College may be accepted upon approval of 
the Dean of the School of Business Administration. 

(b) Four-year colleges which are accredited by the regional 
accrediting association: 

Credit for Principles of Accounting and Principles of 
Economics will be granted with or without a validating 
exam at the discretion of the Dean of the School of Business 

235 



Business Administration 



Administation. A validating examination may be required 
for any course transferred. 

(c) Accredited junior colleges: 

Principles of Economics may be accepted without a validat- 
ing exam at the discretion of the Dean of the School of 
Business Administration. A validating exam is required 
for Principles of Accounting. No junior or senior courses 
will be accepted. 

(d) Non-accredited schools: 

All credit transferred must be validated by examination. 

3. A student transferring to Wake Forest College must first meet 
the general admission requirements of the College. If the 
transferee transfers 54 hours or more, he must then apply for 
admission to the School of Business Administration should he 
wish to become a candidate for the B.B.A. degree. Those 
transferring less than 54 hours may be admitted to the School 
of Arts and Sciences from which they will be promoted to the 
School of Business Administration upon meeting the entrance 
requirements for this school. 

Accreditation 

The School of Business Administration is a Member 
of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of 
Business. 

Organizations 

The national honorary fraternity in business admin- 
istration, Beta Gamma Sigma, is represented at Wake 
Forest. Two professional fraternities in business admin- 
istration and commerce have installed chapters at Wake 
Forest. The Gamma Nu Chapter of Delta Sigma Pi 
and the Gamma Delta Chapter of Alpha Kappa Psi 
were granted charters in 1950. A local business Society 
for women students, Delta Kappa Nu, was organized 
in 1953. 

Awards 

For a description of the following awards see pages 
82-83 : Laura Baker Paden Medal, North Carolina Association 
of Certified Public Accountants Medal, A. M. Pullen and 

236 



Business Administration 



Company Medal, Wall Street Journal Award, Alpha Kappa 
Psi Scholarship Key, Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key, Delta 
Kappa Nits Business Woman Student Award. 

Dean's List Certificates are awarded to graduating 
seniors receiving the B.B.A. degree who have appeared 
on the Dean's List for two of the four semesters prior 
to graduation. 

Degrees 

The School of Business Administration offers the 
Bachelor of Business Administration degree and a 
major in Economics or Commercial Education for 
those taking the Bachelor of Arts degree. A student 
cannot be considered a candidate for the B.B.A. degree 
until he has been admitted to the School of Business. 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree re- 
quires one hundred twenty-eight hours of college work. 
A minimum of fifty-seven hours of prescribed work in 
Business Administration must be taken. At least 128 
quality points must be presented for graduation by those 
who take all of their work here, 64 by those who enter 
from other colleges. In no case may a student present 
hours in excess of quality points. Each student seeking 
the B.B.A. degree must take a minimum of nine hours 
beyond the principles level in non-required work in one 
area of concentration. 

Courses required of all candidates for the B.BA. degree: 



Basic Requirements 



English 111, 112, 151, 152 
History 111, 112 
Mathematics 105 and 161 
**Religion, 6 hours 
Sociology 151-225 

or 
Psychology 151-273 
Political Science 151, 152 


Philosophy 211 

Business Administration 213-214 
Business Administration 101-102 
Science, 8 hours 
(Laboratory science) 
Physical Education 111, 112 
Choice of 6 hours: 
*Language through 151, 152 or 
Mathematics 162 and Speech 151 


•See page 106. 
"See page 107. 





237 



Business Administration 



Professional Work 
Business Administration 368 Business Administration 340 

Business Administration 321 Business Administration 331 

Business Administration 361-362 Business Administration 420 
Business Administration 350 Business Administration 460 

Students may obtain the Bachelor of Arts degree with 
a major in Economics or a major in Commercial Edu- 
cation. For a major in Economics forty-two hours are 
required in Economics and related fields with a mini- 
mum of thirty hours in Economics. Principles of Eco- 
nomics, Intermediate Economics, Money and Banking, 
Business Statistics, and either Comparative Economic 
Systems or History of Economic Thought must be 
included. For a major in Commercial Education the 
plan outlined under the General Commercial Certificate 
listed below should be followed. 

Teaching Certificates in Commerce 

I. General Commercial Certificate 

Students desiring a high school "A" certificate for 
general commercial work must complete the following 
courses in Business Administration: 

Business Administration 213 Business Administration 450 

Business Administration 214 Business Administration 451 

•Business Administration 250 **Business Administration 201 

Business Administration 101 Business Administration 340 

Business Administration 102 Business Administration 352 

Business Administration 251 Education 291 

•Business Administration 359 Business Administration 344 

II. Certification in Individual Areas 

Student may be certified in any one of the following 
individual fields upon completion of the prescribed 
courses: 



•Students whose high school transcripts show satisfactory completion of one year 
typing and one year shorthand may be excused from B.A. 250 and B.A. 369. 
•♦Or one of the following: B.A. 331, B.A. 333 or B.A. 332. 

238 



Business Administration 



A. Typewriting (4 hours) C. Stenography (11 hours) 
Business Administration 250 Business Administration 250 (or 251) 
Business Administration 251 Business Administration 359, 450, 451 

B. Accounting (15 hours) D. Basic Business (24 hours) 
Business Administration 101 Economics, 12; Accounting or 
Business Administration 102 Management, 12 

Business Administration 201 Business Administration 213, 214 

Business Administration 352 Business Administration 101, 102 

Business Administration 201 
3 additional hours in Accounting Business Administration 352 
or management 6 additional hours in Economics 

Fields of Concentration 

The courses listed below are classified into areas of 
concentration including both required and elective 
courses. Each student seeking the B.B.A. degree must 
take a minimum of nine hours beyond the principles 
level in non-required work in one area of concentration. 

Accounting 

The accounting curriculum is designed to give all 
candidates for degrees in Business Administration or 
Economics basic knowledge which is essential in under- 
standing and administering business operations. For 
those who elect more than the minimum required work, 
the curriculum makes available opportunity for training 
for the more responsible accounting positions in industry 
and government and also enables the student to prepare 
himself for the Certified Public Accountant examination. 

A major in accounting is offered to candidates for the 
B.B.A. degree. In order to qualify as an accounting 
major, the student must complete Business Administra- 
tion 101 and 102, 201 and 202, 203, and 404, and 
three additional courses in accounting. A point-hour 
ratio of 1.75 to 1 must be attained in accounting sub- 
jects. Those who graduate as accounting majors are 
permitted to take the C.P.A. examination in North 

239 



Business Administration 



Carolina without qualifying experience which is other- 
wise necessary. (The point-hour ratio does not apply 
for C.P.A. examination purposes.) 

The senior accounting major may have the oppor- 
tunity to obtain practical accounting experience and 
training through the Accounting Internship Program. 

It is recommended that the student interested in a 
career in accounting begin his accounting studies during 
his freshman year in college. 

B.A. 101, 102 Principles of Accounting 6 

B.A. 201, 202 Intermediate Accounting 6 

B.A. 203 Cost Accounting 3 

B.A. 204 Advanced Cost Accounting 2 

B.A. 301 Governmental Accounting 3 

B.A. 302 Accounting Systems 3 

B.A. 401 Advanced Accounting Problems I 3 

B.A. 402 Advanced Accounting Problems II 3 

B.A. 403 Income Tax Accounting 5 

B.A. 404 Auditing 3 

B.A. 405 Accounting Internship 2 

B.A. 406 Current Accounting Theory 2 

Economics 
B.A. 213, 214 Principles of Economics 6 



B.A. 310 


Intermediate Economics 


3 


B.A. 311 
B.A. 312 
B.A. 314 
B.A. 316 

B.A. 346 
B.A. 411 


Economic Geography 
Economic History of U.S. 
Foreign Trade 
Business Cycles 
Principles of Transportation 
Public Finance 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 


B.A. 412 
B.A. 414 


Comparative Economic Systems 
History of Economic Thought 

Finance 


3 
3 


B.A. 321 
B.A. 326 


Money and Banking 
Investments 


3 
3 


B.A. 342 


Credits and Collections 


3 


B.A. 403 
B.A. 411 


Income Tax Accounting 
Public Finance 


5 

3 


B.A. 420 


Corporation Finance 
240 


3 



Badness Administration 



B.A. 


203 


B.A. 


204 


B.A. 


316 


B.A. 


331 


B.A. 


332 


BA. 


333 


B.A. 


368 


B.A. 


431 


B.A. 


432 


B.A. 


434 


B.A. 


340 


B.A. 


341 


B.A. 


342 


B.A. 


344 


B.A. 


346 


B.A. 


440 


BA. 


442 


B.A. 


444 


B.A. 


250 


B.A. 


251 


B.A. 


350 


B.A. 


352 


B.A. 


359 


B.A. 


450 


B.A. 


451 


Ed. 


291 


B.A. 


270 


B.A. 


301 


B.A, 


.331 


B.A 


,333 


B.A 


.352 


B.A 


.411 


B.A 


.432 



Management and Industrial Relations 

Cost Accounting 3 

Advanced Cost Accounting 2 

Business Cycles 3 

Principles of Management 3 

Production Management 3 

Personnel Management 3 

Business Statistics 3 

Labor Legislation 3 

Wage and Salary Administration 3 

Labor Problems 3 



Marketing 

Fundamentals of Marketing 
Advanced Marketing 
Credits and Collections 
Retailing 

Principles of Transportation 
Marketing Management 
Fundamentals of Selling 
Marketing Research 

Secretarial Studies 

Elementary Typewriting 

Advanced Typewriting 

Business Correspondence 

Office Management 

Elementary Shorthand 

Advanced Shorthand 

Advanced Transcription 

Teaching of Business Education Subjects 3 

Public Administration 

Public Administration 3 

Governmental Accounting 3 

Principles of Management 3 

Personnel Management 3 

Office Management 3 

Public Finance 3 

Wage and Salary Administration 3 
Pol.Sci. 151, 152 National, State, and Local Government 3 

Pol. Sci. 216 Government and Business 3 



16 



241 



Accounting 



Other Courses Not Counted Toward a Concentration 

B.A. 361 Business Law 3 

B.A. 362 Business Law 3 

BA. 364 Insurance 3 

BA. 366 Real Estate 3 

BA. 368 Business Statistics 3 

B A. 460 Quantitative Analysis of Business Data 3 



Description of Courses 

I 
Accounting 

101-102. Principles of Accounting 

The fundamental concepts of accounting, the accounting equation, 
the accounting cycle. Preparation of statements and working papers. 
Business Administration 101 is prerequisite to 102. Credit for B.A. 
101 is withheld until BA. 102 has been satisfactorily completed. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 
201-202. Intermediate Accounting 

A detailed analysis of problems and the related theory concerning 
accounts normally found in financial statements. Preparation of 
supplementary reports and statements designed for special purposes. 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 102; 201 is prerequisite of 202. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

203. Cost Accounting 

Theory and procedures used in accumulating product costs under 
job lot and continuous process manufacturing procedures. Major 
consideration is given to the analysis and interpretation of informa- 
tion accumulated under historical cost accounting procedures. 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 102. Credit, 3 hours 

20 4. Advanced Cost Accounting 

A continuation of BA 203 with emphasis on cost accumulation under 
predetermined cost procedures. Major attention is concentrated 
on analysis of variances from budgeted costs. Recent developments 
in cost accounting theory and practice are investigated. Prerequiste: 
Business Administration 203. Credit, 2 hours 

242 



Accounting 

301. Governmental Accounting 

The theory and technique in handling accounts for non-profit 
institutions, and the preparation of reports and statements, with 
special emphasis on state and local governmental units. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 201. Credit, 3 hours 

302. Accounting Systems 

A study of the functions which must be performed by an adequate 
accounting system. Methods and procedures necessary to accomplish 
these functions are examined and related to selected typical organiza- 
tions. Prerequisites: Business Administration 201 and 203. 

Credit, 3 hours 

401 . Advanced Accounting Problems — / 

Advanced problems designed as preparation for the student who 
intends to work for the G.P.A. certificate and for those who desire 
a more thorough background in accounting. Prerequisite: Business 
Administration 201. Credit, 3 hours 

402. Advanced Accounting Problems — II 

Advanced work in theory and practice of accounting designed to 
help prepare the student for the C.P.A. examination and to enable 
him to solve complex business problems. Prerequisite, Business 
Administration 201. Credit, 3 hours 

403. Income Tax Accounting 

Unusual treatment of certain accounts to comply with the Internal 
Revenue Code. Preparation of individual and corporate returns. 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 201 . Credit, 5 hours 

404. Auditing 

A course designed to familiarize the student with the work of the 
independent professional accountant, with particular emphasis upon 
examination and verification of books and records and financial 
statements taken therefrom. Prerequisite: Business Administration 
202. Credit, 3 hours 

405. Accounting Internship 

This course may be taken only in conjunction with B.A. 404. The 
student observes and participates in actual operations and submits 
detailed reports thereon of his activity with a selected firm of certified 
public accountants. Approval of the Dean of the School of Business 
Administration is necessary for enrollment in the course. No credit 
is granted until successful completion of B. A. 404. Credit, 2 hours 

243 



Economics 

406. Current Accounting Theory 

A study of current problems and controversies in accounting theory. 
Admission to the class is by permission of the instructor only. The 
class meets in seminar fashion for two hours one day each week. 

Credit, 2 hours 

II 

Economics 

213. Principles of Economics 

An introductory course with emphasis on micro-economic analysis. 
Basic economic concepts and theories of production, value and 
price, economics of the firm, and functional distribution are the 
principal topics considered. Throughout the course application of 
relevant principles in the analysis of specific economic problems is 
stressed. Credit, 3 hours 

214. Principles of Economics 

The emphasis in this course is on macro-economic analysis. Principal 
topics considered are national income concepts, national income 
analysis, money and banking, and problems of economic growth and 
economic instability. Throughout the course application of relevant 
principles in the analysis of specific economic problems is stressed. 
Prerequisite; Business Administration 213. Credit, 3 hours 

310. Intermediate Economics 

The analytical tools and principles of modern economics: theories of 
value and distribution, of money and prices, and of international 
trade; factors determining national income. Prerequisite: Business 
Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 

311. Economic Geography 

A study of the basic economic activities and industries of the world, 
with emphasis on the physical, economic, technological, and other 
factors determining their location and distribution. Registration by 
permission of instructor, junior or senior year. Offered in alternate 
years, beginning 1954-55. Credit, 3 hours 

312. Economic History of the United States 

This course may count as Business Administration or History, but not 
both. At the time of registration the student must determine in which 
field credit is desired. See History 264. Credit, 3 hours 

244 



Economics 



314. International Economics 

An introductory study of the main features of the international 
economy, including international specialization and trade, balances 
of payments, foreign exchange, international disequilibrium and 
process of adjustment, trade restrictions and commercial policies, 
foreign investment, and some of the economic aspects of the develop- 
ment of under-developed countries. Prerequisite: Business Adminis- 
tration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 

316. Business Cycles 

Topics covered are the identification, description, and statistical 
measurement of various types of economic fluctuations, particularly 
business cycles, theories of the causes of business cycles, forecasting 
techniques, and stabilization policies and measures. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 

346. Principles of Transportation 

An analysis of the economic, social, and political aspects of rail, water 
and air transportation. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, 
214. Credit, 3 hours 

41 1 . Public Finance 

A study of government expenditures, budgeting, the administration 
of the public debt and the ensuing effects upon the economy, public 
revenue with an examination of each of the main taxes, and inter- 
governmental financial relationships. Prerequisite: Business Ad- 
ministration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 

412. Comparative Economic Systems 

An objective examination of the theory, programs, and practices 
of the principal contemporary economic systems, including capital- 
ism, socialism, communism, fascism, and co-operation. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 

414. History of Economic Thought 

A survey of the main development in economic thought from about 
1500 to the present. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, 214. 

Credit, 3 hours 
434. Labor Problems 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the trade union as an 
institution, management objectives, the bargaining process, the 
economics of wage determination, the handling of non-wage issues 

245 



Management 



in collective bargaining, and the politico-economic impact of trade 
unions upon the development of the American economy. Pre- 
requisite: Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 



III 

Finance 

321. Money and Banking 

A study of monetary systems, the banking structure, banking prob- 
lems and international finance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 
213,214. Credit, 3 hours 

326. Investments 

A study of the principles governing the proper investment of personal 
and institutional funds; information sources; exchanges and govern- 
ment regulations. Prerequisite: Business Administration 214, 101, 
and 102. Credit, 3 hours 

420. Corporation Finance 

A study of the principles and practices of corporate finance, types of 
securities and characteristics, problems of promotion and combina- 
tion, security placement, operating policies, receivership and reor- 
ganization, and government control. Prerequisite: Business Adminis- 
tration 214, 1 1 , and 1 02 Credit, 3 hours 



IV 

Management and Industrial Relations 

331. Principles of Management 

A survey course designed to acquaint the student with the aspects 
of modern management. The background of the management move- 
ment, administrative policies, plant location, plant layout, product 
development and research, and personnel relations are among the 
topics covered. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, and 214. 

Credit, 3 hours 

332. Production Management 

Selected production problems are considered. Assembly-line tech- 
niques and quality control of materials will be covered. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 213, 214 and 331. Credit, 3 hours 

246 



Marketing 

333. Personnel Management 

A study of the principles and procedures involved in the recruitment 
and selection of a labor force, the handling of grievances, problems 
involved in collective bargaining, remuneration policies, merit 
rating, promotion and transfer, training in industry, and personnel 
records. Prerequisite: Business Administration 214. Credit, 3 hours 

431. Labor Legislation 

Labor problems are comprehensively treated with particular em- 
phasis upon their legal aspect; foundation of the labor movement, 
the social and political program they seek to carry through, the labor 
contract, social insurance legislation, and child labor laws are among 
the problems considered. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 

432. Wage and Salary Administration 

A study of the different approaches that may be made to the problems 
involved in the creation of a sound wage and salary administration 
program in industry. Such problems as how to inaugurate, adminis- 
ter, and verify rated positions, and the impact of such programs on 
collective bargaining will be considered. Prerequisite: Business 
Administration 213,214 an d 333 . Credit, 3 hours 



V 

Marketing 

340. Principles of Marketing 

An examination of the marketing structure within the framework 
of the dynamic economic system of the United States. Studies the 
movement of goods from producer to consumer through the various 
channels of distribution; the functions of marketing; marketing costs; 
the choice of policies; social and economic implications. 

Credit, 3 hours 

341. Advanced Marketing 

A course designed to further the student's knowledge of marketing 
principles and their application to the solution of distribution prob- 
lems. Students do additional reading designed to increase their 
understanding of the field of marketing generally, and in particular 
of the marketing of industrial goods; wholesaling; purchasing; and 
marketing management. Prerequisite: Business Administration 340. 

Credit, 3 hours 

247 



Marketing 

342. Credits and Collections 

A study of the credit problems of individual business firms. Examines 
the policies upon which good credit practice is built; sources of 
credit information; analysis of risk; collection procedures; credit 
department organization; significance of consumer and mercantile 
credit to the economy. Credit, 3 hours 

344. Retailing 

An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the 
basic problems of retailing. Business location, store layout, mer- 
chandise display, buying procedures, and inventory control are 
among the topics covered. Prerequisite: Business Administration 340. 

Credit, 3 hours 

440. Marketing Management 

A study, from the viewpoint of the marketing manager, of the selling 
policies of a business enterprise. Studies: merchandising, promotion, 
planning, organizing, and control. Examines the problems of product 
planning, developing product lines, pricing the product, determining 
the market, costs of selling, sales helps, brands, and the comparative 
emphasis to be placed upon types of selling activity. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 340. Credit, 3 hours 

442. Fundamentals of Selling 

A study of the sales function in the marketing of goods and services. 
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamentals 
of both advertising and personal selling as an integral part of the 
marketing process. Prerequisite: Business Administration 340. 

Credit, 3 hours 
444. Marketing Research 

This course is designed to provide the student with a background in 
the nature, scope, and application to research as it may be used to 
support the sales function of an enterprise. Included in the study are: 
formulation of specific marketing problems; sources of data; pro- 
cedures and methods of analysis; interpretation and presentation of 
findings. Prerequisite: Business Administration 340 and 368. 

Credit, 3 hours 



248 



Secretarial Studies 



VI 

Secretarial Studies 

250. Elementary Typing 

A course in touch typewriting for personal use. Drills are used to 
develop facility, accuracy, and the complete mastery of the keyboard. 
Instruction in letter writing, centering problems, and manuscript 
typing. A speed of thirty words a minute is required for credit in 
this course. Students having completed one year of typing must 
receive permission from instructor to register for this course. 

Credit, 2 hours 

251. Advanced Typing 

A course designed for the development of typewriting skill with 
special attention to the mechanics of letter writing, tabulation, 
manuscript typing, legal documents, and business forms. 

Credit, 2 hours 

350. Business Correspondence 

A course in the theory and practical application of business writing 
principles, dealing concretely with salesmanship, collection, credit, 
et cetera, with particular reference to the types of expression best 
adapted to the problems of those fields. Prerequisite: typing ability. 

Credit, 3 hours 

352. Office Management 

A course designed to prepare students for meeting situations in the 
modern business office. The course includes an introduction to the 
use of dictation and transcribing machines and instruction in filing. 

Credit, 3 hours 

359. Elementary Shorthand 

In this course attention is given to developing reading and writing 
skills. A speed of sixty words a minute is required for credit. 

Credit, 3 hours 

450. Advanced Shorthand 

Dictation course. Intensive practice in reading and dictation, with 
emphasis on transcription. A speed of eighty words a minute is 
required for this course. Credit, 3 hours 



249 



Public Administration 



451. Advanced Transcription 

A dictation course. Intensive practice in transcription and office 
procedure. A speed of 100 words a minute is required for this course. 

Credit, 3 hours 

291. Education — Teaching of Business Education Subjects 

A course designed to familiarize the prospective high school business 
education teacher with the methods and materials used in the teach- 
ing of typewriting, shorthand, business arithmetic, bookkeeping 
and general business. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, 214, 
250, 1 1 , 359. Credit, 3 hours 



VII 

Public Administration 

270. Public Administration 

This course may count as Business Administration or Political 
Science, but not both. At the time of registration the student must 
determine in which field credit is desired. See Political Science 213. 

Credit, 3 hours 

Other Courses Not Counted Toward a Concentration 
361, 362. Business Law 

A study of the more important legal principles which govern in the 
daily conduct of business. Discussion of contracts, agency, negotiable 
instruments, sales, bailments, partnership, corporations, bankruptcy, 
and other topics. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

364. Insurance 

A study of the fundamental principles of insurance and their appli- 
cation to life, property, casualty, and social insurance. Offered in 
alternate years. Credit, 3 hours 

366. Real Estate 

A study of the fundamental principles, laws, and practices relating 
to appraisal, ownership, control, financing, and transfer of resi- 
dential and other real property. Credit, 3 hours 

250 



Business Administration 



368. Business Statistics 

A study of statistical methods with emphasis upon business and 
economic data, including such techniques as collecting, classifying, 
tabulating, graphing, and combining data in frequency distributions; 
index numbers; time series; correlation; and preparation of reports. 
One taking this course may not receive credit in Math 357, 358, 
Sociology 280, or Psychology 213. Prerequisite: Sixty semester hours 
work. Credit, 3 hours 

460. Quantitative Analysis of Business Data 

This course, required of all B.B.A. degree candidates except those 
majoring in accounting, is designed to help the student use account- 
ing and related data in solving problems in business administration. 
The case method is employed to a considerable extent. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 214 and 102. Credit, 3 hours 



251 



DIVISION OF GRADUATE STUDIES 

On January 13, 1961, the Trustees of Wake Forest 
College established the Division of Graduate Studies and 
announced that beginning in September, 1961, the 
College would resume course and research work leading 
to the degree of Master of Arts in the Departments of 
Biology, Chemistry, English, History, Mathematics, and 
Physics. A full program of study leading to this degree 
is now being offered in these six departments. 

Since June, 1962, the Department of Education has 
offered professional courses required for the issuance of 
the North Carolina Graduate Certificate and for the 
renewal of other certificates, but a master's degree with 
the major in Education is not offered. 

Requirements for admission to the Division of Gradu- 
ate Studies include graduation with a superior record 
from an accredited college. In the evaluation of tran- 
scripts greater significance is attached to the applicant's 
record on work in his major than in his other courses. 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts are re- 
quired to complete successfully a minimum of twenty- 
four hours of course work, write a thesis for which six 
hours of credit are allotted, and pass a reading examina- 
tion in one modern foreign language. 

The Division of Graduate Studies will have twenty 
full tuition scholarships available to be awarded for 
the summer of 1963 and a total of fifty-eight assistant- 
ships, fellowships, and scholarships for the academic 
year 1963-64. 

The Bulletin of the Division of Graduate Studies, an 
application for admission form, and an application for 
grant form may be obtained by writing The Director 
of Graduate Studies, Box 7323, Reynolda Station, Wake 
Forest College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina. 



252 



SCHOOL OF LAW 

^Faculty 

Harold Wayland Tribble, President 

Carroll W. Weathers, Dean and Professor of Law 

Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law 

Esron MgGruder Faris, Jr., Professor of Law 

H. Gardner Hudson, Lecturer in Law 

Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law 

John Donald Scarlett, Professor of Law 

Warren A. Seavey, Visiting Professor of Law 

James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law 

James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law 

Norman A. Wiggins, Professor of Law 

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian 

General Statement 

The Law School was established as a department of 
Wake Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being 
Professor N. Y. Gulley, who served as dean from 1905 
until his retirement from active administration in 1935. 
From the beginning, the school has steadily grown and 
developed until it now has a faculty of eight full-time 
teachers and a visiting professor each year. 

The selection and treatment of the courses of study 
offered in the Law School, and the method of instruction 
employed are designed to afford comprehensive and 
thorough training in the broad field of legal education 
and to equip students to practice in any jurisdiction 
where the Anglo-American law system prevails. The 
achievement of these purposes necessitates, first, the 
requirement of adequate and appropriate preliminary 
education in order to assure an intellectual maturity 



'See Administration and Faculty sections for full information. 

253 



Law 



and cultural background against which legal principles 
and problems can be understood in their social, economic 
and moral, as well as in their legal aspects; second, a 
comprehensive study of the theories and doctrines of 
the Anglo-American system of law and their statutory 
modification. 

The Law School has as its objective, not only to 
train a student in legal principles and doctrines, but 
also to stimulate his reasoning powers, to prepare him 
to present legal propositions logically and analytically, 
and to develop in the student a profound sense of legal 
ethics, professional responsibility and the duty of the 
lawyer to society. 

The Law School is fully approved by all national and 
state accrediting agencies. It is a member of the As- 
sociation of American Law Schools, and is listed as an 
approved school by the American Bar Association, by 
the Board of Law Examiners and Council of the North 
Carolina State Bar, and by the University of the State 
of New York. 

The Law School has its separate building, new and 
modern in all respects and designed to accommodate 
the continued growth and future development of the 
School and the expansion of its program in the field of 
legal education. The law building, which is a handsome 
four-story structure, contains many attractive and useful 
features including air-conditioning. In addition to class- 
room and seminar room facilities, administrative and 
faculty offices, library, student lounge and faculty 
conference room, the building contains a combination 
moot court-assembly room which will seat 250 people 
and is adapted for the multiple purposes of the moot 
court program, Student Bar Association activities, and 
institutes in the field of continuing legal education. The 
Law Library is of extraordinary beauty and will accom- 

254 



Law 



modate in excess of 100,000 volumes. Alcoves in the 
reading room and balcony provide individual study 
space for students. Additional study tables are available 
in the reading room and in the three conference rooms. 
Typing carrells are located in the stack area. The law 
building also provides a conference room for members 
of the Bar who wish to use the facilities of the Library 
for research. 

The Law Library contains approximately 31,100 
volumes, carefully selected to avoid unnecessary dupli- 
cation and to insure the greatest possible usefulness. 

Admission Requirements 

The academic requirements for admission to the 
School of Law, as a candidate for the LL.B. degree, may 
be satisfied by any one of the following methods: 

(1) An academic degree from an approved college 
or university. 

(2) The completion of three years of academic work 
prescribed in the "Combined Course" in the School of 
Arts and Sciences at Wake Forest College. (See pages 
112-113 for details.) 

(3) The completion of three years of academic work 
acceptable toward a bachelor's degree at an approved 
college or university. 

An entering law student without an academic degree 
must have completed at least three-fourths of the work 
acceptable for a bachelor's degree granted on the basis 
of a four-year period of study in residence at such ap- 
proved college or university attended by him, with a 
scholastic average, based on all work undertaken, at 
least equal to the quality of work required for graduation 
at the institutions attended, and at least equal to C. All 
grades of failure must be included in the computation, 

255 



Law 



including failures received in courses which have been 
re-taken and passed. 

Non-theory courses in military science, hygiene, 
domestic arts, physical education, vocal or instrumental 
music, practice teaching, teaching methods and tech- 
niques and similar courses are not acceptable under the 
above rule. "Required" non-theory work is acceptable 
up to ten per cent of the total credit offered for admission. 

The academic requirements set forth above are mini- 
mum requirements, and satisfaction of these require- 
ments do not necessarily entitle an applicant to ad- 
mission. In addition, an applicant for admission is 
required to take the Law School Admission Test (an 
aptitude test hereinafter referred to) and to have his 
score on such Test furnished this Law School. 

There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for 
admission to the School of Law. Since the law, in its 
application and as a subject of study, touches so many 
phases of life, it has been considered unwise to require 
an inflexible preparatory course. The School of Law 
merely recommends the inclusion of as many of the 
following courses as possible in any pre-law program of 
study: English Composition, History of the United 
States, History of England, European History, Con- 
stitutional History, Government of the United States, 
State and Local Government, Comparative Govern- 
ment, International Relations, Literature, Foreign Lan- 
guages, Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic, Natural 
Sciences, Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Ac- 
counting, and Investments. 

The work of a law student is geatly facilitated if he can 
use a typewriter. 

Application for admission to the School of Law must 
be made in writing on a form furnished by the Dean of 
the School of Law. A small photograph of the applicant 

256 



Law 



must be attached to the application form upon its 
return. The applicant must request the Registrar of 
each college or university that he has attended to send 
a complete transcript of his record direct to the Dean 
of the School of Law. The applicant must also have his 
score on the Law School Admission Test reported to 
this Law School. When these items have been received 
by the School of Law, the applicant will be notified 
concerning his application. 

When an application has been accepted the applicant 
must make a deposit of $25 with the Treasurer of the 
College. The deposit is applied on tuition or College 
charges when the applicant enters the Law School. 

Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law 
at the opening of the fall session. In addition, for several 
years it has been the policy of the Law School to admit 
beginning students at the opening of the spring session, 
which enables such students by continuing without inter- 
ruption to complete the three-year course in two and one- 
half years consisting of five regular semesters and two 
summer sessions. The School will admit beginning stu- 
dents at the opening of the 1964 Spring Semester, and 
this policy of admitting beginning students at the open- 
ing of the spring session will continue until terminated 
by the Faculty. Advanced students may be admitted 
at the opening of the summer, fall or spring sessions. 
The Law School each year conducts two semesters of 
of 17 weeks each, and a summer session of nine weeks. 

Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law 
school which is a member of the Association of American 
Law Schools, who is otherwise qualified to enter this 
school, may in the discretion of the faculty be admitted to 
advanced standing for the LL.B. degree. The student 
must be eligible for readmission to the law school from 

257 

17 



Law 



which he proposes to transfer. The last year of work on 
the basis of which the degree is granted must be taken 
in the Wake Forest College School of Law. 

Admission as Special Students. Applicants, not less than 
twenty-five years of age, who are found by the faculty 
to be equipped by experience and training for the study 
of law may be admitted as special students but not as 
candidates for a degree. Special students are rarely 
admitted. 

Law School Admission Test 

This Law School requires all applicants for admission 
to take the Law School Admission Test, an aptitude test 
administered by Educational Testing Service. The 
applicant's score on the Test will be considered among 
other factors in passing on his application for admission 
to this Law School. 

Applicants should write Law School Admission Test, 
Educational Testing Service, 20 Nassau Street, Prince- 
ton, New Jersey, for application forms for taking the 
Test, and for the Bulletin of Information regarding the 
Test. The Test will be given at numerous locations 
throughout the nation, including Wake Forest College. 

An applicant should request Educational Testing 
Service to report his score on the Test to this Law School. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

The Law School has a number of scholarships avail- 
able for each beginning class. Some of these scholarships 
are awarded on the basis of character, scholarship and 
financial need. Additional scholarships in a larger 
amount and covering full tuition are available for each 
beginning class and are awarded on the basis of char- 
acter and exceptional scholastic achievement without 

258 



Law 



regard to financial need. Application forms for scholar- 
ships may be obtained from the Dean of the School of 
Law. Applications for scholarships should be filed by 
March 10th for the school year commencing the follow- 
ing September. 

The College has available loan funds for the benefit of 
students who are in need of financial aid and have 
satisfactorily completed at least a full semester. 

In addition, a number of law students are afforded 
limited employment as Law Library assistants and 
dormitory counselors but usually after the completion 
of their first year. 

Degree of LL.B. 

The degree of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) will be 
awarded to the student who (1) has fulfilled the re- 
quirements for admission to the Law School as a regular 
student, (2) thereafter spends the equivalent of three 
academic years in resident study in the Law School, (3) 
successfully completes eighty-three semester hours of law, 
including all prescribed courses, and (4) attains a cumu- 
lative weighted average of 67 or more on all work 
required for graduation. 

A candidate for degree whose cumulative weighted 
average places him in the upper ten per cent of his 
graduating class will be graduated with the distinction 
cum laude and will be classified as a "Scholastic Honors 
Graduate." Any such person graduating with a cumu- 
lative weighted average of 85 or above will be graduated 
with the distinction magna cum laude. 

The Summer Session 

The School of Law operates a summer session of nine 
weeks, the work of which is carefully planned with 

259 



Law 



reference to the curriculum of the regular academic year, 
and may be used either to supplement the regular curric- 
ulum or as a substitute for part of it. Courses are offered 
during the summer session for advanced students only. 

Further Information 

Descriptions of the system of grading and examina- 
tions, general scholastic regulations, student organiza- 
tions, prizes and awards, and the complete course of 
study are contained in a special Law School Bulletin, 
issued annually. Requests for this Bulletin, and other 
correspondence concerning the Law School, should be 
addressed to The Dean, School of Law, Wake Forest 
College, 7206 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, N. C. 



260 



BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

*Administrative Officers 

Harold Wayland Tribble, President 

Coy C. Carpenter, Dean 

Manson Meads, Executive Dean 

Robert L. Tuttle, Assistant Dean 

Harry O. Parker, Controller 

Mrs. Benjamin S. Patrick, Jr., Registrar 

Origin and Development 

The School of Medicine was established at Wake 
Forest in 1902. It was renamed the School of Medical 
Sciences in 1937 and operated as a two-year medical 
school until 1941, when it was moved to Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina, as a four-year medical college with the 
name Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest 
College. 

The expansion and the enlargement programs were 
made possible August 3, 1939, when the resources 
of the Bowman Gray Foundation were awarded to 
Wake Forest College to be used exclusively for the 
medical school. It is now supported from the general 
budget of Wake Forest College, the resources of the 
Foundation, and other special funds. 

Equipment 

The North Carolina Baptist Hospital, having 450 
teaching beds, constitutes the main teaching hospital of 
the medical school. All buildings are located on the 
same campus and adjoin to form a single unit. The 
clinical and basic medical science departments are so 

*See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, see the 
special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by 
request to The Registrar, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina. 

261 



Medicine 

related physically and the faculty is so constituted that 
the teaching program is effectively correlated. 

A three-million dollar construction program has 
been completed, expanding facilities for additional 
research and laboratory areas, added space for the 
library, and additional classrooms. 

Standards 

The school is a member of the Association of Ameri- 
can Medical Colleges and is approved by the Liaison 
Committee on Medical Education of the Council on 
Medical Education of the American Medical Associa- 
tion and the Association of American Medical Colleges. 
Academic and professional standards comparable to 
other leading medical schools in the United States are 
maintained. 

Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for entrance into the Medical 
School are based on the premise that the program of 
training a physician is a continuous one shared by both 
the undergraduate college and the medical school. 
The responsibility of the undergraduate training pro- 
gram is thus not only to provide the prospective student 
with the technical information and skills which will 
make it possible for him to complete his course in 
medical school, but also to help him develop a broad 
background of experience and interest which will make 
it possible for him later to achieve a full realization of 
his potentialities as an individual and as a member of 
society. 

Although ninety semester hours are the minimum 
requirement, it is felt that, except in unusual circum- 
stances, the student should plan to complete a well" 

262 



Medicine 

rounded four-year college course, comprising certain 
specific requirements, but with the emphasis on a 
broad educational program. 

In order for the student entering medical school to 
be prepared for his courses, he must have acquired 
certain basic scientific information. Such information 
is ordinarily obtained in the following undergraduate 
courses: 

2 semesters of general biology 

1 semester of advanced zoology 

2 semesters of general chemistry 
2 semesters of organic chemistry 

1 semester of quantitative analysis 

2 semesters of general physics 

Biology: Courses should provide a broad survey of 
the animal kingdom, an awareness of animal types 
and their classifications and a view of man as a part 
of the total biological picture. Such information is 
usually covered in one year of general biology. In 
addition, one course in advanced zoology is required. 
This may include such courses as embryology, genetics, 
comparative anatomy, or cytology. 

Chemistry. The student should have a working 
knowledge of chemical principles and of basic quanti- 
tative physico-chemical concepts; of the properties of 
chemical elements, ions, and organic compounds; of the 
relationship of chemical properties to structure; and 
of the common techniques of organic chemistry and 
quantitative analysis. It is important that the student's 
chemistry experience include adequate time in the 
laboratory and familiarity with quantitative tech- 
niques. These requirements will normally be met by a 
minimum of one year of general chemistry, one year 

263 



Medicine 

of organic chemistry, and one course in quantitative 
analysis. Most students would also profit by a course 
in physical chemistry. 

Physics: Knowledge of the fundamental principles 
of electricity, electromagnetic radiations, sound, heat, 
mechanics and optics is necessary and can usually 
be obtained in a one-year course in general physics. 

It should be emphasized that, in listing the above 
scientific requirements, it is not intended to minimize 
the importance of other less specific educational re- 
quirements. 

In addition to the material listed above, the student 
should acquire extensive knowledge of man as the 
product of his social, physical, and emotional en- 
vironment. The desired training is given in courses in 
Philosophy, Religion, Economics, Sociology, History, 
Literature, Mathematics, Language, and Psychology. 
The student is urged to acquaint himself as widely in 
these fields of knowledge as time and his inclination will 
permit. 

Admission 

Candidates desiring admission will, upon request to 
the Committee on Admissions of the Medical School, 
be furnished application blanks, which should be prop- 
erly filled out and returned to the Registrar together 
with an application fee of ten dollars. On receipt of 
the application and transcripts of the applicant's pre- 
medical work, the credentials will be reviewed by the 
Committee on Admissions. Students whose applications 
are favorably considered will be invited to come to 
Winston-Salem for personal interviews. Those ap- 
plicants who are accepted are required to make a 
deposit of fifty dollars to reserve a place in the class for 

264 



Medicine 

which they are accepted. The deposit will be credited 
on tuition and deducted from the payment due when the 
student matriculates. 

Students are selected on the basis of academic per- 
formance, character, and general fitness for the study of 
medicine. No student will be admitted who is ineligible, 
because of scholastic difficulties or misconduct, to 
re-enroll in a school previously attended. Students more 
than thirty years of age are seldom admitted. 

Graduate Studies 

Opportunities are provided for qualified students to 
obtain advanced instruction and research training in 
the basic medical sciences. Course work leading to the 
Master of Science degree with a major in Anatomy, 
Biochemistry, Physiology, Pharmacology, and Microbi- 
ology, is offered. Instruction leading to the degree of 
Doctor of Philosophy in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Physi- 
ology, and Pharmacology, is also offered. 

Further Information 

For detailed information concerning enrollment in 
the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, course of study 
in the graduate program, admission to advanced stand- 
ing, and other matters, address The Registrar, The 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina. 



265 



EVENING CLASSES 

The Division of Evening Classes offers a program of 
regular undergraduate college classes meeting in the 
evening for the benefit of qualified persons whose 
occupations or other considerations prevent them 
from attending day classes. The evening classes are 
taught by members of the College faculty as part of their 
regular teaching loads and carry full college credit. 
No distinction is made in meeting degree requirements 
between work taken in the evening classes and work 
taken in the day classes. An attempt is made to plan a 
sequence of courses so that a student may take in the 
evening classes many of the courses required for a bac- 
calaureate degree at Wake Forest College. 

Students who wish to receive college credit, whether 
as work toward a baccalaureate degree or not, are 
expected to meet the same admission requirements 
and the same academic standards as are students enrolled 
in the regular day classes. Students who do not wish 
college credit may enroll as noncredit students. They 
are entitled to the privileges of the credit students, but 
are not required to meet admission requirements or 
to take course examinations. 

The calendar for the evening classes follows the 
regular college calendar for the fall and spring semester. 
There are no evening classes during the summer session. 
Except in the sciences, classes meet for 75 minutes on 
either Monday and Wednesday or Tuesday and Thurs- 
day evenings and carry 3 hours credit. Science classes 
meet the same evenings for a longer period of time 
and carry four hours credit. Tuition is $20 per credit 
hour for undergraduate credit and $30 per credit hour 
for graduate credit, whether the student is taking the 
course for college credit or not. 

The Bulletin of Wake Forest College, Division of 

266 



Evening Classes 



Evening Classes, 1963-64, containing full information, 
will be available in June, 1963, and may be secured 
by writing the Director of Admissions, Wake Forest 
College, Box 7305 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina. 



267 



THE 1963 SUMMER SESSION 

Two Six-week Terms 

The first of two six-week terms will begin with 
registration on Monday, June 10, 1963, and will extend 
through July 16. The second term will begin with 
registration on Thursday, July 18, and will extend 
through August 23. 

Class work will be confined to the mornings, except 
for courses in swimming and choir which will come in 
the afternoons. Periods will be seventy-five minutes in 
length, and classes will meet daily, Monday through 
Friday, and on the first, third, and fifth Saturday of 
each term. 

Courses in the sciences carry four semester hours 
credit each, and those in swimming and choir one 
semester hour each. All other courses carry three semester 
hours credit. The normal load for a student is six se- 
mester hours, and the maximum load is seven hours. 

Courses will be offered which are designed to meet 
the needs of regular Wake Forest students, incoming 
freshmen, transfers from other colleges, and public 
school teachers needing renewal of certificates. There 
will be courses in Biology, Chemistry, Education, English, 
History, Mathematics, Modern Languages, Music, 
Philosophy, Psychology, Physics, Physical Education, 
Religion, Sociology, Speech, and Business Admin- 
istration. 

In September, 1961, Wake Forest resumed offering 
graduate work leading to the Master of Arts degree 
in the departments of Biology, Chemistry, English, 
History, Mathematics and Physics. In the Summer 
Session of 1963 graduate courses leading to the Master 
of Arts degree will be offered in the departments of 
Biology, English, and History. Opportunities for be- 



268 



Summer Session 

ginning research toward the Master of Arts degree 
will be provided in the departments of Chemistry, 
Mathematics, and Physics. 

The department of Education will offer courses which 
will lead to the issuance of the North Carolina High 
School Teacher, Class A, Certificate, the Graduate 
Secondary Certificate, and the renewal of all certificates 
held by elementary and high school teachers, principals, 
and superindendents. 

For Summer Session Bulletin and other information, 
address Dean of the Summer Session, Wake Forest Col- 
lege, Box 7293, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina. 



269 



DEGREES CONFERRED 



COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES AND DEGREES 

1962 

The Program 

Sunday, June 3 

1 1 :00 a.m. Baccalaureate Sermon 

Dean Samuel H. Miller 
Harvard Divinity School 
Cambridge, Massachusetts 

3:00 p.m. Senior Orations (for the Ward Medal) 

Sammy Keel Williams "The College and the Faith" 

Anthony William Packer 

"An Institution Within an Institution" 
Alfred Lee Baker. ."The United Nations in World Affairs" 
Susie Othelia Jones "That Man May Know Love" 

4:30 to 6:00 p.m. Reception by President and Mrs. Tribble 
honoring members of the graduating classes and their 
visitors. 

7:30 p.m. Commencement Recital 

Monday, June 4 

9:00 a.m. Commissioning of ROTC Graduates in the United 
States Army Reserve 

10:30 a.m. Graduation Exercises 
Address 

Dean Liston Pope 

Yale Divinity School 

New Haven, Connecticutt 
The Message to the Graduates 

President Harold W. Tribble 

Awards and Honors 

1 .From the School of Arts and Sciences 

The J. B. Currin Orator's Medal — Jesse J. Croom, Jr. 
The A. D. Ward Orator's Medal— Alfred Lee Baker 

2. From the School of Business Administration 

North Carolina Certified Public Accountants Medal — 

Porter Bliss Thompson 
A. M. Pullen Company Medal — John Henry Franklin, 
Jr. 

272 



Commencement Exercises 



Wall Street Journal Medal — Charles Guy Young 
Lura Baker Paden Medal — Charles Escar Scott 
Scholarship Keys: Delta Sigma Pi and Alpha Kappa 

Psi — Charles Guy King 
Delta Kappa Nu: Business Woman of the Year — Bonnie 

Lynn Jones 

3. From the School of Law 

Lawyers Title Insurance Corporation Award — Murray 

Crossley Greason, Jr. 
North Carolina National Bank Will Drafting Award: 

First Prize — Murray Crossley Greason, Jr. 

Second Prize (Wake Forest) — David J. Haynes 

4. From the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
Roche Award — Richard Lee Burleson 
Faculty Award — James Norris Wilfert 

Best Student Paper Award — Frank W. Farrell (First) ; 

Edward V. Hudson (Second) 
Pediatric Award — S. Scott Obenshain 
Obstetrics — Gynecology Award — Robert P. Pulliam 
Frederick R. Taylor History of Medicine Society Award 

Carolyn Virden 

5. From the Department of Military Science 
President's Trophy — Cadet Major Charles E. Reiley 
National Quartermaster Association Scholastic Key — 

Cadet Major Charles E. Reiley 

Professor of Military Science Award — Cadet Captain 
Thomas A. Spencer 

Department of the Army Superior Cadet Ribbon 
Award — Cadet Colonel James R. Overcash, Jr. 

Third Army ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leader- 
ship Achievement Award — Cadet Lieutenant Colonel 
Michael V. Starling 

United States Armor Association Award — Cadet Cap- 
tain Robert E. Ward, III 

Armed Forces Chemical Association Award — Cadet 
Captain Jimmy L. Saunders 

Reserve Officers Association Award — Cadet Captain 
John E. Riddle, Jr. 

Honor Unit Award — Cadet Captain Thomas E. Hart- 
man, II 



273 



18 



DEGREES CONFERRED 

Doctor of Divinity 

Garland Alford Hendricks 

Walter Mark Depp 

Doctor of Humanities 
Francis Wayland Speight 

Doctor of Laws 
Guy Thomas Carswell 

Doctor of Literature 
Wayne E. Oates 

Master of Arts 
Harriet Suzanne Cameron 



Bachelor of Arts 



Linda Sue Adams 
Jeffrey Serge Alford 
Ogden Olmstead Allsbrook, Jr. 
Richard James Ammons, Jr. 
Blake Delon Aydlett 
Herbert Earl Barkley, Jr. 
Alice Gail Barnes 
Jimmy Hamilton Barnhill 
Francis Albert Berces 
Mary Cochran Beverly 
Larry Thomas Black 
Gilmer Warren Blackburn 
Nancy Lee Blackley 
Robert Lamar Bland 
Bobby Wayne Bowers 
Katharine Terry Broach Bragg 
Charles Walter Brewer 
Ruth Greene Bridgers 
Jackie Lynn Bryant 
John Clement Budd 
Stephen Gray Calaway 
Wilson Rosser Carter 
Tommy Lee Chambers 
Frank Willard Chance 
Clifford H. Clarke 



William Lee Cofer 
Silas Eugene Compton, Jr. 
Evelyn Virginia Cook 
Newland Kay Crocker 
Mary Ann Cromer 
Jesse James Croom, Jr. 
Peggy Jean Cryner 
Robert Earl Cunningham 
Allen Richardson Davis 
Suzanne Davis 
Marie Jane Dellinger 
Russell Weldon DeMent, Jr. 
Sidney Ernest Disher, Jr. 
Marilyn Gail Dowdy 
Malinda Duncan 
James Howard Early, Jr. 
Elizabeth Beck Earp 
Claire Elaine Efird 
William Lyman Ferrell 
Tera Adelaide Frizzelle 
Frances Carole Fuller 
Patricia Ann Gambill 
Shockley DeWitt Gardner, Jr. 
Kathryn Wilkins Garner 
Mervin James Garrison 



274 



Degrees Conferred 



Dorothy Jane Gilliam 
Clyde Wilburn Glosson 
Elizabeth Ann Good 
Augustus Byron Greene, Jr. 
James Albert Greene 
Kelley E. Griffith, Jr. 
Glenn Albert Hamm 
Helen Maxine Hamrick 
Arnom Hunter Harris, Jr. 
Larry Michael Heath 
Mary Anne Herndon 
James Sidney Hinson 
Anne McDougald Hocutt 
Northrup Lenair Hood 
John Hastings Hopkins 
Sarah Ann House 
Janice Mae Howell 
Thomas Wayne Howell 
Meyressa Ellen Hughes 
Suzanne Dunn Hughston 
Robert Brame Hunt 
Thelma Jean Hutchins 
Charles David Jackson 
Hiram Vance Jenkins 
Angela Knight Johnson 
James Daniel Johnson 
Bonnie Lynn Jones 
Marcia Paulette Jones 
Susie Othelia Jones 
Ella Sue Hopkins Joyce 
Herbert David Joyner 
Hayden Odell Kepley, Jr. 
Joel Lemuel Kirkley, Jr. 
Jo Anne Kirkpatrick 
Nithi Klinkosum 
James Hazel Knight 
Robert James Krause 
Carol Staples Lamphier 
Samuel Hardy Leaman 
Edward Earl Ledford 
George Carl Lewis, Jr. 
Harry Charles Lewis, Jr. 
Gary Thomas Long 
Julian Keith McKenzie 
Donald Lee McRee 
DeVon Wilkes McSwain 



Mary Etta Mann 
Joseph David Matthews 
Gordon Edison Mercer, Jr. 
Diane Woodward Merryman 
Barbara Ann Metcalf 
Blan Vance Minton 
Jean Marie Moore 
Linda Loy Moorefield 
Lewis M. Morgan 
John Alton Morris, Jr. 
Judith Anne Morris 
James I. Murphy 
Martha Elizabeth Myers 
Patricia Ann Myers 
Walter Eugene Nail 
James Rupert Nance, Jr. 
Rebecca McCrary Nation 
Linda Sue Neal 
Donald Hale Newlin 
Anthony William Packer 
Jennie Lou Pangle 
James Douglas Pedigo 
Donald Cleveland Perry 
Cedric Dixon Pierce, Jr. 
James Dodson Poe 
Lucia Ellen Pollock 
Brenda Hudspeth Poston 
Charles Richard Lee Pratt 
George Henry Ragland, Jr. 
Frank Barratt Raymond, III 
Nancy Jean Redding 
Elizabeth Phyllis Reichold 
Charles Edwin Reiley 
Patricia Sue Renfrow 
Robert Lee Richardson, Jr. 
John Earl Riddle, Jr. 
Charles Ray Rimer 
Orria Hubert Rothrock, Jr. 
Bobby Gene Rowe 
Carolyn Vann Rowe 
Judith Alector Shaffner 
James Edward Sharpe 
William Cicero Shepherd 
Elizabeth Ann Sherrill 
Wayne Carthaway Shugart 
Ellen McLain Lynne Smathers 



275 



Degrees Conferred 



Andrew Daniel Smith 
Amelia Ruth Smith 
Marcia Wilhelmina Snipes 
Robert Lloyd Sondej 
Thomas Aaron Spencer 
Lydia Luella Spivey 
Dallas Thurston Stallins, Jr. 
Jackie Hooks Stephenson 
John Clyde Stoner 
Vollis Eugene Summerlin 
Hilda Graye Sutton 
Joyce Kay Sweatt 
Jack Griffin Tesh 
James Arthur Tingle 
Phyllis Anne Pegg Toney 
Barbara Louise Hathcock Turner 
Wayne Albert Tuttle 
John Gary Vannoy 
David Seth Walker 
Harry Suttle Walker 



James Richard Walker 
Robert Edwin Ward, III 
James Graham Warlick, II 
William Capus Waynick 
Donald Eugene Weir 
Helen Jewel Whitley 
Jerry W. Whitley 
Mollie Stell Wiggins 
Mary Elizabeth Willard 
Craven Edward Williams 
James Thomas Williams, Jr. 
Sammy Keel Williams 
Charles Francis Wilson 
Jerry C. Wilson 
Mary Howell Withers 
Anita Joyce Wood 
Ann Elizabeth Woodall 
Louis Herman Woodard 
Charles William Wray, Jr. 
Faye Thornton Young 



Nancy Virgiline Young 



Bachelor of Science 



Aquilla Sugg Albritton, Jr. 
Elmo Leach Allen 
Kennyth Melvin Aydelette 
Alfred Lee Baker 
Mary Catherine Baker 
Judith Louise Barlow 
Carl Julius Beacham, Jr. 
Martha Lou Dillon Benton 
William Dennis Brewer 
Leslie Carlyle Brown 
Bobby Joe Burton 
Robert Harold Butler 
Natalie Lee Clark 
Mary Anne Coperhaver 
Charles Marvin Dozier 
Richard Diem Filippi 
Judith Arlaine Frederick 
Amon Lex Funderburk 
Frederick Thomas Gaskins 
Betty Glynn Godwin 
Ronald Leon Goins 



William Gilman Gray 
Jerry Esmond Haywood 
Thomas John Henninger 
Carolyn Boyce Holoman 
Elizabeth Hayes Hopkins 
Harry Slade Howell, Jr. 
Graydon Lee Hudspeth 
Larry Michael Hurst 
Glenda Ruth Hyman 
Josephine Sue Jolley 
Charles Neil Kelley 
Phyllis Anne Kellough 
Bettye Lee King 
Ann Daly Kinken 
Robert Eugene Knott 
Deanna Marie Lewis 
Thomas Theron Long, III 
Billy John Luckadoo 
Bobby McKinsey Luckadoo 
Marsh Dean Lyall 
David L. McAulay 



276 



Degrees Conferred 



Thomas C. McCoy, Jr. 
Norma Rose McKinney 
William W. Mohlhenrich, Jr. 
James Edward Muse, III 
James Franklin Nelson 
Paul Burton Nickens, Jr. 
William Richard Oates 
James Oscar Outland 
John B. Overcash 
Charles Lineberry Owen 
Eugene Alexander Petrasy 
Fred Leon Picklesimer 
Eric W. Pittman 
Charles Eugene Pruitt 
Elizabeth Ann Ptacek 
John Anthony Purpura 
Frank Louis Quattromani 
Fred Howard Rash 

Cheung 



Bobby Carlyle Raynor 
Brenda Davenport Rivenbark 
Jimmy Lee Saunders 
Richard Lynn Saylor 
Fletcher Paul Sessoms, Jr. 
Charles Lawson Simpson 
David Nimmons Smith 
Michael Vick Starling 
William Kenneth Taylor 
Nancy Louise Thomas 
Catherine Elizabeth Treadway 
Denny Lee Turner 
Judy Dianne Wade 
Bertha Walmsley Wagster 
Jimmy Glenn Welborn 
Alan Jones White 
Patrick Livingston M. Williams 
Christine Lynn Womack 
Cheun Wong 



Bachelor of Business Administration 



Samuel Boyd, Jr. 

Robert Leo Burchfield 

William Churm 

Harry Ellis Clegg 

Alexander McAlister Council, III 

John Louis Dupree, Jr. 

Ned Tracy Faires 

Francis Beatty Fishburne, Jr. 

John Henry Franklin, Jr. 

Arthur Winston Futch 

Gaither Bryant Garner, Jr. 

William Green Hayes 

Joe Michael Helms 

Bobby Gene Hemric 

James Matthew Herndon, Jr. 

Edwin Sharp Hineman, Jr. 

Thomas B. Hollingsworth, Jr. 

Harry William Hull, Jr. 

John Laird Jacob, Jr. 

William Wayne Jameson 

Charles Guy King 



Jerry Campbell Lambert 
Joseph Williamson Luter, III 
Karen Lewis McKinnon 
Benjamin Edward McNatt 
John Franklin Morrow 
Millard Benton Parrish, Jr. 
Leon Fleming Patterson 
Margaret R. Summey Pearsall 
William Edwin Phillips 
Robert C. Reed 

A. Thomas Franklin Roberts, III 
John Taylor Ryan 
Reuben Lemmond Sample 
Charles Escar Scott 
Harvey Thomas Smith 
Sanford Leroy Smith 
Paul Wayne Strupe 
Gerald Wilbur Sylivant, Jr. 
Robert Stanley Vaughan 
Robert Miller Weatherman 
Paul Michael Wilner 



277 



Degrees Conferred 



Bachelor of Laws 



John Harvey Bingham 
Frederick Stanley Black 
Bruce Burry Briggs 
William Herbert Brown, Jr. 
Andrew Arthur George Canoutas 
Robert Leland Cecil 
Samuel Jerome Crow 
Charles Bennett Deane, Jr. 
Sarah Johnson Durham 
Ronald Gene Edmundson 
Olaf Irving Eide 
Merrill Jarvis Evans 
Murray Crossley Greason, Jr. 
Edward Roger Green 
Reginald Stanley Hamel 
David Joyner Haynes 

Charles Brown 



William Daniel Herring 
James Wilton Hunt 
James Calvin Johnson, Jr. 
Clinton Eugene McElroy 
Charles Burdine Merryman, Jr. 
Joe Dixon Miller 
David Alexander Mitchell 
Richard Neal Randleman 
Charles Shufford Sawyer 
A. Lincoln Sherk 
Nancy Dennis Sherk 
James Lawrence Swisher 
Eugene Simpson Tanner, Jr. 
Clarence Richard Tate, Jr. 
Charles Royal Tedder 
Mickey Franklin Washam 
Whitley, Jr. 



DOCTOR OF MEDICINE 



Richard Wesley Adams 
Michel Laron Barringer 
William Francis Belk 
William Twitty Carpenter, Jr. 
Miles Robert Cooper 
William Cyphers Deskins 
John Manning Driscoll, Jr. 
Frank Wilson Farrell, Jr. 
Charles Noel Feezor, Jr. 
William Franklin Folds 
James Summers Forrester 
Jack Edward Foster 
Richard Ellis Frazier 
Harry Lee Galloway 
Louis Nathan Gottlieb 
Caryl Joy Guth 
Harrison Lloyd Herritage 
Jeff Bivins Helms, Jr. 
Samuel Shi-Chiu Ho 
Jo-Allene Home 
Edward Valentine Hudson 



Ewa Burnham Joyce 
Katherine Chung-ho King 
Alvin Paul Kitchin, Jr. 
John Daniel Knox, Jr. 
John Stanley Kostin 
Charles Gordon Lampley, III 
Jackson William Lind 
Joseph Jerome Mamlin 
David Charles McElroy 
Harrout Earle Melikian 
William Glenn Myrick 
Samuel Scott Obenshain 
Wesley Fletcher Phillips 
George Podgorny 
Alexander Poston 
Robert Parker Pulliam 
John William Reed 
David Allen Rinn 
David Emerson Root 
Christiane Maria Friederike 
Siewers 



278 



Degrees Conferred 



Ralph deSchweinitz Siewers, III Marvin Whi taker Thompson 

Donald Clendennin Silcox Sara Jeanette Thompson 

Jimmy Lynn Taylor Larry Allen Tyree 

Nelson Stone Teague James Norris Wilfert 



279 



Degrees Conferred 



DEGREES CONFERRED JANUARY 25, 1962 

Bachelor of Arts 

James Goodwin Batterson, Jr. Robert Lon Johnson 

Paul Everette Biles Gayle Harmon Lee 

Linda Lee Brady Vance Alton McGhee, Jr. 

Patricia Jean Clark James Frederick McLean 

William Reginald Featherstone Donald Burton Miller 

Jay Denny Franklin Robbie Duff Snipes 

Jerry R. Jackson Susan Lee Harless Van De Veer 



Bachelor of Science 

Carol Ann Canaday James Weldon Pell, Jr. 

Carole Brown Dalrymple Albert J. Post 

Burl Bess Hull Robert Milo Porterfield 

Bruce A. McDonnell Robert Gene Robinson 

Bruce A. Nation Elizabeth M. Thomas 

Erie Whitehead Thomas, Jr. 



Bachelor of Business Administration 

Thomas S. Boyd, Jr. Charles Darnall Jones 

Bobby Lee Garwood Irwin Alexander McQueen, Jr. 

Jerry Franklin Gause Robert Henry Moore 

Elliott Erickson Harrell, Jr. Kenneth Carl Morris 

Alley Linwood Hart, Jr. Thomas Edgar Myers 

J. Coell Hauser Cletus Andrew Potts 

Kenneth Eugene Hartman Charles Howell Pruden, III 
Edmond Victor Smith 



280 



SUMMER DIVISION OF THE CLASS OF 1962 

Friday, August 24 

DEGREES CONFERRED 

Master of Arts 
Frank Hathaway Andrews Leon Harvey Lee 

Drucilla Berkhan Penelope Ellen Niven 

James Calvin Daniel Sarah Sue Withers 

Emily Louise Herring Viola Carolee Wood 

Bachelor of Arts 
^ Ernest Raymond Alexander, Jr. .William Kenneth Hinton 
. Jerrold Mark Ball 



William Waddell Barber 

L Nahcy Carolyn Breedlove 
TUeftard Allen Briell 

.Robert Allen Bryan 

'Thomas Hamilton Buxton 
; IJrenda Johnson Cartwright 
: Paul J. Churdar 

Ctscar Creech, III 
^Nanon Leo Daughtry 
ir j, Thomas Jefferson Davis 
JDonald Moore Duncan 
.Herbert Lister Everett 

Linda Louise Reynolds Fox 
^Jacqueline Home Gibson 

Martha Ann Hayes 
^Riehard Edson Hicks 
ijirehda Marlene Hill 



iGeorge Priestley Davis Hudnor 
JStteven Terry Irvin 
^Stanley Harwood Jackman 
Emma Carolyn Lineberger 
Alice Rayburn McDevitt 
farrier Lee Madre 
|Nja*fcy Faye Mangum 
Newton Peterson Mathews,- Jr. 
James Merriman Offutt 
Judith Ann Overcash 
Alien Hall Painter, Jr. 
Albert Arthur Peverall, Jr. 
iPeggy Dale Pierce 
Leland Wrightman Smith, Jr. 
Richard Allen Vail 
£Rebef t Donald Watson 
(Elizabeth Artis Wright 
gercyF. Yates, Jr. 



Bachelor of Science 



Stephen Thomas Apple 
i.Wilburn Earl Berry, Jr. 

Fred Twain Childress 
^jSKarles Thomas Colonna 
.Roger Phillip Cooke 

(William Ray Covington 

Si^phen Franklin Dalton 



ijames Roger Gladden 
James Orval Herring 
Barbara Bultman Lowe 
Frank Hansford Pittman 
Michael Preslar 
^Robert Eugene Smith 
(Joseph Aaron Stringer 



Bachelor of Business Administration 
John Carr Coates, III Robert Lonnie Sykes 

James Preston George Porter Bliss Thompson 

Thomas E. Hartman, III Douglas Macon Valentine 

Joe A. Lowe Junius Sneed Williams 

Gerald Wayne Medlin Carl Lawrence Yates 

281 



ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN THE 
UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE 



Jerry F. Gause 
Charles D. Jones 



January 1962 

Bruce A. Nation 
Erie W. Thomas 
Bruce A. McDonnell 



Ogden O. Allsbrook, Jr. 
Jimmy H. Barnhill 
John C. Budd 
Stephen G. Calaway 
Richard D. Filippi 
Shockley D. Gardner, Jr. 
Clyde W. Glosson * 
Arnom H. Harris, Jr. * 
Edwin S. Hineman, Jr. 
Harry W. Hull, Jr. * 
Charles N. Kelley * 
John F. Morrow 



June 1962 

Johnny B. Overcash * 
Charles E. Reiley * 
John E. Riddle, Jr. * 
John T. Ryan 
Jimmy L. Saunders * 
Harvey T. Smith 
Thomas A. Spencer * 
Michael V. Starling * 
Robert E. Ward, III * 
William C. Waynick ** 
Paul M. Wilner 
Charles F. Wilson 



July 1962 
William R. Covington 



Robert A. Bryan 
James P. George 
Thomas E. Hartman, II 
Steven T. Irvin * 



August 1962 

Robert J. Krause 
Harry C. Lewis, Jr. 
Robert M. Porterfield 
Joseph A. Stringer 



• Distinguished Military Graduates. 
*• Distinguished Military Graduate Commissioned in Regular Army. 



282 



SUMMARY— FALL 1962 

Men Women Totals 
Graduate Students: 

Regular 38 18 56 

♦Unclassified 12 14 26 

Arts and Sciences: 

Seniors 262 102 364 

Juniors 262 131 393 

Sophomores 357 213 570 

Freshmen 547 250 797 

Unclassified 12 4 16 

Business Administration: 

Seniors 77 1 78 

Juniors 63 1 64 

Unclassified 1 1 

Evening Classes 139 27 166 

School of Law: 

Third Year 41 41 

Second Year 49 49 

First Year 67 1 68 

School of Medicine: 

Fourth Year 51 5 56 

Third Year 45 1 46 

Second Year 45 4 49 

First Year 49 3 52 

Graduate Students 9 1 10 

Medical Technicians. . 13 13 



82 



2,140 

143 
166 

158 



226 



Counted Twice . 



2,915 
1 



' In-Service Teachers in Saturday Classes. 



2,914 



283 



Registration by Departments 



Summer Term of 1962 

Men Women Totals 

Graduate Students, 1st Term. . 17 35 52 

Graduate Students, 2nd Term . 24 12 36 

Undergraduates, 1st Term... 611 295 906 

Undergraduates, 2nd Term... 460 183 643 

Law Students 19 19 

1,131 525 1,656 
Duplicates attended 

both terms: 361 142 503 

770 383 1,153 
Duplicates, Summer School 

and Regular Session 390 134 524 

380 249 629 629 

3,543 

Registration by Schools and Departments 

Biology 796 

Business Administration 983 

Chemistry 441 

Classical Languages: 

Greek 52 

Latin 196 

Education 420 

English 1,632 

German 383 

History 1,347 

Honors 39 

Mathematics 985 

Military Science 507 

Music 199 

Philosophy 345 

Physical Education 974 

Physics 259 

Political Science 560 

Psychology 258 

Religion 742 

Romance Languages: 

French 555 

Hindi 2 

Russian 5 

Spanish 413 

Sociology 563 

Speech 216 

284 



Geographical Distribution 



Geographical Distribution 



Counties in North Carolina 



Alamance 30 

Alexander 4 

Alleghaney 2 

Anson 9 

Ashe 2 

Avery 2 

Beaufort 2 

Bertie 1 

Bladen 9 

Buncombe 27 

Burke 31 

Cabarrus 30 

Caldwell 6 

Carteret 11 

Caswell 2 

Catawba 22 

Chatham 9 

Cherokee 2 

Chowan 4 

Clay 1 

Cleveland 34 

Columbus 13 

Craven 14 

Cumberland 29 

Currituck 4 

Dare 1 

Davidson 73 

Davie 11 

Duplin 7 

Durham 25 

Edgecombe 9 

Forsyth 473* 

Franklin 8 

Gaston 28 

Granville 6 

Guilford 101 

Halifax 12 

Harnett 16 

Haywood 14 

Henderson 15 



Hertford 9 

Iredell 39 

Jackson 2 

Johnston 13 

Lee 3 

Lenoir 20 

Lincoln 11 

McDowell 5 

Macon 4 

Madison 1 

Martin 5 

Mecklenburg 103 

Mitchell 2 

Montgomery 4 

Moore 8 

Nash 12 

New Hanover 20 

Northampton 7 

Onslow 8 

Orange 3 

Pamlico 1 

Pasquotank 6 

Pender 1 

Person 16 

Pitt 21 

Randolph 16 

Richmond 11 

Robeson 27 

Rockingham 24 

Rowan 32 

Rutherford 17 

Sampson 19 

Scotland 9 

Stanley 14 

Stokes 10 

Surry 29 

Transylvania 6 

Union 11 

Vance 13 

Wake 76 



' Includes students in evening classes. 



285 



Geographical Distribution 



Washington . 
Watauga . . . 
Wayne 



Yancey . 



2 Wilkes 18 

1 Wilson 5 

12 Yadkin 17 

1 



States and Foreign Countries 



Alabama 10 

California 9 

Colorado 5 

Connecticut 23 

Delaware 16 

District of Columbia 22 

Florida 80 

Georgia 54 

Hawaii 1 

Idaho 1 

Illinois 12 

Indiana 2 

Iowa 1 

Kentucky 32 

Louisiana 1 

Maine 2 

Maryland 79 

Massachusetts 22 

Michigan 6 

Minnesota 4 

Mississippi 4 

Missouri 4 

Nebraska 1 

New Hampshire 5 

New Jersey 115 

New York 70 

North Dakota 1 

Turkey 



Ohio 48 

Oklahoma 1 

Pennsylvania 86 

Rhode Island 2 

South Carolina 70 

Tennessee 53 

Texas 6 

Utah 1 

Vermont 1 

Virginia 229 

Washington 1 

West Virginia 23 

Wisconsin 2 

Africa 1 

Argentina 1 

Canada 2 

Canal Zone 4 

Ecuador 1 

Germany 1 

Hong Kong 2 

Japan 2 

Korea 1 

Paraguay 1 

Philippines 1 

Scotland 1 

Switzerland 1 

Thailand 3 



286 



Absences 

Accounting 

Accreditation 

Administration 

Admission Requirements 

Advanced Placement. . . 

Advanced Standing 
Admission 

Advisers 

Application Fee 

Art 

History and Appreci- 

tion 

Museum 

Asian Studies Program . . 

Athletics 

Equipment 

Intercollegiate 

Attendance Require- 
ments 

Automobiles 

Awards 

Basic Course Require- 
ments 

Biology 

Board 

Buildings, Academic. . . . 

Buildings, Residence . . . 

Buildings and Grounds . . 

Business Administration. 

Chapel Services 

Charges 

Chemistry 

Classification 

College Calendar 

College Union 

Commercement Exer- 
cises 

Committees of the 

Faculty 

Course Conditions 
Removal Procedure. . 
Seniors 

Courses of Instruction 
Arts and Sciences .... 
Business Administra- 
tion 

Credit Hours Defined . . . 

Dean's List 

Debate and Speech 

Degrees 

Bachelor of Arts 

Bachelor of Business 
Administration .... 



INDEX 

94 Bachelor of Laws 112 

242 Bachelor of Science. . . 104 

7 Doctor of Medicine. . . 261 

9 Master of Arts 252 

47 Degrees Conferred 274 

49 Dentistry 116 

Deposits 49, 57 

50 Dormitories 41 

92,109 Rules 64 

57 Dramatics 229 

Economics 244 

Education 138 

1 54 Endowment 36 

46 Engineering 117 

231 English 144 

Enrollment Summary. . . 283 

41 Evening Classes 266 

89 Examinations 99 

Faculty 14 

94 Fees 51 

90 Finance 246 

82 Forensics 80 

Forestry 119 

106 Fraternities 83 

124 French 217 

60 Geographical Distribu- 

39 tion 285 

41 German 154 

38 German Exchange 

108,233 Scholarship 77 

86 Grading System 99 

51 Graduate Studies 55,252 

131 Graduation 

92 Distinctions 101 

3 Fee 56 

88 Requirements 104 

Greek 135 

272 Hindi 220 

Historical Sketch 32 

29 History 158 

Honor Societies 84 

99 Honor System 78 

100 Honors Program 

Departmental 124 

121 History 158 

Physics 199 

233 Political Science... 203 

121 Interdisciplinary 122 

100 Introductory State- 

79 ment 7 

Journalism 153 

104 Latin 137 

Law 112, 253 

112,237 Libraries 43 



287 



Index 



Literary Societies 79 

Loan Funds 74 

Majors 110 

Management 246 

Marketing 247 

Mathematics 165 

Medals 82 

Medical Sciences 113 

Medical Technology. ... 115 

Medicine 261 

Military Science 172 

Ministerial Students .... 73, 77 

Music 179 

Nursing 115 

Phi Beta Kappa 84 

Philosophy 191 

Physical Education 

Courses 193 

Equipment 41 

Physics 199 

Political Science 203 

Probation 96 

Psychological Center. . . 101 

Psychology 208 

Quality Points 105 

Radio Station 81 

Readmission 98 

Recitations Per Week ... 92 

Recreational Activities . . 87 
Registration 

Dates 3 

Procedure 92 

Regulations 93 



Religion 211 

Religious Education ... . 215 

Religious Program 85 

Reports 100 

Room Regulations 64 

R.O.T.C 171 

R.O.T.C. Commissions. 282 

Russian 221 

Salem College Courses . . 232 
Scholarships and Con- 
cessions 67 

Secretarial Studies 249 

Senior Testing Program . Ill 

Sociology 223 

Spanish 221 

Speech 228 

Speech Institute 81 

Student Government. . . 78 

Student Union 88 

Summer Session 

Elsewhere 101 

Summer Term 268 

Teacher Certificate 

Requirements 139 

Theater 81 

Transcripts 101 

Trustees 8 

Tuition 53 

Upper Division 109 

Veterans 102 

Withdrawal 

From College 96 

From Course 95 



288